Engg Week 2010

Engineering Week 2010
Handbook V.1.0
Engineering Week 2010
AV ERS
THE CENTURY'S MIGHTIEST HEROES
TABLE OF CONTENTS
ENGINEERING WEEK GENERAL RULES
I. DEFINITION OF TERMS
II. ROSTER OF PLAYERS
III. TEAM CATEGORIES
IV. EWOC POINT SYSTEM
V. BLOCKING
VI. SUBMISSION GUIDELINES
VII. COMMUNICATIONS GUIDELINES
VIII. RECORDS GUIDELINES
IX. EVENT DETAILS, RESCHEDULING AND CANCELLATION
X. COMPLAINTS GUIDELINES
XI. ADDENDUM GUIDELINES
XII. CODE of CONDUCT
LANTERN MAKING AND LANTERN PARADE GENERAL RULES

ENGINEERING WEEK EVENTS’ RULES
Appendix A. ENGINEERING WEEK STEERING COMMITTEE

Appendix B. OFFICIAL FORMS FOR THE ENGINEERING WEEK
Appendix C. OFFICIAL LIST OF EVENT-SPONSORING ORGANIZATIONS
ENGINEERING WEEK 2010 GENERAL RULES
The following format, rules and guidelines are hereby adopted to govern the Engineering Week 2010. The Engineering
Week 2010 Rules will be followed over event rules in case of conflicts.
I. DEFINITION OF TERMS
1. Engineering organizations – these are the organizations recognized by the Engineering Student Council (ESC).
Recognized organizations are those that are included in the official list of event-sponsoring organizations (those
who sponsor and participate in events) and participating organizations (those who will only participate in the
events of other organizations. The terms “Organization” and “Engineering Organization” will be used
interchangeably throughout the rules.
2. Aff Eng’g Student – a student enrolled in the College of Engineering for the 2nd semester 2010-2011 who is part
of any engineering organization (i.e, included in that organization’s roster of players).
3. Aff Once Eng’g Student – a student once enrolled in the College of Engineering and who is currently enrolled in
other UP Diliman Colleges for the 2nd semester 2010-2011 who is part of any Engineering organization and
included in the organization’s roster of players.
4. Aff Never-Eng’g Student –a student never enrolled in the College of Engineering but enrolled in other UP
Diliman Colleges for the 2nd semester 2010-2011 who is part of any Engineering organization. For this year, Aff
Never-Eng’g will not be allowed to play in any college wide Engg Week events; nevertheless, they can act as
coordinators of their organization. For university wide events, Aff Never-Engg can participate but has no chance
of getting EWOC points.
5. Unaff Eng’g Student – student enrolled in the College of Engineering for the 2nd semester 2010-2011 who is not
part of any engineering organization. An engineering student who is not listed in the Roster of Players is
automatically considered an Unaff Eng’g Student.
6. Unaff Non-Eng’g Student –a student not enrolled in the College of Engineering for the 2nd semester 2010-2011
who is not part of any Engineering organization.
7. Engineering Week Overall Champion (EWOC) – the engineering organization who garners the most number of
EWOC points earned by winning or participating in events during the Engineering Week. The terms “EWOC
points” and “points” will be used interchangeably throughout the rules.
8. Participation points – EWOC points awarded to a non-winning player/team in the engineering week events.
9. Sponsoring organization – an engineering organization sponsoring an event.
10. Sponsorship points – EWOC points awarded to the sponsoring organization in their sponsored events.
11. Plaintiff – at least one disrupted party that brings legal action by filing a formal complaint.
12. Defendant – party required to make an answer in a legal action. Only sponsoring orgs can be defendants (i.e, a
complaint made by the plaintiff cannot be against a competitor in an event).
13. Pending event – an event that has not been concluded, an event with unresolved complaints, or an event with
results not yet submitted to the ESC.
14. Roster of Players – this is the official list of members of any engineering organization eligible to receive EWOC
points.
15. Blocking – the ability of any winning team / player (in any of the top 3 positions) to prevent other engineering
organizations from garnering EWOC points.
16. Default time – this is the 15 minute grace period given to organization for them to be able to participate in an
event.
17. Engg Week Official Clock – this is the official clock, i.e, MH 2nd floor Lobby clock, that will be used during Engg
Week. The clock at the ESC office will show the same time with that of the 2nd floor lobby clock. +/- 1 minute
time discrepancy will be allowed in case of time conflicts. All organizations are required to synchronize their time
with the EW Official clock.
18. Civility – this pertains to the right attitude of people towards each other. Sponsoring organizations shall conduct
their event in such a way that they will not demoralize the participants and audience. The participants or players
shall also not cause any misbehavior towards co-participants and event organizers. All participating
organizations shall adhere to the EW Code of Conduct (see section XII).
19. Faculty – any member of the UP Engineering faculty, administration and staffs.
II. ROSTER OF PLAYERS
1. The number of Aff Never-Eng’g students to be registered by the organization must not exceed 10% of the total
number of players in the roster. They will be included for the verification of their classification and eligibility to
participate in the events. Please take note that their participation is limited to acting as coordinators and not as
players or contestants in the events.
2. All players included in the Roster of Players of every organization may qualify as an alternate player before the
start of an event, if allowed based on the mechanics (Form 1-C) of an engineering week event.
3. Members of ESC Executive Committee and Engineering Week Steering Committee are not allowed to be
included in the Roster of Players.
III. TEAM CATEGORIES
1. In Engineering Week, students can be classified into 5 categories as shown in Table 1:
Table 1. Categories of students and their EWOC eligibility

Categories of Students Eligible to earn May join Eng’g-Wide Eligible for
EWOC Points? Events? Blocking?
A. Aff Eng’g Student YES YES YES
B. Aff Once Eng’g Student YES YES* NO
C. Aff Never-Eng’g Student NO NO NO
D. Unaff Eng’g Student NO YES* NO
E. Unaff Non-Eng’g Student NO NO NO
*Depends on the restrictions of the organization events.
2. A team can be composed of any combination of students classified above. Teams can be classified into
categories as shown in Table 2:
Table 2. Categories of teams

Categories of Teams Allow Aff Allow Aff Allow Aff Allow Unaff Allow Unaff
Eng’g Once Eng’g Never Eng’g Eng’g Non-Eng’g
Student? Student? Student? Student? Student?
A. Aff Eng’g Team YES NO NO NO NO
B. Aff Once Eng’g Team YES YES NO NO NO
C. Unaff Eng’g Team YES YES NO YES NO
Thus, a team with one Unaff Eng’g Student will be automatically considered an Unaff Eng’g Team. Please take note that
if ever at least one Non-Engg student is included in a team, that team will be disqualified in getting EWOC points on that
particular event.
3. Students are not allowed to participate in events sponsored by organizations from which they are members of.
A student is officially considered a member of the organization if he/she is listed under the Roster of Players of
that particular organization. Violation of this rule will result to zero (0) sponsorship points for the concerned
organization.
4. An ESC officer may not join in any of the ESC-sponsored events. Moreover, if the ESC officer is part of the
Engineering Week Steering Committee, he/she may not join in any Engineering Week events. ESC officers are
also not allowed to head an org event or be an org coordinator in the events. Violation of this rule will result to
zero (0) EWOC points for the concerned organization. It should be well noted that in meetings called by the ESC,
ESC officers are not allowed to act as representatives of the participating organizations from which they are
members of. Only engineering week coordinators or organization officers should represent their respective
organizations to the ESC. Again, violation of this rule would automatically result to zero (0) EWOC points for the
concerned organization.
IV. EWOC POINT SYSTEM
1. All Engineering Organizations are automatic contenders for the Engineering Week Over-all Champion.
2. The Engineering Week Overall Champion is the organization with the highest accumulated number of EWOC
Points during Engineering Week 2010.
3. The point system for all events, except for night events, will fall under one of the categories in Table 3A. The
Parameters for point allocation in Table 3B and the decision for the range of point allocation are in Table 3C.
Table 3A. EWOC Points Distribution

EWOC
Position Categories of EWOC Points
Sponsor 100.00 150.00 200.00
1st Place 100.00 150.00 200.00
2nd Place 83.33 125.00 166.67
3rd Place 66.67 100.00 133.33
Participant 33.33 50.00 66.67
Table 3B. Parameters for EWOC Points

PARAMETERS UNITS
1 2 3
Cost (Reg)* above PhP 500 PhP 100 - PhP 499 PhP 0 - PhP 100
Cost (Event)* above 10,000 Php1,000 - Php 10,000 PhP 0 - PhP 1,000
Participants 5 and above 3 to 4 1 to 2
Skill High Medium Easy
Preparation of event more than a week couple of days 0 day - couple of days
*this will not be considered if there is no registration fee and no additional points would be added to the sum of scores
Table 3C. Point Allocation

GUIDELINE sum of scores
SCORING Min Max
100 12 15
150 8 11
200 5 7
4. Point system for night events will be different. The point system for night events will fall under one of the
categories in Table A-N. The Parameters for point allocation in Table B-N and the decision for the range of point
allocation are in Table C-N.
Table 3A-N. EWOC Points Distribution

EWOC
Position Categories of EWOC Points
Sponsor 200.00 250.00 300.00
1st Place 200.00 250.00 300.00
2nd Place 166.67 208.33 250
3rd Place 133.33 166.67 200
Participant 66.67 83.33 100
Table 3B-N. Parameters for EWOC Points

PARAMETERS UNITS
1 2 3
PhP 100000 - PhP PhP 10000 - PhP
Cost (Event) above PhP 250000 250000 100000
Cost (Reg)* above 1,000 Php500 - Php 1,000 PhP 0 - PhP 500
Prepration of
Participants More than 6 weeks 3 to 6 weeks 1 to 3 weeks
Cost for Participating
Organizations Above 2000 10000-2000 0-1000
*Registration fee should be reasonable.
*this will not be considered if there is no registration fee and no additional points would be added to the
sum of scores
Table 3C-N. Point Allocation

GUIDELINE sum of scores
SCORING Min Max
200 9 12
250 5 8
300 3 4
5. For the sponsorship points, each engineering organization will only be allowed to sponsor events maximum of
650 EWOC Points.
6. For events having only one final winner, the participation points given to the organizations will be the average of
the 2nd and 3rd placer points and the participation points of all participating organizations.
Example:
Number of Participants: 5 (Winner: A, Other Participants: B, C, D, and E)

1st placer points: 100
Participation points: 33.33
Result: Org A = 100 points
Org B, C, D, E= (83.33+66.67+33.33+33.33)/4 = 54.17 pts each
7. For events having unbreakable tie in the top 3 positions, the points given to the organizations will be the
average of the two positions. All other positions will not be affected.
Example:
For a 150-point event:
Case 1: Two-Way Tie for 3rd Place
Org A 1st Place 150.00 150.00

Org B 2nd Place 125.00 125.00
Org C 3rd Place 100.00 75.00
Org D 3rd Place 50.00 75.00
Case 2: Two-Way Tie for 2nd Place
Org A 1st Place 150.00 150.00

Org B 2nd Place 125.00 112.50
Org C 2nd Place 100.00 112.50
Org D 4th Place 50.00 50.00
Case 3: Two-way Tie for 1st Place
Org A 1st Place 150.00 137.50

Org B 1st Place 125.00 137.50
Org C 3rd Place 100.00 100.00
Org D 4th Place 50.00 50.00
Where:
θ = Revised Points
β = Points corresponding to rank with tie/s
n = Number of ties
8. A team cannot receive multiple amount of participation points no matter how many number of players/teams
have been entered in the event.
9. For this year, BONUS EWOC points will be given by ESC on specific ESC events. Maximum of 650 EWOC points
will be given away.
10. Special breakdown of EWOC points may be awarded to participating organizations only upon the approval of the
Over-all Heads.
11. Payment of registration fee without the actual appearance of the players in an event will not be considered as
an official participant and they will not be awarded any participation points.
V. BLOCKING
1. In any case that an organization wins more than one position in the top 3, only the Aff Eng’g Team can block off
any of the top 3.
2. This means that only the highest position obtained will receive the corresponding EWOC points. The EWOC
points won by the organization in the lower position/s will not be awarded to any organization. This means that
the organization that ranks next to them will not advance to the next position.
Examples:
Case 1: An Org A (Aff Eng’g Team) wins 2 positions

1st Place: Org A
2nd Place: Org A
3rd Place: Org B
Org A will be awarded 1st place, Org B will be awarded 3rd place. The points for the 2nd place will not be awarded
to any organization.
Case 2: An org A (Aff Eng’g Team) wins 3 positions

1st Place: Org A
2nd Place: Org A
3rd Place: Org A
Org A will be awarded 1st place. The points for the 2nd and 3rd place will not be awarded to any organization.
Case 3: An Org A (Aff Eng’g Team AND Aff Once Eng’g Team) wins two positions
1st Place: OrgA1 (Aff Once Eng’g Team)
2nd Place: Org B
3rd Place: Org A2 (Aff Eng’g Team)
4th Place: Org C
Org A will be awarded 1st place. The points for the 3rd place will not be awarded to any org.
Case 4: AN Org A (Aff Eng’g Team AND Aff Once Eng’g Team) wins two positions
1st Place: OrgA1 (Aff Eng’g Team)
2nd Place: Org B
3rd Place: Org A2 (Aff Once Eng’g Team)
4th Place: Org C
Org A will be awarded 1st place. The points for the 3rd place will then be awarded to Org C.
Another example,
1st Place: OrgA1 (Aff Eng’g Team)
2nd Place: Org A2 (Aff Once Eng’g Team)
3rd Place: Org B (Aff Eng’g Team)
th
4 Place: Org C (Aff Eng’g Team)
Org A will be awarded 1st place. The points for the2rd place will then be awarded to Org B and 3rd place for Org C.
VI. SUBMISSION GUIDELINES
The submissions committee will impose EWOC point deduction for organization who fail to submit any
form of file as required by the Engineering Week 2010 steering committee on a deadline except for the
score sheet submission. The following scheme is used to determine the deductions. Deductions will apply at
the start of 2nd semester 2010-2011. Deduction for score sheets will follow the Score sheet guidelines.
No. of minutes late Deduction

0.01 – 10 20
10.01 – 30 30
30.01 – 60 50
More than 60 100
**The time shall be based on the ESC Official Eng’g Week Clock.**
SCORE SHEETS
1. Sponsoring organizations must submit two copies of the score sheets of their events – one for the ESC (original)
and one for the organization’s records (photocopy), which they must keep until the end of Eng’g Week. These
may be submitted on these times only: 11:30-1pm or 4-6 pm on the day it is scheduled to end. All events (except
night events) should finish by 5pm. Points for the night events will go to the next day’s tally.
2. Score sheets must only be submitted to the Submissions Committee of the ESC. Submissions should only be
done at the ESC office.
3. Organizations that do not submit their results on time will automatically merit zero sponsorship points for that
event. Such an event will be considered pending. The points of the participating organizations will not be
affected. Aside from the zero (0) sponsorship points, twenty (20) EWOC points will be deducted per day late.
Failure to submit the score sheet on the last day and time of submission would incur the organization a penalty
of 500 EWOC points (The 20-point deduction per day will not accumulate if this is the case). NO SCORESHEETS,
NO POINTS FOR PARTICIPATING ORGANIZATIONS.
4. In cases when an event finishes beyond 5pm and the sponsoring organization will not be able to submit the
score sheet by 6pm of the same day, the sponsoring organization must inform the ESC Submissions Committee
beforehand by going to the ESC office before 6pm or through phone call to the ESC office or directly through the
cell numbers of the Submissions Committee members. This is done to give the sponsoring organization a venue
to justify the delay. The telefax number of the ESC office is 4343650. Failure to do so will result in zero
sponsorship points for that event.
Renz Sumera – Submissions Committee Head - 09273093189

Benjamin Suarez – Submissions Committee Member - 09163840756
5. Score sheets with incomplete entries will merit zero sponsorship points. All participating organizations must sign
in the score sheet. No signature will invalidate an individual or a team’s participation; thereby, zero EWOC
points will be given for participation (this holds true even if an organization will be filing a complaint regarding
the event). All entries must sign in the score sheet. Should there be a complaint regarding the event, the
sponsoring organization must indicate that the event is under protest before the complainant signs the score
sheet. The concerned organization shall write *under protest* after their signature. Organizations can only file a
complaint if they note it in the score sheet. Such scenario will be considered a pending event. If no complaint is
received on the deadline of complaint submission (refer to rules regarding complaints), the score results
submitted will be recorded as it is.
VII. COMMUNICATIONS GUIDELINES
MAILBOX
1. Folders for each organization will be provided at the ESC office. These folders contain notices from other event-
sponsoring organizations regarding changes or announcements in events.
2. Giving out notices: Organizations are required to provide hardcopies of the notice for all participating
organizations including two copies for the ESC mailbox. In the event that the ESC does not receive a copy of the
notice, it will be considered void.
3. Notices may be given out until 6:00 PM of the day before the event.
4. All organizations are highly encouraged to check their respective mailboxes every 6:00 PM and before the event
itself.
EMAIL
1. Any ESC announcements via email will be forwarded through the EASL group (during the 1st sem) and EW e-
group (enggweek2010@yahoogroups.com) for the 2nd sem . Any Eng’g Week coordinator should not expect to
receive any email announcements in their personal mails and they are thus required to accept the invitation to
join the EW e-group.
2. Official ESC announcements will have a subject heading in this format: EW_COMM <topic>
3. Any form of reply to the sent announcements should be addressed to the overall heads; otherwise, any such
replies will not be entertained.
4. Organizations are not allowed to submit event addendums, complaints or any such messages to the EW e-
group. Questions, addendums, complaints and other e-mail should be forwarded to
enggweek2010@yahoo.com.
TEXT MESSAGES
1. Official announcements will only be sent by the overall co-heads or by the Communications Head (unless event
specific, in which the ESC event heads/organization coordinators indicated in Form 1-C, can give official
announcements regarding their event).
Revee Rapallo – 09166648198
2. Announcements from the ESC via text will only be sent to the point persons for each organization.
a. An official Eng’g Week Coordinator

b. The Organization’s President
3. Any of the two point persons are required to confirm receiving the sent announcement in the format <reply-
ORG name> within one and a half hours of being sent.
Example: “I have received the announcement regarding the change in venue of Event X. Thank you. – UP ESC”
a. Should the EW Coordinators be unable to reply, any org representative may do so in his stead.
b. Should the EW Coordinators fail to reply within one and a half hours; a second message will be sent. In
the event that a reply is still not received at this point, the ESC will not be held responsible for any
complications that may occur due to miscommunication. Also, there will be a 20 EWOC point deduction
for non-acknowledgement of the 2nd message. This applies for every text message/topic sent.
4. It is the responsibility of the two point persons to always have their phones at hand and reply as soon as
possible. (“No batteries and No prepaid credit” excuses will not be tolerated. In cases of lost phones or new
contact numbers, please inform us immediately.)
5. Important addenda like change of venue and time of events will also be sent via EW Communications number.
6. Organizations which were able to completely reply within the 1st one and a half hour after the 1st message was
sent throughout the whole Engg Week season (2nd semester up to Engg Week 2010) will be awarded 50 bonus
EWOC points.
VIII. RECORDS GUIDELINES
1. The roster of players should comply with the specified format uploaded in the forms section of the
enggweek2010@yahoogroup.com. This will be available by the start of 2nd semester 2010-2011.
2. A deduction of 10 EWOC points will correspond to each incomplete entry. Entries should include a photocopy of
Form5 with ID.
3. Corresponding deductions also apply for late submissions.
IX. EVENT DETAILS, RESCHEDULING AND CANCELLATION
1. All organizations must come up with an alternate venue (especially outdoor events) to minimize rescheduling
and delay of their events.
2. Events should be rescheduled the day after the prescheduled date of the event. Unless there is a conflict, the
rescheduled time and venue will be the same as the previous. Conflict refers to unavailability of the venue. For
such cases, it is the sponsoring organization’s obligation to inform the ESC and participating organizations
immediately to take action in rescheduling their event. Reservation of venues and time slots will be done on a
first-come, first-served basis. There is no rescheduling beyond the last day of Engineering Week (all organization
events should end by 5pm)
3. If the event is extended, then the sponsoring organization has the responsibility to reschedule the event with
the consensus of all participants. This event will be considered pending until it is continued. The sponsoring
organization has the obligation to inform the ESC, else it will be considered that the event pushed through as
scheduled and the deadlines will apply.
4. Upon the decision of the sponsoring organization to reschedule an event, they must immediately inform the ESC
through the Communications Committee.
5. Failure to finish an event: If an organization fails to reschedule and finish the event, then zero (0) sponsorship
points will be awarded to that organization. For a one-level event, all participants will acquire participation
points. For a multi-level event (those with eliminations, semi-finals, finals, etc.), all participants able to get to a
certain level will have equal points.
Example:
Type of Event: 100 Point 3-Level Event (Event stopped during Final Round)
Participating Orgs: A, B, C, D, E, F, and G
Semi-Final Round: A, C, D, F and G
Final Round: A, C, F
Points given: B and E: 33.33 points, for participating
D and G: 33.33 points, even if they reached the semi-final round
A, C and F: (100 + 83.33 + 66.67)/3 = 83.33 points, as the average of the 1st, 2nd and 3rd placer
points since no winner can be declared
6. Cancellation of event without a valid reason. If an organization cancelled an event prior to schedule, without any
valid reason:
Case 1: All pre-registered organizations for that event will get the participation points while the organizer will
get negative sponsorship points. The organizer must also return the registration fees paid by the
participants prior to the event.
Case 2: For events having walk-in registration, participating organizations will get zero (0) participation points
while the organizer will get negative sponsorship points.
7. Cancellation of event with a valid reason. In the case that an event was postponed due to unavoidable causes,
such as natural calamities and college administration concerns, the organizers should reschedule this event and
immediately inform the Communications Committee. However, if there is no way of rescheduling it before the
end of Eng’g Week, then the organization would have to cancel it. If such occurs:
Case 1: All pre-registered organizations for that event will get the participation points while the organizer will
get zero sponsorship points. The organizer must also return the registration fees paid by the participants
prior to the event.
Case 2: For events having walk-in registration, participating organizations will get zero participation points while
the organizer will get zero sponsorship points.
8. Deviation from event specs. An organization that does not follow the specific details in the event proposal
submitted to the ESC would be penalized depending upon the extent of the offense. This will be deliberated by
the ESC Complaints Committee.
X. COMPLAINTS GUIDELINES
1. In case of a disrupting behavior during the proceedings of an event, the affected organization/s may file
complaints (then referred to as the plaintiff) to the sponsoring organization. The sponsoring organization has the
responsibility to settle the issue between the concerned parties. For unresolved complaints, the plaintiff may file
a formal complaint to the ESC.
2. Complaint forms should be accomplished and submitted at the ESC office according to the schedule in Table 4
for non-night events.
Table 4. Schedule of Complaint Submission

End time of Event Schedule of Complaint Submission
Dec. X, 7 AM – 1 PM Dec. X, 4 PM – 6 PM or Dec. X + 1*, 11:30 AM – 1:00 PM
Dec. X, 1 PM – 5 PM Dec. X + 1*, 11:30 AM – 1:00 PM or 4:00 PM – 6:00 PM
Dec. 16, 7 AM – 1 PM Dec. 16, 4:00 – 6:00
Dec. 16, 1 PM – 5 PM Dec. 17, 11:30-1:00
Where X = 10 to 15
For the night events, complaints should be submitted the next day during the following time slots:
11:30 AM – 1:00 PM or 4:00 PM – 6:00 PM.
Complaint forms are included in the Engineering Week Handbook. Submissions outside and beyond the said schedule
will not be entertained.
3. A Hearing Session at the ESC Office [MH 123] will be scheduled (given that the complaints committee has ample
time to proceed in the Hearing Session) which should be attended by the following:
a. At least 1 complaints steering committee co-head to serve as the moderator. The moderator will be
forced to inhibit from his position if his organization is involved in the complaints. If the organizations of
both complaints committee co-heads are involved in the case, either of the Engineering Week Over-All
Co-heads may serve as the moderator. In cases when both Complaints Co-heads are not available due to
unavoidable circumstances, Engg Week Over-all Heads may serve as facilitators.
b. At least 3 members of the steering committee to serve as the inquisitors. Members of the steering
committee, who are also affiliated with any of the concerned organizations, will not be allowed to join
as an inquisitor. He/she may be present during the proceedings as a silent audience.
c. Only one to two representatives from every organization involved should be the only people engaged in
the hearing. The organization representative/s should be the one directly concerned with the said
complaint. Violation of this rule would merit zero (0) participation points for the said organization.
All parties involved will be informed by the ESC of the schedule of the 30-minute hearing at least an hour before the
hearing. The Hearing will not wait for late parties as soon as a moderator is already present. The Hearing will proceed as
stated in Table 5.
Table 5. Proceedings of a hearing

Time Allotment Description
5 minutes Explanation from the plaintiff/s
5 minutes Rebuttal from the defendant/s
20 minutes Question and answer
4. A Deliberation Session will follow right after the Hearing Session which will be attended by the inquisitors and
the moderator/s from the hearing. Members of the steering committee affiliated to any of the involved
organizations will be forced to inhibit in the deliberations.
5. The Decision Form will be released on or before but not later than the schedules shown in Table 6. The
organization is held responsible in obtaining a copy of the decision for their organization.
Table 6. Schedule of Releasing of Decisions

Schedule of Complaint Submission Schedule of Decision Release
Dec. X, 11:30 AM – 1:00 PM Dec. X, 4:00 PM – 6:00 PM
Dec. X, 4:00 PM – 6:00 PM Dec. X + 1*, 11:30 AM – 1:00 PM
Dec. 16, 11:30 AM – 1:00 PM Dec. 16, 4:00 PM – 6:00 PM
Dec. 16, 1:00 PM – 5:00 PM Dec. 17, 11:30 AM – 1:00 PM
Where X = 10 to 15
6. Any of the concerned organization may submit accomplished Appeal Form available at the EW e-groups files
section if they deem that the decision of the complaints committee is disagreeable. The deliberation will be
scheduled and the procedure will follow Rule 5.
Table 7. Schedule of Appeals Submission

Release of Decision Schedule of Appeal Submission
Dec. X, 7:00 AM – 1:00 PM Dec. X, 4:00 PM – 6:00 PM or Dec. X+1*, 11:30 AM – 1:00 PM
Dec. X, 1:00 PM – 6:00 PM Dec. X + 1*, 11:30 AM – 1:00 PM or 4:00 PM – 6:00 PM
Dec. 17, 7:00 AM – 1:00 PM Dec. 17, 1:00 PM – 2:00 PM
Where X =10 to 16
Only one appeal will be allowed per filed complaint. New arguments should be given in the Appeal Form, which were
not mentioned during the Hearing Session. There will be no Hearing Session for appeals. The Deliberation will be
scheduled and the procedure will follow Rule 4.
7. The steering committee reserves the right to merge identical complaints.
8. The decision of the Complaints Committee will be based on the official event rules filed by the Engineering Week
2010 Records Committee. The decision of the EW Complaints Committee is final.
9. The ESC will not entertain complaints regarding prizes other than EWOC points.
10. The council will only take action for formally filed complaints.
For Saturday events, the deadline of the filing of complaints and release of Decision Forms is set on the Monday after
the said event. No activities shall be done during Sundays.
XI. ADDENDUM GUIDELINES
1. In cases when registration fees, rules, mechanics, or other details of an event needs to be changed prior to the
event proper, the sponsoring organization must accomplish an addendum form (Form 4). Be sure to justify all
the proposed revisions.
2. The addendum form must be filed at least 24 hours before the event proper, and only between 11:30 AM – 1
PM and 4:00 – 6 PM at the ESC Office. For special cases that that the addendum is filed on Dec. 16, it is the
organization’s responsibility to inform all organizations regarding the change and also the ESC co-heads of the
Engineering Week 2010.
3. Addendum of Night events will only be allowed one week before the organization’s events. Failure to comply
will mean 0 sponsorship points.
4. For non-night events, walk- ins and change of participants shall be allowed in case of change of venues and time
of event.
5. The Engineering Week Steering Committee then deliberates over the proposed revisions, and will decide before
the next submissions schedule (i.e., if submitted between 11:30 AM and 1:00 PM, the decision will come out by
the 4:00 PM – 6:00 PM release schedule, and vice versa). For the special case that the addendum is filed on
December 16, the decision would be released one hour after submission.
6. For cases of approved revisions, the sponsoring organization has the responsibility of informing the other
organizations of changed details. See COMMUNICATIONS GUIDELINES: MAILBOX on how to disseminate the
information.
7. If the sponsoring organization fails to inform the other organizations 24 hours before the event, the revised
detail will not be considered and will not be applied to the event proper.
XII. CODE OF CONDUCT
Principles
The Engineering Week is annually organized by the Engineering Student Council and the student organizations of the
College of Engineering to celebrate the pride and prestige of being part of the largest and best college in the
campus. The Engineering Week aims to ignite the passions of every member of the Engineering community in the
spirit of unity and joy in time for the yuletide season. The Engineering Week will showcase the diverse talents and
skills of the Engineering community through fun-filled events and games. The Engineering Week is a chance for org-
mates, peers and friends to grow with teamwork, camaraderie and a healthy sense of competition.
Oath
I, <Name>, a proud and responsible member of <Org/s>, hereby declare my relentless support to uplift the
Centennial Engineering Week in all aspects. I will uphold the goals of the Centennial Engineering Week so that all
students, faculty and staff may experience an exhilarating and fruitful Engineering Week. I pledge to practice
fairness and equality, integrity, and proper civility at all times. I swear to keep in mind the very essence of
Engineering Week, and to have fun while promoting unity in the college. No matter if I win or lose, what counts
most is how I conduct myself and play my game in the spirit of unity, peace and enjoyment with my team mates and
competitors.
I now therefore declare to preserve the precepts of a true engineering student in thought, in word and in deed. So
help me God.
Pledge of Conduct
As the Event Organizer, I shall:
o Consider it an honor and a privilege to hold an event for the Engineering Week
o Make the experience enjoyable for the participants, and foster in them a true sense of enjoyment of the
games and events in which they are engaged.
o Treat players with respect and dignity, and be a role model for my co-organizers.
o Treat all players with respect and dignity and encourage my co-organizers to do the same.
o Model grace, dignity and composure regardless of the outcome of the game.
o Follow and implement all rules and strive to resolve animosities impartially for the good of all.
o Teach and practice the principles of fair play and sportsmanship to my co-organizers.
o Encourage safety and protect the welfare of all participants.
o Refrain from any manner of personal abuse and harassment of others, whether verbal, physical, or
emotional.
As the Head of my Organization, I shall:

o Consider it an honor and a privilege to head my organization during the engineering week.
o Keep in mind at all times that I, as a representation of my organization, shall promote the good of all.
o Strive to make the experience enjoyable for my members, increase their self-esteem and foster in them
a true sense of enjoyment of the events that they are engaged in.
o Treat my fellow students with respect and dignity, and instruct my members to do the same.
o Model grace, dignity and composure regardless of the outcome of the game.
o Observe all player participation rules and strive to resolve animosities with integrity and humility.
o Teach the principles of fair play and sportsmanship to my members and be a role model for them.
o Learn and understand the rules of the games and events to my best comprehension.
o Encourage safety and protect the welfare of all my constituents.
o Refrain from all manner of personal abuse and harassment of others, whether verbal, physical, or
emotional.
LANTERN PARADE GENERAL RULES
1. All Engineering organizations are highly encouraged to participate in the Lantern Parade.
2. Merit shall be awarded to the organizations with the most number of participants proportional to its total
population. [i.e. Percentage of organization members present.]. Merit will be in terms of EWOC Points: 1st Place:
200.00 EWOC Points, 2nd Place: 166.67 EWOC Points, 3rd Place: 133.33 EWOC Points, Participation: 66.67 EWOC
Points. However, organizations should send at least 50% of their total population to be able to merit such points.
APPENDIX A. ENGINEERING WEEK 2010 STEERING COMMITTEE
Over-all Heads1: Jerome”JEROME” Marasigan

Roland Christopher “RC” Resurreccion
Submissions Head2: Lawrence “RENZ” Sumera

Communications Head3: Genesis “REVEE” Rapallo
Records Head4: Lilac Patti “LILAC” Bataller
Complaints Co-Heads: Ralph Anthony “RALPH” Geronimo
Jhud Mikhail “JHUD” Aberilla
Logistics Head: Alexander “ALEX” Luciano

Marketing Co-Heads: Melvin “MELVIN” Carreon
Ramon Miguel “MICO” Panis
Publicity Head: Jonas Fabian “JONAS” Roque
Technicals Head: Jasper Powell “JAPE” Esguerra
Project Directors of ESC Events:
Opening Day and New Event Co-Heads

Edward Vincent “EDWARD” Ramos
Sherlaine “SHE” Sze
Smoker Night Co-Heads
Maria Regina “REG” Ildesa
Abighael Dawn “ABBEY” Marabut
Miss Engineering Co-Heads
Cecile Maris “CECS” Gozalo
Kristian Matthew “MATT” Quiban
Note:
1. If you have any questions, forward it directly to the Over-all Heads, unless it is event specific (in which case you
have to forward it directly to the event coordinator indicated in Form 1-C).
2. Submission Committee is responsible only for collecting all submissions (whether for ESC-sponsored events or
Org- sponsored events).
3. Communications Committee is responsible for disseminating important announcements.
4. Records Committee is responsible for keeping all records (score sheets, EWOC standing etc).
Appendix B. OFFICIAL FORMS FOR THE ENGINEERING WEEK 2010
FORM 1-A1 NIGHTEVENT SUMMARY PROPOSAL

FORM 1-A2 DAY EVENTS SUMMARY PROPOSAL
FORM 1-B COMPLETE EVENT PROPOSAL
FORM 1-C EVENT DETAILS
FORM 2 SUMMARY OF EVENTS
FORM 3 APPEAL FORM
FORM 4 ADDENDUM FORM
FORM 5 COMPLAINT FORM
FORM 6 DECISION FORM
FORM 7 SCORESHEET
(all of the abovementioned forms will be available at enggweek2010@yahoogroups.com)

Appendix C. OFFICIAL LIST OF EVENT-SPONSORING ORGANIZATIONS
1. 49ERS
2. ACES
3. AGGREGATES
4. ALCHEMES
5. BETA EPSILON
6. CIEM
7. CIRCUIT
8. CREST
9. CURSOR
10. EMC2
11. ENG’G SOC
12. EPSILON CHI
13. ERG
14. FORCE
15. GE CLUB
16. GEOP
17. GPs
18. IECEP
19. IE CLUB
20. KEM
21. MINERS
22. MSS
23. PRIME
24. PSME-UPSU
25. SAVER
26. SME-UPD
27. TAU ALPHA
ENGINEERING WEEK 2010
FORM 1-C
Event Details
EVENT NAME: 1 vs 100

EVENT COORDINATOR/CONTACT NUMBER: Edward Ramos (0915.807.6506) and Sherlaine Sze (0916.480.5172)
SPONSORING ORGANIZATION: Engineering Student Council
PLAYERS PER ENTRY: 1 or 4 (see EWOC POINTS: At most 100 points
item G)
MAXIMUM NO. OF ENTRIES 1 or DEFAULT TIME: 15 minutes
PER ORG: 2 (see item REGISTRATION FEE PER ENTRY: None
G.)
MAXIMUM ENTRIES: 25 MUST PRE-REGISTER?  YES O NO
UNIVERSITY-WIDE (Y/N)? N WALK-INS ALLOWED? O YES  NO
RESTRICTIONS: (WHO CAN JOIN)
A. AFF ENGG STUDENT  YES O NO
B. AFF ONCE ENGG STUDENT  YES O NO
C. AFF NEVER ENGG STUDENT O YES  NO
D. UNAFF ENGG STUDENT  YES O NO
SCHEDULE OF ACTIVITIES
ACTIVITY DATE TIME VENUE
Pre-registration 1 November 23 – November 26 8 AM – 5 PM ESC Office
Pre-registration 2 (if needed) December 1 - 3 8 AM – 5 PM ESC Office
Participants’ Briefing December 8 6 PM TBA
Event Proper December 10 10 AM – 1 PM Engineering Theater
RULES AND MECHANICS

A. The MOB
1. The MOB will consist of 100 participants.
2. The MOB members must come 1 hour before the scheduled start of the event for the final briefing.
3. Each MOB member will be given answer sheets and will be guided to their seats according to their MOB
numbers.
B. The BOARD
1. The BOARD will consist of two members of the Executive Committee of the Engineering Student Council
and one member of the Technical Committee of the Engineering Week 2010 Steering Committee.
2. The BOARD will be personally chosen by the Event heads, and shall review and validate all the questions
to be used for the event.
3. The BOARD shall determine who will continue to the next question.
C. The OFFICERS
1. The OFFICERS will collect the answer sheets after the time limit.
2. The OFFICERS will check the answer sheets and shall submit the answer sheets to the BOARD.
D. The SIDEKICKS
1. The SIDEKICKS will be composed of THREE professors from the College of Engineering of UP Diliman.
These professors shall be personally chosen by the ONE and approved by the Event heads and
Engineering Week 2010 Steering Committee.
2. The SIDEKICKS’ roles are to help the ONE in answering the questions and to serve as lifelines for the ONE
E. The ONE
1. The ONE will be a professor from the College of Engineering of UP Diliman. This professor shall be
personally chosen by the Event heads and Engineering Week 2010 Steering Committee and shall be
personally invited to participate in the event.
2. In the event, that the ONE cannot provide the correct answer to the question, he/she can choose to
sacrifice a SIDEKICK. Meaning one SIDEKICK shall be eliminated. Once eliminated, that SIDEKICK cannot
help the ONE anymore.
3. The ONE can make a maximum of FOUR errors before he/she can be eliminated by the MOB.
F. The SHOW
1. The show will start with the host introducing the mechanics of the SHOW, the MOB, the BOARD, the
OFFICERS, the SIDEKICKS, and the ONE.
2. There are fifty (50) questions for the entire show.
3. All questions are of multiple-choice type. The question shall be read by the host twice. The MOB will be
then given 10 seconds to answer question. The timer will start after the second reading by the host.
4. Each MOB member shall have a corresponding MOB number. The MOB member must double check
their corresponding MOB number in all of their answer sheets AND double check if they have complete
answer sheets with corresponding question numbers. Answer sheets shall be provided by the
organizers.
5. The MOB member shall encircle the letter of their answer on the designated answer sheet for each
question.
6. After the time limit, the OFFICERS shall collect and submit all the answer sheets to the BOARD for the
tabulation.
7. For a correct answer, the MOB member is saved from elimination for that question. Otherwise, the MOB
member is eliminated from the game.
8. After the collection of the answer sheets, the host shall read again the question for the ONE and the
SIDEKICKS. The ONE and the SIDEKICKS shall be given 60 seconds to answer the question. If the one has
finished answering the question before the time ends, he/she may press the bell.
9. After the ONE has given his/her answer, the host will reveal the correct answer for the question. The
BOARD will then announce the eliminated MOB members.
10. If the ONE has provided the correct answer, he/she proceeds to the next question and the entire
process repeats. If the ONE has the wrong answer, the ONE has to choose one SIDEKICK to be sacrificed
and eliminated.
11. The entire process repeats for every question:
a. The host reads the question.
b. The MOB answers and submits their answer sheets within the time limit.
c. The Officers collect the answer sheets and submits them for tallying.
d. The host reads the question for the ONE and the SIDKICKS.
e. The ONE answers the question within the time limit.
f. The host reveals the correct answers.
g. The BOARD announces the eliminated MOB members.
h. If the ONE is correct, he/she proceeds to the next question
i. If the ONE is wrong, the ONE has to choose one SIDEKICK to be sacrificed and eliminated.
j. Repeat steps a to i until:
i. All 50 questions have been used up
ii. All 3 SIDEKICKS and the ONE have been eliminated
iii. All 100 MOB members have been eliminated
12. The following system shall be applied for the awarding of EWOC points:
a. If the ONE manages to eliminate all 100 MOB members, all MOB members receive 1 EWOC
point.
b. If the ONE gets eliminated, the eliminated MOB members receive no EWOC point.
The remaining MOB members (after the BOARD eliminated the MOB members who answer
incorrectly from the last question) receive 100/N where N is the number of remaining MOB
members.
c. The total EWOC points garnered by an organization is the sum of the EWOC points received by
the MOB members who belong to the organization.
G. Special Cases
1. Pre-registration
a. Unaffiliated: For interested unaffiliated students, they may join the event as a single player
entry. (One player per entry)
b. Affiliated: Organizations may register 1 entry (consisting of 4 players) only on the Pre-
registration 1.
c. Pre-registration 2: In the event that the 25 entries or the 100 slots will not be filled out, a pre-
registration 2 will be opened. In this case, organizations will be allowed to enter ONE
ADDITIONAL entry on a first-come-first-serve basis.
2. Event Proper
a. Only players who are listed in the form are allowed to play.
b. In the event that the organization cannot provide a player at the default time, the slot shall be
re-opened on the day of the event itself to lucky audiences through randomization.
REGISTRATION FORM (ATTACH 1 COPY)

1 VS 100
Organization*:
Contact Person and Number:
Players:
1
2
3
4
Alternates:
1
2
3
*Write “UNAFF”, if unaffiliated
--to be filled in by ESC--
Received by: Date submitted:
Time submitted:
FORM 1-C
Event Details
EVENT NAME: Ang Huling Pantasya (The Final Fantasy)

EVENT COORDINATOR/ Cecile Maris E. Gozalo (0917 711 0165)
CONTACT NUMBER: Kristian Matthew E. Quiban (0917 504 5432)
PLAYERS PER ENTRY: 1 EWOC POINTS: 1: 300 2: 250 3: 200
MAXIMUM NO. OF ENTRIES PER DEFAULT TIME: N/A
1
ORG: REGISTRATION FEE PER ENTRY: N/A
MAXIMUM ENTRIES: 31 MUST PRE-REGISTER? YES
UNIVERSITY-WIDE (Y/N)? NO WALK-INS ALLOWED? NO
E. AFF ENGG STUDENT YES
F. AFF ONCE ENGG STUDENT NO
G. UNAFF ENGG STUDENT NO
H. ENGG FACULTY NO
Form A Deadline Nov 12 (Fri) 6:00 pm ONLINE SUBMISSION
Choosing of Character Nov 16 (Tue) TBA ESC Office (MH 123)
Form B Deadline Nov 16 (Tue) 5:00 pm ONLINE SUBMISSION
Form C Deadline Nov 16 (Tue) 5:00 pm ONLINE SUBMISSION
Orientation Nov 16 (Tue) 5:30 pm – 7:00 pm P&G Room
Deadline of Weapon Nov 23 (Tue) 6:00 pm ESC Office (MH 123)
Slumber Party Nov 26 (Fri) 6:00 pm – 10:00 am TBA
Pictorial Nov 27 (Sat) 9:00 am – 5:00 pm TBA
Practice 1 (Trailer Video/Production) Dec 1 (Wed) 5:30 pm – 9:00 pm TBA
Trailer Video Shoot Dec 4 (Sat) 9:00 am – 6:00 pm TBA
Practice 2 (Production) Dec 6 (Mon) 1:00 pm – 7:00 pm TBA
Practice 3 (Production) Dec 8 (Wed) 5:30 pm – 8:00 pm TBA
Start of Exhibit Dec 9 (Thu) TBA TBA
Special Task TBA TBA TBA
Boot Camp + Pamper Dec 11 (Sat) TBA TBA
Music for the Talent Portion Dec 11 (Sat) 6:00 pm TBA
Mock Pageant Dec 17 (Fri) 9:00 am – 2:00 pm University Theatre
Pageant Night Dec 17 (Fri) 8:00 pm University Theatre
RULES AND MECHANICS
b. The Miss Eng’g Candidate should submit all requirements stated on the specified date and time. Failure to submit
the requirements on time would incur a deduction of 2% in the pre-pageant grade which accumulates for every
late submission.
c. The Miss Eng’g Candidate should be present in the activities listed above. Unexcused absences would mean a
5% deduction in the pre-pageant grade which is accumulated for every time the participant is absent.
d. For absences to be excused, the candidate must submit the Miss Eng’g Excuse Form attached here on or before
the date of absence. Only one (1) excused absence (i.e. death of immediate relative, class, exams) is allowed
per contestant.
e. The Miss Eng’g candidate should arrive at the specified time of the event. 1 Also, he should also arrive at the
venue with the required attire. Arriving late will mean a deduction of 0.5% for every five minutes and the fraction
thereof in the pre-pageant grade (arriving without the proper attire is considered late). For tardiness to be
excused, one must submit the excuse form as well.
f. The score system will be computed as follows:
1
Engineering Week 2010 Official Time
Reference time: (UTC+08:00) Kuala Lumpur, Singapore time zone
The Final Fantasy: Miss Engineering 2010
Score System Summary
Formal 10%
Swimwear 20%
Pictorial2 30% Superhero Attire 30%
Evening Gown 25%
Weapon 15%
Pre-pageant 40%
Attendance 70%
Movie Trailer 20%
Performance 30%
Special Task3 20%
Pre-Q&A 80%
Boot Camp 20%
Choreographer Grade4 10%
Production 25%
Talent Proper 80%
Talent Portion 30%
Finishing Move 20%
Pageant Night 60%
Swimwear 15%
Evening Gown 20%
Audience Impact 10%
Q&A 20%
2 All clothes and accessories, to be used in the pictorial, will be provided by the candidate. The pictorial will be graded by the photographer after the pictorial.
3 The special task and boot camp grade will be based solely on attendance. Attending on time will immediately incur a grade of 100%.
4 The choreographer grade will be given by the choreographer after every practice.
*Only the top 5 finalists with the highest scores will proceed to the Q&A.
g. The following awards will be given.

The Final Fantasy: Miss Engineering 2010
Awards and Titles
Award/Title EWOC Points Award Description
Miss Engineering 2010 300 Highest Final score
1st runner up 250 2nd highest final score
2nd runner up 200 3rd highest final score
Best in Talent Highest Talent score
Best in Swimwear Highest Swimwear score
Best Superhero Costume Highest Superhero Attire Score
Best in Evening Gown Highest Evening Gown Score
MRS. Eng’g
Thank you for Joining Award
Ms. Positive Transformation Highest number of votes as the name of
Ms. Negative Transformation the award from the judges
Ms. Catwalk
Imba Weapon Award
Ms. Congeniality Highest number of votes from contestants
Ms. Likeable Highest number of votes from the public
Ms. Photogenic Highest Pictorial Grade
Ms. [Sponsor] Subject to sponsor’s deal
h. Each participant is allowed a maximum of three (3) personal assistants which should be affiliated with the
organization.
i. A maximum of four (4) back up dancers will be allowed for the talent portion of the pageant night
j. Use of props that could possibly damage or wet the stage are not allowed (i.e. splashing of water, fire
dancing)
k. During the pageant night, a maximum of three (3) personal assistants and one (1) make-up artist, are allowed
in the back stage.
l. The weapon must be provided by the participating organization. Actual weapons should not be bought or
modified. This will be submitted as the participant’s entry.
m. The instrument submitted during the pictorial day should also be the same instrument that would be used in
the pageant night. Failure to comply would mean a 2% deduction on the final night grade.
n. During the talent portion of the pageant, each talent should not exceed 4 minutes.
o. The registration forms submission will be available online.
REGISTRATION FORM and EXCUSE FORM
ANG HULING PANTASYA

SAMPLE FORM A
Basic Information:
Name of Candidate:
Student No.:
Contact No.:
Organization:
Name & Contact No. of
Organization Representative:
1.
Name & Contact Number of
2.
Mommies:
3.
ANG HULING PANTASYA

SAMPLE FORM B
Candidate Information Sheet
Name of Candidate:
Organization:
Height:
Weight:
Vital Statistics:
Hobbies and Interests:
Ambition
Who discovered your potential to become the next Miss

Engineering?
o In a Boring Relationship
o Nanunulot/May Inaagaw
o Mag Un
o Kinikilig
o In Love
o Kabit
o For Rent
o Martyr
o Single and Flirting
Relationship Status:
o FUBU
o Extremely Flirting
o Dating Exclusively
o In a Love Triangle
o Panliligaw In Progress
o Umaasa
o Nagpapaasa
o No GF Since Birth
o Nagpapantasya
Miss Eng’g Name:
Superhero of Choice:
Give one question for the Q&A portion for the finals night:
ANG HULING PANTASYA
SAMPLE FORM C
Character Information Sheet
Name of Candidate:
Name of Character:
Kung joystick ka, sinong gusto mong lumaro sa’yo? Justify.
Kung may controller ka, saan mo isusuksok? Justify.
Kung agimat ka, saan ka isasabit? Justify.
ANG HULING PANTASYA

EXCUSE FORM
Date:
Name:
Organization:
Date of Absence:
Reasons for Absence:
FORM 1-C
Event Details
EVENT NAME: Immortalize your Superhero: Super X-making

EVENT COORDINATOR/CONTACT NUMBER: Edward Ramos (0915.807.6506) and SherlaineSze (0916.480.5172)
PLAYERS PER ENTRY: n.a. EWOC POINTS: 1: 200 points 2: 166.67 points 3: 133.33 points
MAXIMUM NO. OF ENTRIES 1 DEFAULT TIME: 15 minutes
PER ORG: REGISTRATION FEE PER ENTRY: None
I. AFF ENGG STUDENT  YES O NO
J. AFF ONCE ENGG STUDENT  YES O NO
K. AFF NEVER ENGG STUDENT O YES  NO
L. UNAFF ENGG STUDENT  YES O NO
Pre-registration November 24 - 26 8 AM – 5 PM ESC Office
Participants’ Briefing November 29 TBA TBA
Deliverables Deadline December 5 5 PM ESC Office
Participants’ Call time and Weighing-in December 10 8 AM – 9 AM TBA
Costume Presentation and Judging December 10 9 AM – 10 AM TBA
RULES AND MECHANICS

Event Description
Immortalize your superhero: Super X-making is an event which enables participating organizations to represent
themselves through a superhero which best describes them.
Event Guidelines
Each participating organization will have to come up with an idea of a superhero that best describes their organization
through a Superhero costume
A. Costume overview
The costume may exemplify their organization’s strengths, abilities, principles, and culture.
B. Costume restriction
1. There is a limit for the finished costume in terms of weight. The weight limit shall be 2 kilograms.
2. Definition: A finished costume is defined as the costume itself, the props, add-ons or make-up.
3. Participants can wear (any one or more of the following materials) as their undergarment. These
undergarments are not considered as part of the participants' costume or as the participant’s costume per
se. However, should it become explicitly visible and seen by ESC as a vital part of the superhero's costume or
has become the costume per se, it will be considered part of the superhero's costume.
a. underwear (i.e. boxer shorts, brassiere) or swimwear (i.e. bikini)
b. white t-shirt or white sando
c. pants, shorts or short shorts
4. The following materials are not included in the weight limit.
a. footwear (i.e. shoes, sandals or slippers)
b. undergarments (stated in the section B.3.)
c. make-up
5. All other articles present in the participant’s body are part of the costume. Thus, it is included in the
2kilogram limit.
6. Finished costume shall be weighed on the judging day before being worn by the model.
C. Other Restrictions
1. Organizations may include add-ons such as headgear, belt, fake weapons etc. Bringing real weapons (as part
of the superhero’s costume) are strictly prohibited. In the event that participants are caught with possession
of any real weapons. They shall be disqualified.
2. Ready to wear superhero costume is NOT ALLOWED. Participants who will use a ready to wear costume shall
be disqualified from the contest and shall not merit any participation points. Ready-to-wear superhero
costume is defined as 75% factory-made. ESC shall decide whether the finished costume is ready-to-wear or
not.
3. Ready-made add-ons are NOT ALLOWED. Participants who will use ready-made add-ons shall be disqualified
from the contest and shall not merit any participation points. Ready-made add-ons is defined as 75%
factory-made. ESC shall decide whether the add-ons are ready to wear or not.
4. For organizations who will join the Who want to be a Superhero, the participating organization should
create a costume which is wearable for one week. The whole costume (including add-ons and make-up, as
presented during the judging of costumes) should be visible when accomplishing the task.
D. Costume model
1. For organizations who will not join the Who wants to be a Superhero, any one member from the
participating organization is required to wear and model the costume.
2. For organizations who will join the Who wants to be a Superhero, the model should be the registered
superhero for Who wants to be a Superhero.
E. Deliverables
1. Drawing or sketch of the costume (This includes the colorof the whole costume, the add-on and the make-
up.)
2. List of materials to be used for the costume (inclusive of quantity and price). Kindly fill up the Materials
Inventory Form (at the bottom)
3. Deliverables deadline is on December 5, 2010, 5 pm at ESC Office.
F. Judging of Costume
1. Criteria for judging of Costumes:
Overall Appearance and Construction of the Costume 30%
Creativity 30%
Public Appeal (inclusive of the presentation) 30%
Adherence to submitted sketch 10%
2. Organizations are not allowed to alter their costumes DURING the judging of costume (i.e. December 10, 9
AM). Non-compliance will merit a 10-percent deduction from the total score.
3. The models will present the designs in front of the judges. Photographs of the finished designs will also be
taken.
4. Organizations are not allowed to talk to the judges during the judging period
Registration Form
Immortalize your Superhero: Super X-making
Organization:
Organization’s Contact Person and Number:
Superhero Name:
Model’s Name:
For organizations who will join Who wants to be a Superhero, attach this form together with the Who wants to be a
Superhero registration form.

Time submitted:
Materials Inventory
Immortalize your Superhero: Super X-making
Organization:
Materials Inventory
Materials used Quantity Unit Cost Total Cost
Total Amount:

Time submitted:
FORM 1-C
Event Details
EVENT NAME: UP UP ENGG AWAY (variety show games)

PLAYERS PER ENTRY: 1 EWOC POINTS: Concealed
MAXIMUM NO. OF ENTRIES 4 DEFAULT TIME: 1 minute
M. AFF ENGG STUDENT  YES O NO
N. AFF ONCE ENGG STUDENT  YES O NO
O. AFF NEVER ENGG STUDENT O YES  NO
P. UNAFF ENGG STUDENT  YES O NO
Pre-registration December 10 8 AM – 9 AM Engineering Theater
RULES AND MECHANICS

H. Registration
1. Organizations can send a maximum of four (4) players for the variety show games, with only one player
for each game.
2. Only the players can register themselves.
3. Players must present their ID.
4. Players can only play on one game.
5. The player’s arm shall be stamped upon registration. This is to recognize them as the players of the
event.
6. Only players who have the mark are considered registered and shall be recognized as players on the
event proper.
Note: No stamp mark = Not registered. Organizations should be careful in preserving the stamp mark.
I. Calling of Players
1. On the event proper, players shall be called to the stage.
2. Only recognized players, those who have the stamp mark, can play.
3. Alternates are not allowed.
4. A default time of one (1) minute shall be given after the general call of players.
Note1: The player’s names shall not be called. There will only be a general call of assembly for the
players on the said event.
Note2: The players must be attentive as to when they will be called.
J. Mechanics
1. The mechanics of the game shall only be introduced by the hosts on the event proper, before the start
of each game.
FORM 1-C
Event Details
EVENT NAME: UP UP ENGG AWAY (variety show games)

PLAYERS PER ENTRY: 1 EWOC POINTS: Concealed
MAXIMUM NO. OF ENTRIES 4 DEFAULT TIME: 1 minute
Q. AFF ENGG STUDENT  YES O NO
R. AFF ONCE ENGG STUDENT  YES O NO
S. AFF NEVER ENGG STUDENT O YES  NO
T. UNAFF ENGG STUDENT  YES O NO
Pre-registration December 10 8 AM – 9 AM Engineering Theater
RULES AND MECHANICS

K. Registration
1. Organizations can send a maximum of four (4) players for the variety show games, with only one player
for each game.
2. Only the players can register themselves.
3. Players must present their ID.
4. Players can only play on one game.
5. The player’s arm shall be stamped upon registration. This is to recognize them as the players of the
event.
6. Only players who have the mark are considered registered and shall be recognized as players on the
event proper.
Note: No stamp mark = Not registered. Organizations should be careful in preserving the stamp mark.
L. Calling of Players
1. On the event proper, players shall be called to the stage.
2. Only recognized players, those who have the stamp mark, can play.
3. Alternates are not allowed.
4. A default time of one (1) minute shall be given after the general call of players.
Note1: The player’s names shall not be called. There will only be a general call of assembly for the
players on the said event.
Note2: The players must be attentive as to when they will be called.
M. Mechanics
1. The mechanics of the game shall only be introduced by the hosts on the event proper, before the start
of each game.
Aveng’gers: The Century’s Mightiest Heroes
Form 1-C
Event Details (ORG COPY)
EVENT NAME: WAPAK! Tatak Eng’g ay isabak!

Maria Regina P. Ildesa (09052424622)
EVENT COORDINATOR (CONTACT NUMBER):
Abighael Dawn Z. Marabut (09152554628)
ST ND RD
33 1 2 3
PLAYERS PER ENTRY: EWOC POINTS:
(max) 250.00 208.33 166.66
MAXIMUM # OF ENTRIES/ORG: 1 DEFAULT TIME: 15 minutes
MAX # OF ENG’G UNAFF ENTRIES/ORG: 0 REGISTRATION FEE/ENTRY: None
MAXIMUM ENTRIES: 15 PREREGISTRATION REQUIRED? Yes
UNIVERSITY WIDE (Y/N)? No WALK-INS ALLOWED? No
A. AFF ENG’G STUDENT Yes
B. AFF ONCE ENG’G STUDENT Yes
C. AFF NEVER-ENG’G STUDENT No
D. UNAFF ENG’G STUDENT No
Org Briefing EASL Assembly TBA TBA
Submission of Form SN1 [Intent to Join] Nov. 12, 2010 6:00 p.m. ESC Office
Submission of Placard Design Nov. 26, 2010 6:00 p.m. -
Submission of Form SN2 via email
Nov. 30, 2010 6:00 p.m. -
[First Draft Performance Overview] (required)
Submission of Org Audio Video Presentation (required) Dec. 1, 2010 1:00 p.m. – 5:30 p.m. ESC Office
Submission of Music Tracks (if necessary) Dec. 3, 2010 1:00 p.m. – 5:30 p.m. ESC Office
Submission of Form SN2 via e-mail
Dec. 6, 2010 6:00 p.m. -
[Final Draft Performance Overview] (required)
Submission of Performance Title Dec. 6, 2010 6:00 p.m. -
Submission of Judge’s Name Dec. 7, 2010 6:00 p.m. -
Event Night Dec. 10, 2010 5:30 p.m. – 11:00 p.m. UP Film Institute
RULES AND MECHANICS
I.Composition of Participating Team

Requirement:
o A minimum of 10 and a maximum of 25 stage performers
o A maximum of 3 voice-overs
o A maximum of 2 representatives for lights (backstage and spotlight)
o Only 1 representative for technical
o A maximum of 2 placard representatives
o Only 1 representative for backstage security
II. Pre-Event Requirements

A. Smoker Night Form SN1
1. The participating organizations must submit the Smoker Night Form SN1 on or before November 12,
2010, 6 PM at the ESC office. See attached copy.
2. This will determine the intent of the organization in joining the Engineering Smoker Night 2010.
B. Performance Overview
1. The performance overview will be the official basis and the scope of the performance. It should contain
and explain the arguments included in the presentation. The issues being discussed on the performance
overview may have the following order:
o UP Administration
o Engineering Administration and Staff
o Engineering Faculty
o Engineering Student Council
o Organizations
2. The performance overview shall follow the Smoker Night Form SN2. See attached copy.
3. National and university issues are highly encouraged to be included in the performance overview and
actual performance (e.g. P-Noy Aquino as the new president, Venus Raj, Quirino Grandstand hostage
taking, election of new UP president, lab fee increase, etc.)
4. The first draft of the performance overview must be sent to smokernight2010@yahoo.com.ph until
November 30, 2010, 6 PM only with the following details:
e-mail subject: “Smoker Night Performance Overview”

filename of attachment: orgname_SN2.doc (e.g. ESC_SN2.doc)
5. Reviewed performance overviews will be sent back on December 3, 2010, 6:00 PM. Participating
organizations will be notified if changes are needed to be done on their performance overviews.
6. Final drafts of the performance overview must be sent to smokernight2010@yahoo.com.ph on or
before December 6, 2010, 6 PM only with the following details:
e-mail subject: “Smoker Night Final Overview”

filename of attachment: orgname_SN2f.doc (i.e., ESC_SN2f.doc)
7. Submission of the performance overview is required. Participating organizations who submitted both
the first and final drafts on time and who followed all the required formats will automatically earn 4 out
of the 10 points designated for the contents of the performance overview in the criteria for judging.
8. Late submission and/or not following the required format of the final draft of the performance overview
will mean 1 point deduction in the final score during the performance night.
C. Audio Visual Presentation

1. Each participating team is required to submit an Audio Visual presentation of its organization. Failure to
submit the said AVP will mean a 3 point deduction from the final score during the performance night.
2. The AVP must be 30 to 60-second long and must be saved in a CD.
3. The CD must be labeled with the name of the organization, contact person for AVP and his/her contact
number and email address. The label could be in any form (attached slip, lightscribed or written on the
CD)
For example:
ESC
Abbey Marabut
09152554628 / abbey.marabut@gmail.com
4. The content of this AVP should be limited to the organization’s profile, events and awards.
5. If the participating organization failed to submit an AVP, a default 30-sec org AVP template containing
org name and org logo will be played during the performance night to start the org’s performance. This
30 sec will be included in the maximum time performance of the organization.
6. Submission of the AVP is on December 1, 2010 from 1:00 P.M. to 5:30 P.M. at the ESC Office. It must be
in AVI file format with a filename orgname.avi (i.e., ESC.avi)
7. Scoring for the AVP
AVP not following at least one of the required formats but submitted -1 point
on time
AVP following all the required formats but submitted late -1 point
AVP not following at least one of the required formats and submitted -2 points
late
Did not submit any -3 points
D. Music Pieces
1. Use of recorded music tracks during performance is not required. However, if the participating
organization prefers to use recorded music pieces, submission prior to the event night is necessary to
coordinate with the Engineering Week Technicals Committee.
2. Submission of the CD compilation of music to be used for the performance is on December 3, 2010 from
1:00 P.M. to 5:30 P.M. at the ESC Office. The music tracks must be in mp3 format.
3. The submitted CD must be labeled. Sec II.C.3 will also apply.
4. The music to be used need not be a single continuous track, but it is highly recommended.
5. Participating organizations will be notified if changes are needed to be done on their music pieces.
6. Participating organizations who submitted music pieces must send one representative to be assigned to
coordinate with the EW Tech Committee during the actual performance.
7. Participating organizations who did not submit a CD compilation on time will not be allowed to use any
recorded music track during event night. Revisions on the music pieces may be done until December 6,
2010, 5:30 P.M.
E. Placards Statement and Design (2)

1. The participating organizations must submit 2 placard statements and design by sending it to
smokernight2010@yahoo.com.ph on or before November 26, 2010, 6PM only with the following details:
E-mail subject: “Placard Statements – Orgname” (e.g. “Placard Statements – ESC” )

File name of attachment: placardA_org.jpg (placardA_ESC.jpg), for positive placard
placardB_org.jpg (placardB_ESC.jpg), for negative placard
2. Placard statements must contain one positive feedback comment and one negative feedback comment.
It is suggested to incorporate the theme in the placard statement and designs (e.g. WAPAK! Ang lupet!).
A merit of 1 point per placard statement and design will be awarded to those organizations who will
submit on time.
3. Approved placard statements and designs will be sent back on November 29, 2010, 6PM.
4. Each participating organization should produce a creative output for the placards. Size of the placard
must at least be 1m x 1m in size. Placards are not limited in shape.
5. Placards will be checked during the registration. A deduction of 2 points per placard will be given to
those organizations that will produce a placard statement and design different from their submitted and
approved placard statement and design. (e.g. placard statement approved is “wapak!” while produced
placard has a statement “kaboom!”)
6. Organizations can produce more than two placards on the performance night but the ESC will only
award points to the 2 approved placard statement and design.
F. Performance Title Image

1. This image contains the creative title of the over-all performance and the organization’s name only. It
must be sent through e-mail to smokernight2010@yahoo.com.ph on December 6, 2010, 6:00pm with
the following details:
E-mail Subject: “Performance Title Image – Orgname”

File name of attachment: Title_image_org.jpg (e.g. Title_image_ESC.jpg)
2. The performance title page/picture will serve as the background during the organization’s performance.
3. A merit of 2 points will be given to those organizations who will submit the title page on time. ESC will
accept late submission of the title page but it will no longer earn merit points.
4. A white back drop will serve as the background for those organizations who fails to submit a
performance title image.
III. Event Rewards

A. Placards and Placard Representatives
1. Placard representatives will hold a set of placards containing feedback statements.
2. They can raise any placard at any time of the performance of the organization depending on how they
perceive the performance.
3. Placards will be checked upon registration.
4. They will be seated in a designated row for placard representatives.
B. Representative Judges
1. All organizations who will send a representative judge will be given 5 merit points.
Point System
Category Maximum Points Maximum Deductions

SN2 (performance overview) 4 points (on time) 1 point (if late)
Org AVP 3 points (failure to
submit any)
Placard Statement and Design 2 points (on time,
1 pt/placard)
Placard Output 6 points (3 pts/ 4 points (2 pts/
placard) placard with major
deivation)
Placard Representative 2 points
Performance Title 2 points (on time)
Representative Judge 5 points
IV. Procedure During the Event Night
A. The event proper starts at exactly 7:00 P.M.
B. Registration of Participants
1. Student ID’s/ Form 5’s and 1x1 picture of all performers including voice-overs, lightsmen, technicals point
person, security personnel and placard representatives must be collected and presented by only one
organization representative at the performer’s area by 5:00 P.M. He/She will be given ID passes for all the
performers.
2. Every participant must present his/her Smoker Night ID pass upon entrance to the performers’ area. Any
unauthorized personnel will not be allowed at the performers’ area.
3. Participating organizations who have not met the minimum requirement of performers or personnel by
the default time (6:30 P.M.) will not be allowed to perform, and will not receive any participation points.
C. Representative Judge
1. The representative judge must be at the event venue by 5:30 P.M. for orientation. In cases where the
representative judge could not make it during the call time, he/she must inform at least one of the
Smoker Night Co-Heads, and must send a representative for orientation.
2. Participating organizations whose representatives fail to come 5 minutes before the first performance
will not be allowed to be represented in the Board of Judges and would therefore not receive any merit
points
D. Drawing of Lots
1. Drawing of lots will be from 5:30-6:30 p.m. at the Smoker Night Registration area.
2. Each participating org must send one representative for the draw lots during the allotted time.
3. The remaining numbers (if there is any) will be assigned to organizations whose representative came late.
4. Assigned numbers of the performance will be posted at the registration area. Draw lots and/or
designation of numbers will determine the order of performance.
E. Performers will not be allowed to leave the assigned area two performances before their performance.
V. Performance Requirements
A. Time Constraints
1. All participating organizations will be given a minimum of 5 minutes and a maximum of 7 minutes to
perform. This will include the 30-60 seconds allotted time for their AVP at the start of their performance
and stage preparations and set-up. The organizations may do the stage preparations and set-up while
their AVP is being played.
2. The time starts promptly when the participating organization’s AVP starts. The actual performance may
immediately start right after the AVP. If the participating organization did not submit any video
presentation, the 30-sec org AVP template will be played.
3. The elapsed time will be projected for both the performers’ and audience’s reference. An extension of
30 seconds will be allowed, after which the performers will be signaled to stop. If persistent, point
deductions will be imposed (see List of Deductions for Specific Cases).
4. The end of acting accompanied by a signal from the voice-overs (e.g. “That’s the end of our
performance.”) will signify the end of the performance. Once the performance has stopped, the
performers will be given 1 minute to vacate the stage and remove their props.
B. Event Restrictions
1. During performance, performers are only allowed to use the right side door from the performer’s area
as entrance to the stage. The left side should only be used for exit. It is strictly required that the
performance will follow this one entrance, one exit policy in order to avoid any inconveniences with
other performers.
2. Prohibited Acts During Performance
a. Nudity - It will be defined as the exposure of the body parts normally covered by bikinis for
women and swimming trunks for men.
b. Direct cursing - Cursing shall only be used as an expression (e.g. Putang-ina, Fuck!). Cursing
being directed at the audience, participants, organizers, spectators, judges and co-performers is
prohibited. (e.g. Putang ina mo!, Fuck you!).
c. Name dropping. Bashing of any affiliated engineering student is allowed. However, revealing
the identity of the concerned individual during performance is strictly prohibited. For individual
bashing, consider the following scenario.
 For example, Marabut is the person to be bashed: For pronunciation, “Marabut”

is not allowed but “Marabot” will be allowed. For visual, “Marabut” and
“Maraboot” is not allowed since they have the same pronunciation but
“Maraboat” will be allowed.
3. Prohibited Materials and Props

 Objects that might cause slippage or accidents
 Liquids, gels or other similar fluids
 Combustible materials
 Injurious/ detrimental objects (includes guns, knives, bow and arrow, and the like)
 Harmful chemicals
 Animals
4. Accidental or deliberate damage to or loss of equipment during presentation.
a. All damages incurred will be charged to the erring organization. Equipment includes lights,
microphones, speakers, stage wiring, etc.
b. List of deductions for specific cases will apply.
5. Performers under the influence of drugs and alcohol are strictly prohibited. Participating organizations
with any number of performers under the influence will not be allowed to perform and will be awarded
negative participation points if persistent.
6. Executing acts that may prove physically injurious to organizers, participants, spectators and judges are
also strictly prohibited. Participating organizations found guilty of grave misdemeanor will be awarded
negative participation points.
7. The Engineering Opening Night Committee reserves the right to penalize and investigate organizations
that are found guilty of attempting and executing acts that may prove injurious to organizers,
participants, spectators and judges. Full discretion is reserved to the Engineering Opening Night
Committee and ESC Executive Committee in deciding cases of misdemeanor or other issues that may
arise during the event. Other possible violations for specific cases will also be handled by the Opening
Night Steering Committee.
8. List of Deductions for Specific Cases
Possible Violations Deductions

Performance overtime (beyond 7 ½ minutes) 5 points for the 1st 15
seconds
1 point for each
succeeding 3-second
interval
Prohibited Materials and Props Disqualification
Nudity 5 points per appearance
Direct Cursing 5 points per complete
statement
Name Dropping 5 points per name drop
Equipment(F.I. property; equipments and negative participation
materials used by ESC) Damage points
C. Program Personnel
1. Placard Representatives
 See Section III.A
2. Board of Monitors
a. The Board of Monitors will be composed of 2 officers from ESC.
b. The names of the organizations that completed the requirements for the rewards stated in Section
III.B will be forwarded to the Head of the Board of Judges for the appropriate tally of the reward
points.
c. The Monitors will also be in- charge of the placard checking.
3. Board of Censors
a. The Board of Censors will be composed of 3 members from the ESC Executive Committee.
b. Every censor will be given a checklist of possible violations that can be committed during
performance.
c. After all the performances, they will compute for the appropriate deductions due to violations. They
will forward the amount of deductions to the Head of the Board of Judges.
4. Board of Judges
a. The Board of Judges will be composed of representative judges from the participating organizations.
b. Each org can only send a maximum of one judge.
c. The representative must be an alumnus/alumna and adviser of that particular organization. In case of
the absence of an adviser who is an alumnus/alumna of that org, the organization may be
represented by a faculty who is an alumnus/alumna of the College of Engineering.
d. The final name of the representative judge of each org must be sent to
smokernight2010@yahoo.com.ph with the subject “Smoker Night Judge” at least three days before
the event night (Dec. 7, 2010, 6:00 p.m.) in this format:
Name of Organization:
Name of Representative Judge:
Adviser : Y/N
Undergraduate Course:
e.g.
Name of Organization: Engineering Student Council (ESC)
Name of Representative Judge: Prof. Carl Odulio
Adviser : Y
Undergraduate Course: BS EE
e. Participating organizations who will send a representative judge will receive 5 point merit. Refer to
Section III. B1
f. It is mandatory that each participating organization coordinates with the Smoker Night Committee for
the availability of their judge. The Smoker Night Committee shall not be held responsible for the
absence and unavailability of the judge during the briefing and judging.
g. The final score will be the weighted average of all judges’ scores, excluding the two highest and two
lowest judges’ scores.
h. The Board of Judges shall have two Heads, both from the Smoker Night Steering Committee. They will
be stationed at the server computer where the weighted average will be calculated. They will deduct
the appropriate deductions and reward appropriate bonus points from the averaged scores.
D. Criteria for Judging

Relevance and Adherence to the Theme…………………………….………..20 points
 Comics theme (e.g. sound effects, costumes, music)
 Engineering appeal and context
Contents of the Performance Overview…………………………………4 points (submitted SN2)
 Completeness 6 points (event night)
 Substance of ideas
 Level of Criticism
Coherence of the Performance Overview and the Performance……20 points
 Contents of Performance Overview well shown in the Performance
 Agreement of written statements to actual performance
 Performance title in accordance with the performance
Creativity and Originality……………………………………………………….…...25 points
 Costume
 Props
 Appropriate use of music and lights
 Use of new ideas and concepts
Delivery……………………………………………………………………………….…….25 points
 level of performance of stage performers and voice overs
 stage presence
 appeal to audience
Total……………………………………………………………………….……100 points
VI. Important Notes

 The Engineering Week clock as stated in the official Engg Week 10 Rules will be used for time
reference.
 The 15 participating teams will be chosen in a first come first serve basis, depending on the
time of submission of the Smoker Night Form SN1 (see attached copy).
 All e-mail submissions will be considered accepted only when the participating org received a
reply from smokernight2010@yahoo.com.ph. It is advised that the orgs keep a copy of all the
submissions and e-mail replies to avoid conflicts.
 The Smoker Night Co-Heads shall inform the Smoker Night Coordinator of the organizations if
ever there will be changes in this form.
SMOKER NIGHT INTENT TO JOIN FORM FORM SN1

ENGINEERING WEEK 2010: AVENG’GERS
SMOKER NIGHT 2010 - WAPAK! TATAK ENG’G AY ISABAK!
Name of Participating Organization:

Name:
Smoker Night Coordinator: Contact Number:
E-mail Address:
To the Smoker Night Coordinators:
This signifies the intent of ___________________________________ (org name) to participate in the

Engineering Smoker Night 2010 - WAPAK! TATAK ENG’G AY ISABAK!
As participants, we will follow all the rules and regulations stated in the Smoker Night Form 1C. We are aware of
all the possible merits and deductions that we can get from joining this event. The undersigned persons will be
held responsible for the organization in cases that need immediate attention/concern.
Conforme,
_________________________
Org President
_________________________
Smoker Night Coordinator
Date: ______________
To be filled up by ESC
Date Submitted:
Time Submitted:
Number of SN1 submitted so far:
SMOKER NIGHT PERFORMANCE OVERVIEW FORM SN2

Name of Participating Organization:
Name:
Smoker Night Coordinator: Contact Number:
E-mail Address:
 FIRST DRAFT
Performance Overview
 FINAL DRAFT
Group or Persons
Scenario Rationale / Reasons Feedbacks / Comments
Involved
SMOKER NIGHT REGISTRATION FORM FORM SN3

NAME OF PARTICIPATING ORGANIZATION:
STAGE PERFORMERS
1. 10. 18.
2. 11. 19.
3. 12. 20.
4. 13. 21.
5. 14. 22.
6. 15. 23.
7. 16. 24.
8. 17. 25.
9. CHECKED BY:
VOICE OVERS
1. 2. 3.
PLACARD REPRESENTATIVES
1. 2.
TECH REPRESENTATIVE 1.
LIGHTS REPRESENTATIVE 1. 2.
SECURITY REPRESENTATIVE 1.
CHECKED BY:
CHECKLIST OF OPTIONAL REQUIREMENTS

ARTICLE STATUS VALIDATION
MUSIC PIECES (submitted, did not submit)
PROPS (ok, noncompliance)
AVP (submitted, did not submit)
REPRESENTATIVE JUDGE 1.
To be filled up by ESC
Received by:
Date: Time:
Comments:
SMOKER NIGHT PERFORMANCE OVERVIEW FORM SN2

Name of Participating Organization: Engineering Student Council
Name: Ma. Regina P. Ildesa
Smoker Night Coordinator: Contact Number: 09052424622
E-mail Address: regina.ildesa@gmail.com
 FIRST DRAFT
Performance Overview
 FINAL DRAFT
Group or Persons
Scenario Rationale / Reasons Feedbacks / Comments
Involved
Engg ADMIN Hindi na masaya Mahigpit na kasi ang Engg KJ na masyado ang Engg admin,
ngayon ang Engg Week admin hmmp!
Wala na sa lugar ang ibang rules,

kulang sa fun!
ORG A NagpapakaFEELING GC May grade requirement sa Hindi naman yan makakapagtaas

ang ORG A application ng ORG A sa ranking ninyo ng todo.
Hindi naman lahat magagaling

ang nasa org ninyo.
FORM 1-C
Event Details
EVENT NAME: Who Wants to Be A Superhero

PLAYERS PER ENTRY: 1 EWOC POINTS: 1: 250 points 2: 208.33 points 3: 166.67 points
U. AFF ENGG STUDENT  YES O NO
V. AFF ONCE ENGG STUDENT O YES  NO
W. AFF NEVER ENGG STUDENT O YES  NO
X. UNAFF ENGG STUDENT  YES O NO
Pre-registration November 24 – 26 8 AM – 5 PM ESC Office
Participants’ Briefing December 1 TBA TBA
Comic Strip Deadline December 3 8 AM – 5 PM ESC Office
Graphic Image Deadline December 3 8 AM – 5 PM ESC Office
Superhero Profile Deadline December 3 8 AM – 5 PM ESC Office
Production Number Practice December 6 – 8 6 PM – 7:30 PM TBA
Event proper December 10, 13 – 17 Various Various
Task 1 December 10 2 PM – 4 PM Concealed
Task 2 December 13 8 AM – 6 PM Concealed
Task 3 December 14 1 PM – 3 PM Concealed
Task 6 December 17 Concealed Concealed
RULES AND MECHANICS

Overview: Superheroes from different organizations battle it out to prove who has the perfect combination of brains
and brawn. This year’s new event is patterned from the hit reality show of the same title. This event will test superhero
wannabes with different challenges that will test them physically, mentally, socially and emotionally. After this weeklong
competition only one will have the right to be called a SUPERHERO.
A. Eligibility
1. Only Affiliated and Unaffiliated Engineering Students are allowed to join.
2. Each participating organization must provide one (1) superhero – either a man or a woman, and one (1)
alternate (male or female).
3. Registration will start at November 24 to 26 from 8:00 AM until 5:00 PM at the ESC Office
B. Prerequisite
1. Immortalize your Superhero: Super X-making
a. Organizations who wish to participate in Who wants to be a Superhero are required to join the Super X-
making event. Organizations need to pass a separate entry for Super X-making together with your
registration form for Who wants to be a Superhero
b. Failure to join the Super X-making will invalidate their entry on Who wants to be a Superhero.
c. Please refer to Super X-making Form 1-C for more information regarding the said event.
 Since this event is packaged with Immortalize your Superhero: Super X-making, an organization can
earn a maximum of 450 EWOC points (200 EWOC points from Super X-making and 250 EWOC points
from Who wants to be a Superhero).
2. Comic Strip: Organizations need to pass a comic strip with the following required elements.
a. Storyline: Organizations are required to submit a comic strip narrating the creation of their superhero.
(Spiderman getting bitten by a genetically modified spider)
b. The comic strip should include the title of comic strip
c. Organizations are required to submit both a JPEG soft copy (with a filename: superhero_<organization
name>_comicstrip.jpeg) and a printed poster version (22 in. x 34 in. in portrait orientation) of the comic
strip
d. Failure to pass on time will incur a deduction of 10 points deduction on the first superhero task.
e. Failure to follow the abovementioned specification will incur a deduction of 5 EWOC points
3. Graphic image: Organizations need to pass a graphic image of their superhero. The image details are as
follows.
a. Graphic image should be in full body chibi form (in the costume made for the superhero in the Super X-
making Contest) and may be in any form of position (ie. superhero attack position, upright, etc.)
b. Resolution: 300 dpi
c. Size: 22 in. x 34 in.
d. Organizations are required to submit a JPEG soft copy with a filename: superhero_<organization
name>_graphic.jpeg
e. Failure to pass on time will incur a deduction of 10 points deduction for the first task.
f. Failure to follow the abovementioned specification will incur a deduction of 5 EWOC points
4. Profile Write-up: Organizations need to pass a profile of their superhero with the following required
elements.
a. The profile of the superhero should include a graphic image (in chibi form, and full body)
b. Name of Superhero: The name should incorporate the organization’s name and culture.
c. Tagline of the superhero
d. Superhero powers, strength, and abilities: The superhero powers must exemplify the organization’s
strengths, and abilities.
e. Others: The organization may opt to include other elements that may exemplify their department,
course or organization’s principles, strengths and culture.
f. The profile of the superhero is limited to one 22 in. x 34 in. portrait page orientation
g. Organizations are required to submit both a PDF soft copy with a filename: superhero_<organization
name>_profile.pdf and a printed poster version (22 in. x 34 in.) of the profile write-up.
h. Failure to pass on time will incur a deduction of 10 points on the first task.
i. Failure to follow the abovementioned specification will incur a deduction of 5 EWOC points
Figure 1: Sample Profile of Spiderman

C. Pre-event and Task 1
1. In addition to the prerequisites listed above (Item B), participants are required to perform the following
tasks to avail the participation points (or base points: 83.33 EWOC points)
a. Sing or dance production number for UP UP ENGG AWAY: Engineering Week 2010 Opening Day. Details
of the production number will be released on December 1, 2010.
b. Task 1 – scheduled on the first day of Engineering Week 2010 (December 10)
 The objective of this production number is to get to know the other participants and to have fun.
Moreover, this pre-event task is relatively easier compared to other ESC-sponsored events.
Superheroes will be given equal EWOC base points for accomplishing pre-event tasks and task 1.
2. Failure to perform the abovementioned tasks will not merit any participation points.
D. Tasks
1. Overview: There are six tasks designed to test the superheroes’ social skills, endurance, strength, agility,
problem solving, dexterity and will power.
2. Costume: Superheroes are required to wear their COMPLETE superhero costume (from Super X-making)
while performing their tasks AND during the elimination round. This includes the make-up and props.
a. Organizations may opt to prepare a duplicate of their superhero’s costume. The duplicate should be
similar to the original one.
b. Failure to wear the costume while performing the task would incur a 50 unit penalty (i.e. 50 seconds, 50
points) for the assigned task of the day
c. Failure to wear the costume during eliminations would invalidate the superhero’s attendance. Hence, a
20 unit penalty (i.e. 20 seconds, 20 points) for the next task, as stated in Section E.2.
d. Costume Malfunction
i. Definition: A costume in need of repair due to exposed sensitive part/(s) of the body. Therefore,
any damaged costume which may show quality deterioration (i.e. presence of tear) but does not
show any sensitive part of the superhero’s body is NOT considered malfunctioning.
ii. In case of costume malfunction DURING a task, the superhero is excused from wearing the
damaged costume for that day (i.e. task, and elimination for that day). In this case, the superhero
may opt to wear his casual (normal) attire without any penalty.
iii. The costume should be restored (or replaced) for next day’s task. Failure to repair (or replace) the
damaged costume shall incur the corresponding penalties for the next day’s task, as stated in
Section D.2.b-c.
iv. The ESC shall decide whether the superhero is excused from wearing the costume without penalty.
3. General Mechanics:
a. All tasks shall be held within the University of the Philippines – Diliman campus
b. All tasks must be completed within the specified period.
c. There will be no task which will deliberately endanger the health and safety of the participants
d. Task overview will be given through various means at the Engineering Lobby at least one hour before
the scheduled task.
e. Detailed rules and mechanics of the task shall be made available at the ESC Office, one hour before the
scheduled task.
f. Scoring: Each task corresponds to:
i. Base points = 83.33 EWOC points
ii. After 2nd task = additional 5 EWOC points
iii. After 3rd task = additional 5 EWOC points
iv. After 4th task = additional 5 EWOC points
v. After 5th task = additional 5 EWOC points
vi. Determination of winner
 4th and 5th placer = 113.33 EWOC points
 3rd placer = 166.67 EWOC points
 2nd placer = 208.33 EWOC points
 1st placer = 250 EWOC points
*Qualifiers for the 6th task shall have all the points from i. to v. invalidated. Their
corresponding EWOC points for Who Wants to Be A Superhero shall start from zero. The
maximum points they will receive will depend on their ranks in the Final task. A more
detailed illustration of the point system is shown in Table 1.
Table 1. Point System Sample Illustration

Notes: W means winning in that elimination while L means losing, and was eliminated in that round of elimination.
E. Elimination
1. The announcement of the name/(s) of the superhero/(es) who will be eliminated shall take place during the
night events of the Engineering Week OR before the next task is given at Melchor Hall. The details of which
shall be announced by the ESC.
2. Failure to come DURING the eliminations shall incur 20 unit penalty (i.e. 20 seconds, 20 points), unless the
superhero has a valid excuse (as indicated in Section F. 1-3) from attending the elimination (the superhero
will not receive any penalty).
3. Scores of the superhero shall be made available immediately after the announcement of the eliminated
superhero/(es)
F. Alternate (Sidekick)
1. An alternate can replace the superhero provided that the superhero’s absence has a valid reason. Valid
excuse includes the following: class schedule (must provide photocopy of Form 5), examination (must
provide an excuse letter signed by the professor of the subject), sickness (must provide a medical clearance
from a duly-recognized hospital and signed by a doctor or physician); and/or loss of a (1st) degree family
member. Only one (1) excused absence is allowed.
2. In case of conflict in classes and/or examination, documents supporting this valid excuse must be submitted
at least two hours before the task. A participant who fails to submit documents with the abovementioned
reason/s result/s to zero points for the task and the superhero shall be eliminated. It also follows that a
notification for the change of player must be made at least two hours before the task.
3. In case of sickness and/or loss of a first degree family member, documents supporting this valid excuse must
be submitted as soon as the participant resumes his/her superhero role. A participant who fails to submit
documents with the abovementioned reason/s result/s to zero points for the task and the superhero shall
be eliminated.
4. In the event that the alternate is also not available, no special scheduled task shall be made available for
him/her. This will result to zero points for the task and the superhero shall be eliminated.
5. Tasks shall apply to the alternate.
G. Default Time
For every task, a default time of 15 minutes shall be allotted.
Who Wants to Be A Superhero?
Organization:
Superhero Name:
Superhero’s Real Name:
Contact Number of Superhero:
Sidekick Name (Alternate):
Sidekick’s Real Name (Alternate’s Real Name):
WAIVER FORM
Who Wants to Be A Superhero
In consideration of participating Who Wants to Be A Superhero, I understand the nature of this event and that I am
qualified, in good health, and in proper physical condition to participate in such activity.
I hereby waive, release and hold harmless, the Engineering Student Council (ESC), its members and representatives
from any and all claims, demands or liabilities arising out of or in any way relating to participation in all tasks of Who
Wants to Be A Superhero, including but not limited to any claim, demand or liability for bodily injury, demand, or
liability arising from or in any way associated with its participation in the said event.
I HAVE CAREFULLY READ, CLEARLY UNDERSTOOD AND VOLUNTARILY SIGN THIS PARTICIPATION, WAIVER AND
RELEASE AGREEMENT.
Superhero Sidekick (Alternate)

Name of Participant
Signature of Participant
Date
Person to contact in case of
emergency (and relation)
Number of person to contact in
case of emergency
Attach this form together with the Immortalize your Superhero: Super X-making
Time submitted:
FORM 1-C
Event Details
EVENT NAME: 49er-Ball Challenge

EVENT COORDINATOR/CONTACT NUMBER: Chinee Mercado / 09176473307
SPONSORING ORGANIZATION: UP 49ers
PLAYERS PER ENTRY: 1M & 1F per team EWOC POINTS: 100 1st 83.33 2nd 66.67 3rd
PER ORG: REGISTRATION FEE PER ENTRY: Php 75
MAXIMUM ENTRIES: 20 MUST PRE-REGISTER? O YES O NO
UNIVERSITY-WIDE (Y/N)? N WALK-INS ALLOWED? O YES O NO
AFF ENGG STUDENT O YES O NO
AFF ONCE ENGG STUDENT O YES O NO
UNAFF ENGG STUDENT O YES O NO
Start of Registration November 29, 2010 10:00am UP 49ers Tambayan
Deadline of registration and December 6, 2010 5:00pm UP 49ers Tambayan
submission of requirements
49er-Ball Challenge December 14, 2010 3:00-5:00pm UP 49ers Basketball Court
RULES AND MECHANICS

Requirements: Certified photocopies of Form 5
Duly accomplished registration form
Each organization may send a maximum of 2 teams with two participants each, one male and one female.
1. There will be two rounds: the Elimination Round and the Final Round.
2. The shooting order will be assigned before the game starts. The players will draw lots to determine their
shooting order.
3. There will be marked areas in the court which are equivalent to different points. One area will be specially
marked (hero’s area) and is equivalent to 40 points.
4. A team will score points by shooting the ball on differently-colored circles.
5. The players must shoot the ball with at least one foot inside the marked circle in order for the equivalent points
to count. In case a point does not count, a marshal will shout null as soon as the shot was made.
6. The players must shoot in rotation.
7. If a player tried to shoot in a certain area, the next player in rotation cannot try to shoot at that marked circle.
He should try shooting in another circle. If a team shoots twice at a marked circle for two consecutive times and
the second player makes the shot, the 2nd shot will not be counted.
8. Teams will shoot until they have reached 49 points. The fastest team to reach 49 points will be the winner.
9. If a team exceeds 49 points, the team will need to shoot more baskets to reach 49 points again. For example, if a
team has reached 46 points and a player makes a shot at a 4-point area, the team’s score will be equal to 1
point. (46+4=50 50-49=1).
10. After the Elimination Round, three teams with the fastest time to reach 49 points will move on to the Final
Round.
11. In the final round, the team with the fastest time will be declared the winner.
In case one organization entered two teams, the organization will receive points only from the team who goes farther.
For example, one team places first after the Final Round and the other team was eliminated. The organization shall
receive only 100 EWOC points, and not 133.33 EWOC points.
Walk-ins will be accepted until 15minutes before the start of the event.
ALL PARTICIPANTS SHOULD BE PRESENT 15 MINUTES BEFORE THE OFFICIAL START OF THE PROGRAM.
LATECOMERS WILL BE DISQUALIFIED. FEES ARE NON-REFUNDABLE. NO MORE PARTICIPANTS WILL BE ENTERTAINED
WHEN THE DEFAULT TIME HAS ELAPSED.
FORM 1-C
Event Details
EVENT NAME: Cliptomania 2010

EVENT COORDINATOR/CONTACT NUMBER: Marie Angelynne Fabro/ 09174163333
PLAYERS PER ENTRY: 3 EWOC POINTS: 1st - 100 pts. 2nd – 83.33pts. 3rd - 66.67pts.
PER ORG: REGISTRATION FEE PER ENTRY: 150.00
MAXIMUM ENTRIES: 100 MUST PRE-REGISTER? (X) YES O NO
UNIVERSITY-WIDE (Y/N)? Y WALK-INS ALLOWED? (X) YES O NO
AFF ENGG STUDENT (X) YES O NO
AFF ONCE ENGG STUDENT (X) YES O NO
UNAFF ENGG STUDENT (X) YES O NO
Deadline of Pre-registration December 6, 2010 5:00 pm UP 49ers Tambayan
Event Proper December 13, 2010 1:00 pm - 4:00 pm UP Film Institute
RULES AND MECHANICS

Rules and Guidelines
1. Cliptomania is a contest for the movie enthusiasts. It is open to all currently enrolled students of the University of the
Philippines, Diliman, Quezon City.
2. Contestants who arrive after the game proper has begun will automatically be disqualified from the contest. Their registration
fee will not be reimbursed.
3. Registration Procedure:
a. A team is required to register three (3) members.
 In case of sudden unavailability of the registered contestants, the team must inform the UP 49ers at least 48 hours
before the competition.
 Replacements will be entertained only before the competition begins. There should be no switching of contestants
when the competition has begun.
b. Each member of the group is required to submit a photocopy of his Form 5 for the current semester and/or a
photocopy of his validated ID.
c. A non-refundable registration fee of Php 150.00 per team will be collected.
d. Deadline for registration is on [date and time] at the UP 49ers headquarters.
4. Contestants are encouraged to come in any superhero costume. The individual in the best superhero costume will be awarded
an additional sixty (60) points in the elimination round. An organizer-appointed judge will pick the winner.
5. The game proper will be composed of two rounds: the Elimination and the Finals.
a. Elimination Round
 In the elimination round, the members of all the teams will be separated and given a set amount of answer sheets
each.
 Individually, they will write the complete titles of the movie clips that will be flashed on the screen. Each answers
sheet will then be collected and scored after every movie clip. A total of 45 movie clips will be flashed, with 15
movie clips for each level of difficulty.
 The elimination round will be composed of Easy, Average and Difficult categories. Players will be given ten seconds
to write down their answers.
 Correct answers in the Easy, Average and Difficult categories will merit 10, 15 and 20 points each, respectively.
 After all movie clips have been flashed, the organizers will take the average of the scores of each team member.
This average will be the official score of the team after the elimination round.
 The top 20 teams will then advance to the final round.
p. Final Round
 In the final round, the top 20 teams will be competing against one another. Each team will be given a set amount
of answer sheets for the EASY and AVERAGE categories.
 A different set of 45 movie clips will be flashed, with 15 movie clips for each level of difficulty.
 For the DIFFICULT category, the competing teams will be given whiteboard markers and slates to write their
answers on.
 The team with the highest score after this round will be declared the winner.
5. The FINAL ROUND has three categories: EASY, AVERAGE, and DIFFICULT.
a. EASY CATEGORY
 15 movie clips will be flashed on the screen. Each movie clip will be flashed for 10 seconds.
 Each team will be given 15 seconds after each movie clip to write the title of the movie clip that was flashed on the
screen.
 All correct answers will merit 10 points each.
b. AVERAGE CATEGORY
 A question related to the movie clip will appear on the screen for 15 seconds. Each team must write the answer to
the question within this time frame.
 All correct answers will merit 15 points each.
 Only the top 5 teams will advance to the DIFFICULT category.

c. DIFFICULT CATEGORY
 Each team will be given 15 seconds after each movie clip to write the title of the movie clip that was flashed on the
screen. After the end of this period, they must reveal their slates to the scorers.
 If a team correctly guesses the title of the movie clip, they may write down their answer to a question related to
the movie clip which will appear on the screen for 15 seconds. Each team must write the answer to the question
within this time frame.
 All correct movie title answers will merit 20 points each and correct answers to movie trivia questions will merit 10
points.
d. The team with the highest score after the difficult category will be declared the winner.
6. In case of a tie in each round, the teams with the same scores will compete in a sudden-death match.
7. Prizes for the competition are as follows:

a. First Prize [100 points]
b. Second Prize [66.67 points]
c. Third Prize [33.33 points]
8. Any form of cheating or coaching will result in the team’s disqualification.
9. The organizers and/or judges' decision regarding scoring and other disputes will be final and not subject to appeal.
10. All alumni, members and applicants of the UP 49ers are ineligible to compete in the Cliptomania.
REGISTRATION FORM
Registration Form (Your Copy)
Team Name: ____________________
Affiliation: ______________________
Team Members:
1. ___________________________ Contact Number: ________________________
2. ___________________________ Contact Number: ________________________
3. ___________________________ Contact Number: ________________________
Alternate Team Member:
1. ___________________________ Contact Number: ________________________
Requirements:
_____ Registration Fee (P 150)
_____ Photocopy of validated UP ID or
_____ Photocopy of Form 5
Received by:
_________________ (49er)
Registration Form (49ers' Copy)

Team Name: ____________________
Affiliation: ______________________
Team Members:
1. ___________________________ Contact Number: ________________________
2. ___________________________ Contact Number: ________________________
3. ___________________________ Contact Number: ________________________
Alternate Team Member:
1. ___________________________ Contact Number: ________________________
Requirements:
_____ Registration Fee (P 150)
_____ Photocopy of validated UP ID or
_____ Photocopy of Form 5
Received by:
_________________ (49er)
FORM 1-C
Event Details
EVENT NAME: Dateng’g Game (Female)

EVENT COORDINATOR/CONTACT NUMBER: Angela S. Belgera / 09158223836
PLAYERS PER ENTRY: 1 EWOC POINTS: 100 1st 83.33 2nd 66.67 3rd
MAXIMUM ENTRIES: 30 MUST PRE-REGISTER? x YES O NO
UNIVERSITY-WIDE (Y/N)? N WALK-INS ALLOWED? x YES O NO
AFF ENGG STUDENT x YES O NO
AFF ONCE ENGG STUDENT O YES x NO
UNAFF ENGG STUDENT x YES O NO
Deadline of Registration December 6, 2010 5:30pm UP 49ers Tambayan
DatEng’g Game December 15, 2010 2:00-5:00pm TBA
RULES AND MECHANICS

1. Searchees should come in presentable attire. (No slippers and shorts)
2. Strictly biological FEMALE searchees only.
3. The sponsoring organization will arrange for the searchers and the date packages for the couples.
4. The searcher may be a UP student, but NOT from the College of Engineering, or non-UP.
5. There will be two rounds: the ELIMINATION and FINAL rounds.
6. The Elimination round consists of two portions: (1) Question and Answer and (2) Talent portions.
7. The top FOUR searchees shall make it to the FINAL round.
8. Tie-breaking questions will be given in case of a tie. The searchee who gives the best answer, as decided by
the searcher, will proceed to the next round.
9. For the FINAL round, 3-5 questions will be asked. There will also be a “Care to Dare?” portion.
10. The searcher will decide on who wins for every portion, as well as on the final round.
The winner will receive date packages and freebies to be provided by the organization and its sponsors.
The winning candidate’s organization will receive 100 EWOC points. The other finalists’ organization will get 66.67 and 33.33 EWOC
points, respectively (depending on their rank based on the points they will accumulate). The participants who were eliminated after
the Elimination Round will receive 33.33 EWOC points as participation points.
In case one organization entered two candidates, the organization will receive points only from the participant who goes farther in
the game. For example, two searchees from one organization get to qualify in the Final Round. Only one emerges as the winner
while the other is only a finalist. The organization shall receive 200 EWOC points, and not 333.33 0r 283.33 EWOC points.
Walk-ins will be accepted until 2:00 pm (Engineering lobby time) on the day of the contest.
ALL PARTICIPANTS SHOULD BE PRESENT 15 MINUTES BEFORE THE OFFICIAL START OF THE PROGRAM. FEES ARE NON-REFUNDABLE.
NO MORE CANDIDATES WILL BE ENTERTAINED WHEN THE DEFAULT TIME HAS ELAPSED.
FORM 1-C
Event Details
EVENT NAME: Dateng’g Game (Male)

EVENT COORDINATOR/CONTACT NUMBER: Angela S. Belgera / 09158223836
PLAYERS PER ENTRY: 1 EWOC POINTS: 100 1 83.33 2 66.67 3
UNIVERSITY-WIDE (Y/N)? N WALK-INS ALLOWED? x YES O NO
AFF ONCE ENGG STUDENT O YES x NO
Deadline of Registration December 6, 2010 5:30pm UP 49ers Tambayan
DatEng’g Game December 15, 2010 2:00-5:00pm TBA
RULES AND MECHANICS

Searchees should come in presentable attire. (No slippers and shorts)
Strictly biological MALE searchees only.
The sponsoring organization will arrange for the searchers and the date packages for the couples.
The searcher may be a UP student, but NOT from the College of Engineering, or non-UP.
There will be two rounds: the ELIMINATION and FINAL rounds.
The Elimination round consists of two portions: (1) Question and Answer and (2) Talent portions.
The top FOUR searchees shall make it to the FINAL round.
Tie-breaking questions will be given in case of a tie. The searchee who gives the best answer, as decided by the
searcher, will proceed to the next round.
For the FINAL round, 3-5 questions will be asked. There will also be a “Care to Dare?” portion.
The searcher will decide on who wins for every portion, as well as on the final round.
The winner will receive date packages and freebies to be provided by the organization and its sponsors.
.
The winning candidate’s organization will receive 100 EWOC points. The other finalists’ organization will get 66.67 and 33.33 EWOC
points, respectively (depending on their rank based on the points they will accumulate). The participants who were eliminated after
the Elimination Round will receive 33.33 EWOC points as participation points.
In case one organization entered two candidates, the organization will receive points only from the participant who goes farther in
the game. For example, two searchees from one organization get to qualify in the Final Round. Only one emerges as the winner
while the other is only a finalist. The organization shall receive 100 EWOC points, and not 183.33 or 166.67 EWOC points.
Walk-ins will be accepted until 15 minutes before the event.
ALL PARTICIPANTS SHOULD BE PRESENT 15 MINUTES BEFORE THE OFFICIAL START OF THE PROGRAM. FEES ARE NON-REFUNDABLE.
FORM 1-C
Event Details
EVENT NAME: Hayok sa EWOC Presidential Edition

EVENT COORDINATOR/CONTACT NUMBER: Robert Aaron O. Rivera / 09179319812
PER ORG: REGISTRATION FEE PER ENTRY: 100
MAXIMUM ENTRIES: 15 MUST PRE-REGISTER? X YES O NO
UNIVERSITY-WIDE (Y/N)? N WALK-INS ALLOWED? O YES X NO
AFF ENGG STUDENT X YES O NO
AFF ONCE ENGG STUDENT O YES X NO
UNAFF ENGG STUDENT O YES X NO
Deadline of Registration December 14, 2010 5:00pm UP 49ers tambayan
Event proper December 15, 2010 9:30am UP 49ers tambayan
RULES AND MECHANICS

Duly accomplished registration form, waiver form, brief description of presentation
MECHANICS:
1. Hayok sa EWOC consists of 5 time-based challenges which will test the participants’ agility, strength, courage
and intellect.
2. Only the President of the participating organization is allowed to join the event.
3. All challenges will be tested by the committee-in-charge and approved by the President of the sponsoring
organization (UP 49ers). The organization will not prepare challenges that cannot be performed or fulfilled by
the organizers themselves.
4. There will be no challenges which will jeopardize the health and safety of the participants.
5. In the event that the participant cannot fulfill the challenge, he/she will be eliminated from the contest.
6. After every challenge, each participant will be ranked. Three participants will be eliminated after the 1st and 2nd
challenges. Three participants will also be eliminated after the 3rd and 4th challenges. The remaining
participants will advance to face the final challenge.
7. The sponsoring organization can change the number of participants to be eliminated after each challenges
depending on the number of participating organizations.
8. Participants will perform the challenge at the same time. The participant to complete the challenge with the
fastest time shall win.
9. The winner of the contest will be based only on the final challenge.
10. In the event that no participant gets to fulfill a challenge, the organizers will judge which participant best
accomplished the task, and he/she will be declared the winner.
ALL PARTICIPANTS SHOULD BE PRESENT 15 MINUTES BEFORE THE OFFICIAL START OF THE PROGRAM. FEES ARE
NONREFUNDABLE.
NO MORE PARTICIPANTS WILL BE ENTERTAINED WHEN THE DEFAULT TIME HAS ELAPSED.TACH 1
FORM 1-C
Event Details
EVENT NAME: TalEng’gtado Ka!

EVENT COORDINATOR/CONTACT NUMBER: Januelle Mattheus G. Dacalos / 09155945710
PLAYERS PER ENTRY: Max of 15 EWOC POINTS: 150 1 125 2 100 3
Deadline of Registration December 3, 2010 5:00pm UP 49ers tambayan
Elimination Round December 8, 2010 TBA TBA
Finals December 16, 2010 2:00-5:00pm Engineering Theater
RULES AND MECHANICS

Duly accomplished registration form, waiver form, brief description of presentation
Registration:
Only bona fide UP Engineering students (currently registered for the semester) and active members of any engineering
organization are qualified to join the event.
Participants can perform in solo or in group. Group performances must only have a maximum of fifteen (15) members.
Each engineering organization is allowed to have two representatives.
Interested participants should submit their accomplished registration and waiver forms with a copy of their Form 5s.
Also a short description of the presentation should be submitted together with the registration form in a letter sized
bond paper.
A screening process shall be held. Only fifteen (15) participants/ teams will proceed to the final performance.
Performance in the Final Event must be the same as the performance in the qualifying round. Minimal revisions such as
additional props or change of costumes will be considered but the main act should not be replaced. A note prior to the
changes should be submitted a day before the final event.
The sequence of the performances of the participants/ teams shall be decided through a draw lots before the event.
In case a qualified participant backs out or in any circumstance cannot attend the final performance, a replacement will
NOT be considered.
Screening Process/ Elimination Round:

The organizer shall provide amplifiers and microphones.
Only one judge will be present and he/she will have the sole decision as to who will be in the Top 15.
There will only be a maximum of 5 minutes time allotted for the performers. One minute will be given for technical
preparations.
Criteria for judging:
Creativity – 30%
Stage Presence – 30%
Uniqueness - 30%
Audience Impact – 10%
The decision of the judge as to who will be in the Top 15 is final and irrevocable.
Performance:
Any kind of unique and entertaining talents are encouraged. The participant/s may opt to be in superhero costume or
use a background music related to the theme of Engineering Week.
There will only be a minimum of 3 minutes and a 5 minute maximum time allotted for the performance. One minute will
be given for technical preparations.
Any form of nudity and malicious act is strictly prohibited. Automatic disqualification will be imposed if anyone does
so.
The organizer will only provide amplifiers and microphones. Participants are welcome to bring their own equipment for
their performance. Flammable and sharp materials are NOT permitted to be used during an act.
Three judges will be present in the Final Event.

Same criteria will be used. The final score shall be the average score given by the three judges.
Creativity – 30%
Uniqueness – 30%
A performance may be stopped even if it is not yet finished if all three judges agreed to it. The participant will NOT get a
score if this happens.
When the performance reaches the 5-minute allotted time, the participant will be asked to stop. In this case, the judges
will still give their scores for the performance. There will be no deduction.
Announcement of winners will proceed immediately after the tallying of scores.
The winning candidate’s organization will receive 200 EWOC points, certificates of recognition and medals. The 1 st and
2nd runner’s –up will receive 183.33 and 166.67 EWOC points, respectively (depending on their rank based on the points
they will accumulate). The participants who were eliminated after the qualifying round will receive 33.33 EWOC points
as participation points.
In case one organization has two entries, the organization will receive points only from the participant who goes
farther. For example, two entries from one organization get to qualify in the Final Round. Only one emerges as the
winner while the other is only a finalist. The organization shall receive 150 EWOC points, and not 275.00 0r 250.00
EWOC points.
ALL PARTICIPANTS SHOULD BE PRESENT 15 MINUTES BEFORE THE OFFICIAL START OF THE PROGRAM. FEES ARE
NONREFUNDABLE.
FORM 1-C
Event Details
EVENT NAME: INDAKAN 2010 – GROUP Competition

EVENT COORDINATOR/CONTACT NUMBER: Mickee Hamtig, 09266821141; Kat Raneses, 09164034606
SPONSORING ORGANIZATION: UP Association of Civil Engineering Students
PLAYERS PER ENTRY: 6 – 20 EWOC POINTS: 1-250 2-208.33 3-166.67
MAXIMUM NO. OF ENTRIES DEFAULT TIME:
PER ORG: 1 REGISTRATION FEE PER ENTRY: 1,200php
Briefing of Participants October 19, 2010
5:30 pm MH 509
Start of Registration November 16, 2010
7:00 am
End of Registration December 2, 2010

5:30 pm
Deadline of Requirements UP ACES Tambayan

December 3, 2010
Deadline of Changes (dancer line up, December 6, 2010 5:30 pm

songs, etc)
Distribution of Tickets to Participants December 3, 2010
Distribution of ID’s to Participants December 8, 2010
Meeting with Participants December 8, 2010 5:30 pm MH 509
Release of Program Flow

December 8, 2010
Blocking
December 13, 2010 TBA TBA
Indakan Program Proper

December 13, 2010 6:00 pm TBA
RULES AND MECHANICS

INDAKAN 2010
Group Competition
1. The contest is open to:
a. all members of duly recognized organizations who are officially enrolled at the College of Engineering, UP Diliman.
b. unaffiliated students who are officially enrolled at the College of Engineering, UP Diliman.
2. No participant should be a professional dancer nor a member of a dance group/organization duly recognized by the University
(UP Dansa, UP Dance Company, UP Filipiniana Dance Group, UP Pep Squad, UP Social Dance Club and UP Streetdance Club)
since November 2009.
3. For participating affiliated engineering teams, members of the group should be members of the organization they are
representing. In any case that unaffiliated engineering students become part of the team, the team will be automatically be
considered as an unaffiliated engineering team and will therefore be ineligible of earning EWOC points. All the participating
groups should be in the roster submitted prior to the Engineering Week.
4. The presentation should be interpretative and entertaining in nature and may be in any form of dance. The presentation should
follow the year's theme.
5. Participating organizations can only have one entry. They must provide their own costumes, make-up, music, and special effects.
6. Only a maximum of 3 teams will be allowed for unaffiliated engineering students.
7. Songs from a movie is to be used only once. The selection of the movies, including its songs, will be done on first-come-first-serve
basis. Participating organizations can reserve a movie through personal queuing at the UP ACES Tambayan. Only an assigned UP
ACES member can authorize this reservation. For inquiries, the numbers to be texted are as follows:
Mickee- 09266821141;
Kat- 09164034606
8. A team may use a medley provided it falls within the time limit and comes from the reserved movie. A list of all songs to be used in
the presentation with the corresponding artist, album and movie must be submitted and attached with the registration form.
9. All songs to be used in the presentation should be verified by the organizer upon reservation. List of verified songs will be released
at most two days after submission.
10. Each group should be composed of a minimum of 6 and a maximum of 20 dancers. Attention should not be focused on one or
two dancers only for more than 30% of the group's dance period. (i.e. given a 10-minute presentation, attention should not be
focused on one or two dancers for more than 3 minutes) Failure to observe this rule would mean an automatic 5% deduction
from the group’s final score.
11. Each group is allowed only 10 minutes in their presentation exclusive of set-up time. Time starts when the music begins and ends
at the time the last dancer leaves the stage. Five points, per minute exceeding the allotted presentation time, will be deducted
to the group's final score. The crew is allotted 2 minutes set-up time before the group's performance and another two after to
clear the stage.
12. A maximum of 3 assistants inclusive of technical crew member(s) and/or make-up artist(s) per group entry will be allowed. Passes
will be provided for the assistants and a NO PASS / NO ENTRY policy will be strictly implemented. For the safety of all the
belongings of the participants, teams are highly recommended to have someone look after their things during their
performances. Lost valuables are not a responsibility of the organizers.
13. The following are the criteria for judging:
a) Choreography (includes difficulty of techniques) 40 pts
b) Interpretation of theme (includes over-all production) 20 pts
c) Timing and coordination 25 pts
d) Costume 5 pts
e) Audience Impact 10 pts
100 pts.
Scores from the judges will be averaged. The top 3 teams would be declared the winners.
14. Ties will be broken by omitting the scores for the costume criterion. If ties still exist, the audience impact criterion will be omitted. If
ties still exist after the audience impact criterion is omitted, the team with the minimum standard deviation among the tied teams
gets the upper hand.
15. The following prizes shall be awarded to the winners:
a) 1st Prize 250.00 EWOC pts. + Trophy + Php 15,000
b) 2nd Prize 200.00 EWOC pts. + Trophy + Php 7,000
c) 3rd Prize 166.67 EWOC pts. + Trophy + Php 4,000
16. Special awards will be given:
a) Best Over-All Production Trophy
b) Best in Org Participation Trophy
(The Best Over-All Production award will depend on the judges’ decision. The Best in Org Participation award will depend on the
number of tickets sold to the organization from December 1, 2010 to December 13, 2010, 12nn)
17. The judges' decision is final. Non-conformance to any of the contest rules would mean automatic disqualification from the
contest.
18. Each participating team is required to submit a write up about the organization they are representing (for affiliated engineering
team) / the group (unaffiliated engineering team) , a flash presentation (details will be announced with the release of the theme)
and the CD’s to be used with the name of the organization on the cover, on or before December 1, 2010. Failure to submit on the
said deadline would mean an automatic 5% deduction from the group’s final score.
19. Any changes in the line-up of dancers, songs, write-ups, flash presentations may be made on or before December 6, 2010. After
the said date, all things submitted are considered final.
20. All requirements must be submitted in order for each participating team to block (rehearse on stage). Permit to block will be
issued on each participating team once all requirements are accomplished. The teams who first accomplish the submissions will
have the privilege to choose the time to rehearse. Teams who will not come on their scheduled blocking will forfeit their chance
to rehearse. NO PERMIT, NO BLOCKING.
21. Each group of participants shall pay Php 3000 (inclusive of Php 1200 registration fee plus 20 tickets). Fees should be paid upon
registration. Tickets will be sold at Php 90 each.
22. The order of performance shall be determined randomly through draw lots on the designated date just before the contest. The
competition will be on December 13, 2010, 6pm – 12mn, at a venue to be further announced. At least 60% of the group must
arrive 30 minutes before the program starts. Teams that will arrive late will incur a 3% deduction from the group’s final score for
every 30 minutes they are late. Failure to go on stage 2 minutes after the group is called by the emcee would mean an
automatic disqualification.
ATTACHED IS THE REGISTRATION FORM FOR INDAKAN 2010 GROUP

REGISTRATION FORM
INDAKAN 2010 – PAIR COMPETITION
 AFFILIATED
PARTICIPATING ORGANIZATION: ______________________________
 UNAFFILIATED
PARTICIPATING TEAM: _______________________________________
TEAM MEMBERS (Please mark appropriate student type for each team member.)
Name Aff Eng’g Unaff Eng’g
MALE  
FEMALE  
CREW MEMBERS (Please check guidelines. Mark appropriate student type for each crew member.)
1.  
2.  
PROTECTED MOVIE AND SONGS:

Movie Title: ________________________________________
Song Title/s: _____________________________________________________________________________________________________
Artist: ____________________________________________
Contact Person: __________________________________________

Contact Number/s: ________________________________________
E-mail Address: __________________________________________
ATTACHMENTS (To be filled by Registration Committee only.:

 Registration Fee (PhP 500)
 Ticket Payment (Php 800)
 Waiver Form
 Others (please specify):
 _____________________________
 _____________________________
 _____________________________
 _____________________________
 _____________________________
Submitted by: ______________________________

Received by (Indakan Registration Committee Representative): ______________________________
Date and Time: ____________________________________
UP ACES COPY
(To be filled by Registration Committee only.)

INDAKAN 2010 – PAIR COMPETITION
 AFFILIATED
 UNAFFILIATED
Submitted Requirements:
 Ticket Payment (Php 800)
 Waiver Form
 _____________________________
 _____________________________
 _____________________________
 _____________________________
 _____________________________
Issued by (Indakan Registration Committee Representative): ______________________________

Received by (Participating Team Representative): ______________________________
Date/Time: ___________________________________
Participating Team’s COPY
FORM 1-C
Event Details
EVENT NAME: INDAKAN 2010 –PAIR Competition

EVENT COORDINATOR/CONTACT NUMBER: Mickee Hamtig, 09266821141; Kat Raneses, 09164034606
SPONSORING ORGANIZATION: UP Association of Civil Engineering Students
PLAYERS PER ENTRY: 2 EWOC POINTS: 1-150 2-125 3-100
MAXIMUM NO. OF ENTRIES 1 DEFAULT TIME:
PER ORG: REGISTRATION FEE PER ENTRY:
MH 509
Briefing of Participants October 19, 2010 5:30 pm
Start of Registration November 16, 2010 7:00am
5:30 pm
End of Registration December 2, 2010
Deadline of Requirements December 3, 2010 UP ACES Tambayan
Deadline of Changes (dancer line up, 5:30 pm
December 6, 2010
songs, etc)
Distribution of Tickets to Participants December 3, 2010
Distribution of ID’s to Participants
Meeting with Participants Demebr 8, 2010 5:30 pm MH 509
Release of Program Flow
Blocking December 13, 2010 TBA TBA
Indakan Program Proper December 13, 2010 6:00 pm TBA
RULES AND MECHANICS

INDAKAN 2010
Pair Competition:
1. The contest is open to:

a. all members of duly recognized organizations who are officially enrolled at the College of Engineering, UP Diliman.
b. unaffiliated students who are officially enrolled at the College of Engineering, UP Diliman.
2. No participant should be a professional dancer nor a member of a dance group/organization duly recognized by the University
(UP Dansa, UP Dance Company, UP Filipiniana Dance Group, UP Pep Squad, UP Social Dance Club and UP Streetdance Club)
since November 2009.
3. Each pair can be composed of either male and female or both male and both female. For participating affiliated engineering
teams, the pair should be members of the organization they are representing. In any case that an unaffiliated engineering student
becomes part of the team, the team will automatically be considered as an unaffiliated engineering team and will therefore be
ineligible of earning EWOC points. All the participating pairs should also be in the roster submitted prior to the Engineering Week.
4. Only a maximum of 3 pairs will be allowed for unaffiliated engineering students.
5. Attention should not be focused on one dancer only for more than 30% of the pair's dance period. (i.e. given a 5-minute
presentation, attention should not be focused on one dancer for more than 1.5 minutes) Failure to observe this rule would mean
an automatic 5% deduction from the group’s final score.
6. The presentation should be interpretative and entertaining in nature and may be in any form of dance. The presentation should
follow the year's theme.
7. Participating organizations can only have one entry. They must provide their own costumes, make-up, music, and special effects.
8. A pair may use a medley provided it falls within the time limit and comes from the reserved movie. A list of all songs to be used in
the presentation with the corresponding artist, album and movie must be submitted and attached with the registration form.
9. Songs from a movie is to be used only once. The selection of the movies, including its songs, will be done on first-come-first-serve
basis. Participating organizations can reserve a movie through personal queuing at the UP ACES Tambayan. Only an assigned UP
ACES member can authorize this reservation. For inquiries, the numbers to be texted are as follows:
Mickee- 09266821141;
Kat- 09164034606
All songs to be used in the presentation should be verified by the organizer upon reservation. List of verified songs will be released
at most two days after submission.
10. Each pair is allowed a minimum of 1 minute and a maximum of 5 minutes in their performance exclusive of set-up time. Time starts
when the music begins and ends at the time the last dancer leaves the stage. Five points, per minute exceeding the allotted
presentation time, will be deducted to the pair's final score. The pair is allotted 1 minute set-up time before the pair's performance
and another one after to clear the stage.
11. A maximum of 2 assistants inclusive of technical crew member(s) and/or make-up artist(s) per entry will be allowed. Passes will be
provided for the crew and a NO PASS / NO ENTRY policy will be strictly implemented. For the safety of all the belongings of the
participants, Teams are highly recommended to have someone look after their things during their performances. Lost valuables
are not the responsibility of the organizers.
12. The following are the criteria for judging:
a) Choreography (including difficulty of techniques) 25 pts
b) Timing and coordination 20 pts
c) Poise and Projection (including over-all production) 20 pts
d) Appropriateness of movement 15 pts
e) Costume 5 pts
f) Audience Impact 15 pts
100 pts
Scores from the judges will be averaged. The top 3 pairs would be declared the winners.
13. Ties will be broken by omitting the scores for the audience impact criterion. If ties still exist, the costume criterion will be omitted. If
ties still exist after the costume criterion is omitted, the team with the minimum standard deviation among the tied teams gets the
upper hand.
14. The following prizes shall be awarded to the winners:
a) First Prize 150.00 EWOC pts + Medal + Php 6000
b) Second Prize 125.00 EWOC pts + Medal + Php 4000
c) Third Prize 100.00 EWOC pt„s +‘ Medal + Php 2000
15. Special awards will be given:
a) Best Female Performer Trophy
b) Best Male Performer Trophy
(The Best Female and Male Performer award will depend on the judges’ decision.)
16. The judges' decision is final. Non-conformance to any of the contest rules would mean automatic disqualification from the
contest.
17. Each participating pair is required to submit a write up about the organization they are representing (for affiliated engineering
team) / the pair (unaffiliated engineering team) , a flash presentation (details will be announced with the release of the theme)
and the CD’s to be used with the name of the organization on the cover, on or before December 1, 2010. Failure to submit on the
said deadline would mean an automatic 5% deduction from the pair’s final score.
18. Any changes in the line-up of dancers, songs, write-ups, flash presentations may be made on or before December 6, 2010. After
the said date, all things submitted are considered final.
19. All requirements must be submitted in order for each participating pair to block (rehearse on stage). Permit to block will be issued
on each participating team once all requirements are accomplished. The teams who first accomplish the submissions will have
the privilege to choose the time to rehearse. Teams who will not come on their scheduled blocking will forfeit their chance to
rehearse. NO PERMIT, NO BLOCKING.
20. Each group of participants shall pay Php 1220 (inclusive of Php 500 registration fee plus 8 tickets). Fees should be paid upon
registration. Tickets will be sold at PhP 90 each.
21. The order of performance shall be determined randomly through draw lots on the designated date just before the contest.
22. The competition will be on December 13, 2010, 6pm – 12mn, at a venue to be further announced. The pair must arrive 30 minutes
before the program starts. Teams that will arrive late will incur a 3% deduction from the pair’s final score for every 30 minutes they
are late. Failure to go on stage 2 minutes after the pair is called by the emcee would mean an automatic disqualification.

REGISTRATION FORM
INDAKAN 2010 – GROUP COMPETITION
 AFFILIATED
 UNAFFILIATED
PARTICIPATING TEAM: ______________________________
TEAM MEMBERS (Please mark appropriate student type for each team member.)
1.  
2.  
3.  
4.  
5.  
6.  
7.  
8.  
9.  
10.  
11.  
12.  
13.  
14.  
15.  
16.  
17.  
18.  
19.  
20.  
CREW MEMBERS (Please check guidelines. Mark appropriate student type for each crew member.)
1.  
2.  
3.  
MOVIE TO BE PROTECTED: ________________________________________
SONGS TO BE PROTECTED: (Please use the attached sheet for your list of songs and artist).
Contact Person: ____________________________

Contact Number/s: __________________________
E-mail Address: ____________________________
ATTACHMENTS (To be filled by Registration Committee only).:

 Ticket Payment (PhP 2000)
 Waiver Form
 Protected Songs
 _____________________________
 _____________________________
 _____________________________
 _____________________________
 _____________________________
Submitted by: ______________________________

Received by (Indakan Registration Committee Representative): ______________________________
Date/Time: ________________________________
(UP ACES COPY)
(To be filled by Registration Committee only.)
INDAKAN 2010 – GROUP COMPETITION

 AFFILIATED
 UNAFFILIATED
TEAM MEMBERS: CREW MEMBERS:
No. of Aff Eng’g : __________ No. of Aff Eng’g : __________

No. of Unaff Eng’g: __________ No. of Unaff Eng’g: __________
TOTAL __________ TOTAL __________
PROTECTED ARTIST: ______________________________
PROTECTED SONGS:
No. of Protected Songs: _____________________________
Submitted Requirements:
 Ticket Payment (PhP 2000)
 Waiver Form
 Protected Songs
 _____________________________
 _____________________________
 _____________________________
 _____________________________
 _____________________________
Issued by (Indakan Registration Committee Representative): ______________________________

Received by (Participating Team Representative): ______________________________
Date/Time: _______________
(Participating Team’s COPY)
________________________________________________________________________________
(UP ACES COPY)
NAME OF ORGANIZATION/TEAM:
______________________________________________________________________________________________
MOVIE CHOSEN:
______________________________________________________________________________________________
LIST OF PROTECTED SONGS

Title of Song Artist and Album/Source Remarks (to be filled by UP ACES)
___________________________ ____________________________ __________________________________
___________________________ ____________________________ __________________________________
___________________________ ____________________________ __________________________________
___________________________ ____________________________ __________________________________
___________________________ ____________________________ __________________________________
___________________________ ____________________________ __________________________________
___________________________ ____________________________ __________________________________
___________________________ ____________________________ __________________________________
___________________________ ____________________________ __________________________________
___________________________ ____________________________ __________________________________
___________________________ ____________________________ __________________________________
___________________________ ____________________________ __________________________________
___________________________ ____________________________ __________________________________
___________________________ ____________________________ __________________________________
___________________________ ____________________________ __________________________________
___________________________ ____________________________ __________________________________
___________________________ ____________________________ __________________________________
___________________________ ____________________________ __________________________________
___________________________ ____________________________ __________________________________
___________________________ ____________________________ __________________________________
FORM 1-C
Event Details
EVENT NAME: Jammeng’g 2010

EVENT COORDINATOR/CONTACT NUMBER: Kath Madrid (09179397119)/ Herz Tabag (09167012591)
SPONSORING ORGANIZATION: UP Association of Civil Engineering Students (UP ACES)
PLAYERS PER ENTRY: 44-6 EWOC POINTS: 250-1 208.33-2 166.67-3
MAXIMUM NO. OF ENTRIES 2 DEFAULT TIME: 6:00 pm
ENGG FACULTY O YES O NO
Briefing November 9, 2010 5:30PM to 7:30PM MH 509
Auditions November 22, 2010 9AM to 5PM TBA
Final Meeting with Orgs December 7, 2010 5:30PM UP ACES Tambayan
Contest Proper December 15, 2010 7PM to 2AM Technowave Celebrity
Bar, Tomas Morato QC
RULES AND MECHANICS

REG
1. The contest is open to all bands, professional or non-professional, composed of students and faculty who are bona
fide members of an organization recognized by the College of Engineering.
2. Each Band shall consist of 4 to 6 members, all of which are engineering students/faculty, and shall represent the
organization which they are members of.
3. Each organization can have a maximum of 2 band entries.
4. A participating individual is not allowed to perform with more than one band. If an organization has 2 band entries,
members of the first band must be different from the second band.
5. For JAMMENGG 2010, the participants are to perform their rendition of a song from Guitar Hero and a cover song
of their choice.
6. Participating bands are required to perform 2 songs, a song from guitar hero and a song of their choice.
7. Those who are interested to participate are also required to pay the following registration fees:
P 200 for Audition Fee
P 800 per band of 4 members
P 100 per member in excess of 4
8. Registration period will be from November 23, 2010 until December 7, 2010 from 8:00 AM to 5:00 PM.
9. Registration forms will be sent to each engineering organization together with the invitation. Participants must
submit their registration forms (A & B) plus photocopies of the band members' Form 5's and ID and pay the
registration fee to any UP ACES member at the UP ACES Tambayan.
10.There shall be no repetition of songs and artist for the song choice. Reservation of songs and artist for their song
choice will be on a first-come-first-served basis. Participants may submit their songs and artist prior to payment of the
registration fee(Nov.23-Dec.7) . To reserve their chosen songs and artist, they must submit Form B to any UP ACES
member at the UP ACES Tambayan, upon which their chosen songs and artist will be protected and no other
participating band may use them as their chosen songs.
11. Bands may opt to change their chosen song and/or artist. To do so, they may retrieve the registration Form B that
they have submitted beforehand and record their new song choice in the space provided in the form. Bands can only
change their chosen song once until the end of registration (Dec.7). A song which was foregone by an org can be
claimed by other orgs in first-come-first-served basis until December 7, 2010 only.
12. A list of protected Songs and artist will be posted at the UP ACES tambayan.
13. There will be a meeting on November 9, 2010 to explain to the orgs further the theme for JAMMENGG 2010.
FOR AUDITIONS:
1. Interested Organizations are required to audition for the Finals.

2. Auditions will be on November 22, 2010 at _______________, Quezon City.
3. Bands are required to fill up the Registration Form for auditions and pass it on or before the auditions.
4. Also, all bands are required to pay an audition fee of 200php.
5. All Bands that already signified their intent to audition before November 22, 2010 but failed to show up during the
auditions will need to pay a damage fee of 200php.
6. Criteria for judging during the auditions will be as follows:
CREATIVITY – 30%
TECHNICAL PROFICIENCY – 30%
STAGE PRESCENCE – 20%
DIFFICULTY OF CHOSEN PIECE – 20%
TOTAL: 100%
7. 3 judges will be introduced during the auditions.
8. Each Band will be given 15 minutes to perform 2 songs. A song from Guitar Hero and a song of their choice.
9. Choosing the schedule for auditions will be done by means of draw lots during the briefing and other orgs who
wish to audition but weren’t able to attend the briefing can choose their schedule on a first-come-first-served
basis.
10. Participants who did not qualify for the finals will be given 66.67 EWOC points.
CONTEST PROPER
1. The contest shall be held on December 15, 2010 at Techno Wave Celebrity Bar, Tomas Morato, Quezon City.
Contest proper will start at exactly at 7PM and will end at 2AM.
2. Participating bands are required to perform 2 songs; a song from guitar hero and a song of their choice. They will be
given a maximum of 15 minutes onstage to prepare and to perform.
3. Judging will be based on the following criteria:
Creativity – 30%
Technical Proficiency – 20%
Difficulty of Chosen Piece – 10%
TOTAL : 100%
4. 3 Winners will be awarded. The Corresponding prizes will be as follows:
Champion: P8000 + 250.00 EWOC Points
1st Runner-up: P5000 + 208.33 EWOC Points
2nd Runner-up: P3000 + 166.67 EWOC Points
5. 83.33 EWOC Points will also be awarded for the non-winning participants.
6. The judges' decision is irrevocable.
RULES and REGULATIONS

1. There will be a meeting on December 7, 2010, 5:30PM at the UP ACES Tambayan to determine the sequence of
performance and for other reminders. This will be done by means of Draw Lots.
2. Contestants are required to come to the venue 30 minutes before the start of the contest proper. Those who fail to
do so will get a deduction of 5 points from their final score. Participants who arrive after the start of the contest
proper will automatically get disqualified with forfeiture of registration fee.
3. Participants will be timed from the moment they are called by the emcees to go onstage. Failure to finish their set
within 15 minutes will earn them a penalty of 2 points per minute of overtime from their final score.
4. Each Band that will participate in the Finals is required to sell 15 tickets at 200php each.
5. Ticket release to Organizations will be on November 25, 2010.
6. 5 judges will be introduced during the contest proper.
7. In case of a tie, the band that gets the majority of the judges' votes will be declared superior among the tie bands.
8. Any changes regarding the mechanics herein deemed necessary by the JAMMENG'G 2010 heads, Kath Madrid and
Herz Tabag, will be disseminated to the participating organizations immediately upon the approval of the Engineering
Student Council.
9. All inquiries and clarifications regarding this contest mechanics should be addressed to the JAMMENG'G 2010
heads.
DESIGN YOUR REGISTRATION FORM HERE. ATTACH A SEPARATE SHEET IF POSSIBLE.

JAMMENG’G 2010
REGISTRATION FORM A
ORGANIZATION: ___________________________________________
BAND MEMBERS (Please indicate if affiliated with any music organization):
1. _______________________
2. _______________________
3. _______________________
4. _______________________
5. _______________________
6. _______________________
CONTACT PERSON/ORG REPRESENTATIVE: ___________________________________

CONTACT NUMBER/S: _____________________________________________________
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
UP ACES’ COPY
DATE and TIME: ______________________________
RECEIVED FROM _________________________________________ THE AMOUNT OF

_______________________________________ (P__________) AS REGISTRATION FEE
AND PAYMENT FOR REQUIRED TICKETS FOR JAMMENG’G 2010.
ORGANIZATION REPRESENTATIVE UP ACES REPRESENTATIVE
______________________________ ______________________________
SIGNATURE OVER PRINTED NAME SIGNATURE OVER PRINTED NAME
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
ORGANIZATION’S COPY
DATE and TIME: ______________________________
RECEIVED FROM _________________________________________ THE AMOUNT OF

_______________________________________ (P__________) AS REGISTRATION FEE
AND PAYMENT FOR REQUIRED TICKETS FOR JAMMENG’G 2010.
ORGANIZATION REPRESENTATIVE UP ACES REPRESENTATIVE
______________________________ ______________________________
SIGNATURE OVER PRINTED NAME SIGNATURE OVER PRINTED NAME
JAMMENG’G 2010
REGISTRATION FORM B
ORGANIZATION: ___________________________________________
Guitar Hero Track
Song to be Protected:
1. SONG:_______________________
FOR SONG CHOICE:

Artist and Song to be Protected:
1. SONG:_______________________ ARTIST:_______________________

CONTACT NUMBER/S: _____________________________________________________
RECEIVED BY: __________________________

DATE AND TIME: ________________________
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
ARTIST AND SONG REVISION (Do not fill up prior to changing your choices)
Guitar Hero Track

Song to be Protected:
2. SONG:_______________________
FOR SONG CHOICE:

Artist and Song to be Protected:
2. SONG:_______________________ ARTIST:_______________________

CONTACT NUMBER/S: _____________________________________________________
NOTED BY: _____________________________

DATE AND TIME: ________________________
FORM 1-C
Event Details
EVENT NAME: AMAZENG’G RACE

EVENT COORDINATOR/CONTACT NUMBER: Jericho Olea (09153734581)
SPONSORING ORGANIZATION: UP Aggregates, Inc.
PLAYERS PER ENTRY: 5 EWOC POINTS: 1st: 200 2nd: 166.67 3rd : 133.33
PER ORG: REGISTRATION FEE PER ENTRY: PhP100.00
AFF NEVER ENGG STUDENT O YES O NO
Registration December 6 -10 8AM - 5PM AGGRE Tambayan
Briefing December 10 4PM - 6PM AGGRE Tambayan
Elimination Round December 13 TBA UP Campus
Final Round December 13 TBA UP Campus
RULES AND MECHANICS

1. Amazeng’g Race is an adventure race similar to the format of the US television series.
2. Registration:
a. Each organization can be represented by five (5) contestants.
b. Faculty members can join the Race.
c. Each contestant is required to submit a 2X2 picture.
d. Each organization can have one (1) alternate which is to be made one (1) day before the Race. The alternate/s is also
required to submit a 2X2 picture.
e. A refundable registration fee of Php100.00 per team will be collected. Refunds will be given to organization who
decided not to join the event anymore, provided a good reason. This does not apply to DEFAULT.
3. The game will be composed of two rounds: Elimination and Final Round.
a. Elimination Round
 There will be a series of elimination round, called Race Legs. There may be three or four Race Legs within the Race.
 Each leg will consist of challenges held within UP DIliman.
 Route Information Clues (which will be given during the start of the leg, or after the team finish a certain
challenge) will instruct where the contestant will go next.
 Route Markers will be placed in the area where the challenge will be held.
 Each team is required to perform the challenge tasked in the said area unless there is a TWIST (see FASTFORWARD
and DETOUR)
 Each team will start the race at the same time, and will perform the same series of challenges unless a Twist occurs
within the race. (see FASTFORWARD and U-TURN)
 A Pit Stop denotes the final destination of each leg.
 The three fastest Racers at the last Elimination Race Leg will advance to the Final Round.
b. Final Round
 The final round will be composed of a single-length leg.
 The mechanics of the final round is similar to the elimination round.
 The team to arrive first at "Pit Stop" at the end of final leg will be declared the winner of the Race.
4. Twists will be introduced during the race:

a. DETOUR. A Detour presents the team with a decision between two tasks, each with its own pros and cons. Teams are
given several details about both tasks. Typically, one task is less physically demanding but is tedious or requires some
amount of time or thinking to complete, while the other is usually a more physically demanding or frightening option
that, depending on the team's ability, may take less time to complete. The decision on which task to attempt lies solely
with the team. A team may choose to switch tasks as many times as they wish with no penalty other than the time lost
in attempting the tasks and traveling between task locations. Once a team has completed one of the tasks, they are
given the clue to their next location. A member of the UP Aggregates will guide the process.
b. ROADBLOCK. A Roadblock is a task that only one team member may perform. Once a team member has been selected,
they cannot switch. The Roadblock task is performed only by the selected racer while the other team members wait in
a designated area. Roadblocks will be equally distributed among the team members. The other team members are not
allowed to interact with the selected player.
c. FASTFORWARD. A Fast Forward is a task (which can be found within the Race) that, once completed, allows the team
that completes it to bypass all remaining tasks in the leg and proceed directly to the Pit Stop. Multiple teams may
undertake Fast Forward tasks, but only the first team to complete the task gets credit. There will be one Fast Forward
Task per Leg (only in the Elimination Round).
d. YIELD. The Yield allows any one team to force another team to stop racing for a predetermined amount of time. The
Yield marker is placed near a Route Marker, and teams would be forced to stop at it to state their intentions to employ
the Yield. The clue would say "Caution: Yield ahead!" If a team Yielded another team, they would place a photo of the
Yielded team, along with a "Courtesy Of" photo of themselves, on the stand. A team may only use their Yield power
once on the race, and only one team may be Yielded when the Yield is available, though the same team can be Yielded
multiple times during the same Race. If a team loses their "Courtesy Of" photo, they lose their Yield power. If the team
that is Yielded has already passed the Yield, the Yield is nullified. The number of Yield per Leg still depends on the
decision of the organization.
e. U-TURN. The U-Turn is similar in format to the Yield; however, it is always placed immediately after a Detour. After
completing their Detour option, a team may use their U-Turn ability to force another team to backtrack and complete
the Detour option they did not previously complete. Like the Yield, the team placing the U-Turn places a photo of the
team they are penalizing along with their own "Courtesy Of" photo on the U-Turn marker stand. It is possible for a
team to U-Turn a team that has already passed (or skipped by means of a Fast Forward) the U-Turn. A team can only
use their U-Turn power once per Race, regardless of whether they still have their "Courtesy Of" photo with them after
using a Blind U-Turn. Teams are warned of an upcoming U-Turn on or the Route Marker after the Detour clue. NOTE: A
team that is “Yield”-ed can also be “U-Turn”-ed at the same time.
f. INTERSECTION. The Intersection requires each team to pair up with one other team and perform all tasks and make
decisions together until further notice. Should there be no other teams present when a given team arrives at the
Intersection route marker, they must wait there until another team arrives, though they do not have to partner with
that team and can opt to wait for another team instead. Teams are free to choose their partner team if multiple teams
are present. Teams are not warned when an Intersection is coming.
g. SURPRISE ELIMINATION. Last team to arrive at a checkpoint midway through the first leg will be eliminated on the
spot.
5. Each team is only allowed to start a task when all of its members are already present in the station.
6. The teams are allowed to use any mode of transportation (i.e. IKOT jeep, bicycle, car, etc.).
7. All team are required to perform all the tasks within the race leg. Failure to do so will result to disqualification.
8. UP Aggregates, Inc. may alter minor regulations of the contest, but participants will be informed ahead regarding these
changes
9. UP Aggregates, Inc. will not be liable for any injuries in the course of the event.
AMAZENG'G RACE REGISTRATION FORM (UP AGGREGATES INC’s COPY)
NAME OF ORGANIZATION:
01
ORG REPS:
02
01
02
TEAM MEMBERS: 03
04
05
01
02
ALTERNATE: 03
04
05
(to be filled by a UP AGGREGATES INC. representative)

December ___, 2010
This is to certify that the UP AGGREGATES INC., event organizers of the AMAZENG'G RACE, received the
amount of Php ____________ from _________________________________ as registration fee for ____ team(s).
COMMENTS:
_______________________________________ _______________________________________
UP AGGREGATES INC's REPRESENTATIVE ORGANIZATION's REPRESENTATIVE
AMAZENG'G RACE REGISTRATION FORM (ORGANIZATION's COPY)
01
ORG REPS:
02
01
02
TEAM MEMBERS: 03
04
05
01
02
ALTERNATE: 03
04
05

December ___, 2010
This is to certify that the UP AGGREGATES INC., event organizers of the AMAZENG'G RACE, received the
COMMENTS:
_______________________________________ _______________________________________
FORM 1-C
Event Details
EVENT NAME: FILM FESTIVAL 2010

EVENT COORDINATOR/CONTACT NUMBER: BYRON A. FILL / 09266121071
SPONSORING ORGANIZATION: UP AGGREGATES INC.
PLAYERS PER ENTRY: 10-15 EWOC POINTS: 1st : 200 2nd :166.66 3rd :133.33 4th-15th:100
DEFAULT TIME: 15 minutes
MAXIMUM NO. OF ENTRIES PER ORG: 2
REGISTRATION FEE PER ENTRY: Php 750.00
Release of Invitations to CoE Respective CoE
November 3 (W) 7:00-5:30pm
Organizations Organizations' Tambayan
Sign-up and Registration for
November 9-12 (T-F) 8:30-5:30pm AGGRE Tambayan
Participating Organizations
Briefing November 12 (F) 5:30-7:00pm AGGRE Tambayan
Deadline of Submission of Entries December 1 (W) 5:30pm AGGRE Tambayan
Buffer Period for Incorrect Format December 2 (Th) 12:00pm AGGRE Tambayan
Exhibit December 10-15 (F-W) 7:00-5:30pm Eng’g Lobby (1st Floor)
Screening of entries December 15 (W) 1:00-5:00pm P&G Room
Awarding December 15 (W) 11:00-12:00pm Eng’g Theatre
RULES AND MECHANICS

Mechanics (Short-Film Making Competition)
1. The objective of the event is to create a digital film that will depict this year’s Film Festival theme - ANG SUPERHERO
NG BUHAY KO. Freedom is given to participating organizations in fulfilling this contest requirement. All qualified entries
are automatically competitors for best picture, best director, best poster/exhibit, best actor/best actress and best
trailer.
2. An official entry MUST include the following:

 FILM: A 15-20 minute film(excluding credits) in digital format (AVI) with a MINIMUM of 1024 x 768 – pixel video
size and in stereo audio (or better).
 TRAILER: One (1) minute trailer in AVI format, same as the film.
 POSTER: Hard copy (in 11x17 Glossy Paper) and soft copy (in .jpeg and at least 960 x 1280 pixels in size).
 TARPAULIN: Soft copy (in .jpeg and 6x2 ft in size).
 SCRIPT: Hard copy (printed in A4 paper size) and soft copy (in .doc and .pdf).
 FILM DESCRIPTION: This is a one-page short description of the film. This may include but not limited to the
following: synopsis, teaser, and/or any other written promotional material for the film. Hard copy (printed in A4
paper size) and soft copy (in .doc and .pdf).
 DIRECTOR and WRITER's ESSAY: The Director and Writer of each participating organization must write a one-page
essay (Director and Writer in separate page) explaining or expounding on the artistry behind their respective
works. This will be the basis for the BEST WRITER and BEST DIRECTOR categories. Hard copy (printed in A4 paper
size) and soft copy (in .doc and .pdf).
 LIST OF CAST and CREW: This should include all names of the crew/cast including their positions/roles in the film
(over-lapping is allowed). Also, all names of the nominees for the respective awards should be included here. Hard
copy (printed in A4 paper size) and soft copy (in .doc and .pdf).
NOTE: All soft copies for submission must be burned in a CD/DVD (Duly labeled with ORG NAME, TITLE OF THE
SHORT FILM, and CONTENTS). All hard copies, on the other hand, must be printed in A4 paper, Font = Calibri, Font
Size = 12, 1 inch margin on all sides, 1.5 Line Spacing. All contents should be placed in the brown envelopes provided
to the participating organizations on the briefing day.
Failure to submit any of the above requirements prior to the listed deadline will result to corresponding deductions in
the computation of the participant’s final score. Incorrect format of the said requirements will also be given
corresponding deductions.
December 1 – deadline of entries is until 5:30pm (Engineering Lobby Time) only. Submission beyond the default
time (15min) will be considered late and shall merit corresponding deductions. Late entries will only be accepted
until 6:30pm (Engineering Lobby Time) only. A late entry on the day of the deadline will receive 0.125%
deduction from the TOTAL PERCENTAGE SCORE per 5 minutes. The submission time will be recorded after
presenting all the requirements and agreed upon by the event organizers.
December 2 – 5% deduction from the TOTAL PERCENTAGE SCORE.
December 3– 10% deduction from the TOTAL PERCENTAGE SCORE, meaning no entries beyond 5:00pm shall be
accepted.
INCORRECT FORMAT (to those who submitted on the deadline) – There will be a buffer period to SUBMIT THE
CORRECT FORMAT of the receivables from December 2, 8:30am-12pm. The buffer period will serve as leeway
ONLY to those participants who submitted their entries on the deadline. A 5% deduction from the TOTAL
PERCENTAGE SCORE will be awarded to those participants who will submit complete and corrected entries after
DECEMBER 2, 12pm.
SHORTER THAN 15 MINUTES/LONGER THAN 20 MINUTES – 5% deduction from the TOTAL PERCENTAGE SCORE.
Failure to submit ANY of the above requirements until December 3, 5pm will mean DISQUALIFICATION. The event
organizers will notify each of the participants should they lack any of the requirements within an hour upon
submission. The participants has the chance to pass their deficiencies within the day should they still have the time
before the day’s deadline of entries. In such cases however, the organizers will honor the time of the completion of the
requirements as their submission time. (Ex. Your org wasn’t able to pass a 1-minute trailer even though you have
submitted the required film, script and poster).
3. Only 15 entries will be accepted on this year’s Film Festival so securing of slots will be on a first come first serve basis.
However, participating organizations can only ensure their slots if they submitted all the necessary requirements.
4. An official film crew should be comprised of but not limited to the following: actor/s, actress/es, director/s, writer/s and
editor/s (should be bonafide members of the participating organization and overlapping of roles is allowed).
5. To qualify for the BEST PICTURE (which means 1st place in the entire event), the participating organization should
comply with the following aside from the necessary requirements:
 Attendance to the screening and awarding ceremony (cast and crew including the org representative/s).
6. Nudity is STRICTLY PROHIBITED. Nudity is defined as directly showing of any private part in the film. Also, the use of
foul language in the film is the participant's discretion if they may deem necessary in the depiction of the script or of
the storyline. The UP Aggregates Inc. has the full right to review, screen and censor all entries.
7. Winners for the BEST ACTOR, BEST ACTRESS, BEST SCREENPLAY and BEST DIRECTOR categories as well as the allotment
of points on musical score, screen play, relevance to the theme, creativity, and originality will all be determined by the
judges. The judges for FILM FESTIVAL 2010 can be composed of but not limited to the following: professor/s from the
UP COLLEGE OF MASS COMMUNICATION, a senior student of Film and Audio Visual Communication, and other
personalities deemed rightful for the position. Effects and editing aside from sound will NOT have much bearing on the
best picture category since it is possible for the participants to hire professional editors (but not preferred).
8. Nominees for individual acting awards will be on a self-nomination basis. Each participating organization is to nominate
who among their film crew/actors will be competing for best actor/actress. Failure to do so would mean an incomplete
submission. They have an option of including clips containing winning scenes of their actor/actress in the official entry.
9. The participants are the ones responsible for the PUBLICITY of their entries. To aid the participants in this endeavor a
separate exhibit showcasing their respective posters and/or film promotional tarpaulins will be displayed on the
Engineering 1st Floor Lobby on December 10-15.
10. People’s Choice Award will be given to the entry with the highest garnered percentage (computation of which shown
below). 3 Votes equivalent to 6 points will be given per ticket; that is, 1 ticket = 3 votes (The votes that will be cast can
st nd rd
only be of the following with their corresponding point allotment: 1 place – 3 points, 2 place – 2 points and 3
place – 1 point). ALL 3 VOTES MUST BE CAST THUS ALL THE 3 PLACES MUST BE FILLED OUT, any ticket that has an
st
incomplete vote (i.e. only the 1 place is filled) will be considered NULL and VOID. Remember however that you could
st nd rd
only vote a participant once in your ticket, redundant vote (i.e. 1 – AGGRE, 2 – AGGRE, 3 – AGGRE) is STRICTLY
PROHIBITED, tickets under such circumstances will automatically be considered NULL and VOID. Voting will be done
during the film screening and will include votes from non-eng’g people as long as they are present during the event. For
this reason, joining organizations are required to attend the film screenings (film crew and org representatives). Each
movie trailer will be shown during the screening breaks for the benefit of the audience present.
Percentage Computation:
a. Every participating organization, granted that they have remitted the minimum ticket requirement defined
by one-thirds (rounded up to the nearest whole number) of their roster for Engineering Week will automatically
receive a P1 equivalent to 7.5% else 0%.
b. The other half , P2 (maximum=7.5%), will come from their accumulated votes (AV) from the audience and is
computed as follows:
P2 = (INDIVIDUAL ORG'S AV/HIGHEST ORG'S AV)*7.5%
c. Thus the computed grade for this part will be:
Total Percentage = P1 + P2
d. The People's Choice Award will go to the organization garnering the highest percentage in this part of the
competition.
11. Participation points will only be given to the organization that has complete attendance during the Awarding Ceremony
(film crew + org representatives). In case a crew member/org representative is absent but due to an excusable reason,
a member from the same organization must attend in his/her place provided the event organizers are notified at least
one day prior to the Awarding Ceremony.
12. Tickets will be issued to those interested to watch the screenings (meaning even non-eng’g people) and will be sold at
20 pesos/ticket. Each participating organization will be required to sell a minimum of “n” tickets and will be given 5
complimentary tickets. The value of “n” is determined by; n = 1/3 of the participating organization’s population.
13. The UP AGGREGATES INC. may alter minor regulations of the contest, but participants will be informed ahead regarding
these changes.
14. The organization getting the three highest tallied percentage points will be given their corresponding EWOC points. The
criteria for judging as well as the corresponding percentage are as follows:
* Criteria for Judging
CRITERIA Percentage
Poster/Exhibit 5%
People's Choice Ranking 15%
Relevance to the Theme 80%
Creativity & Originality (based on
Musical Score/Screenplay judge's scores)
*Additional Information
CRITERIA BASED ON JUDGES (80%) Percentage

Relevance to the Theme 15%
Creativity & Originality 30%
Musical Score 15%
Screenplay 20%
FILM FESTIVAL 2010 REGISTRATION FORM (UP AGGREGATES INC’s COPY)
OFFICIAL 01
ORGANIZATION'S
REPRESENTATIVES: 02
01 09
02 10
03 11
CAST AND CREW 04 12

MEMBERS: 05 13
06 14
07 15
08

November ___, 2010
This is to certify that the UP AGGREGATES INC., event organizers of the FILM FESTIVAL 2009, received the
COMMENTS:
_______________________________________ _______________________________________
FILM FESTIVAL 2010 REGISTRATION FORM (ORGANIZATION'S COPY)
OFFICIAL 01
ORGANIZATION'S
REPRESENTATIVES: 02
01 09
02 10
03 11
CAST AND CREW 04 12

MEMBERS: 05 13
06 14
07 15
08

November ___, 2010
This is to certify that the UP AGGREGATES INC., event organizers of the FILM FESTIVAL 2009, received the
COMMENTS:
_______________________________________ _______________________________________
FORM 1-C
Event Details
EVENT NAME: LANTERN MAKENG’G

EVENT COORDINATOR/CONTACT NUMBER: JED ALIMANZA (09275576061)
SPONSORING ORGANIZATION: UP AGGREGATES INC.
PLAYERS PER ENTRY: 3-5 EWOC POINTS: 1 2 3
150 125 100
MAXIMUM NO. OF ENTRIES 1 DEFAULT TIME: 15 mins.
PER ORG: REGISTRATION FEE PER ENTRY: Php 150.00
UNIVERSITY-WIDE (Y/N)? N WALK-INS ALLOWED? O YES x NO
AFF ONCE ENGG STUDENT x YES O NO
AFF NEVER ENGG STUDENT O YES x NO
UNAFF ENGG STUDENT O YES x NO
Registration Nov. 17 – 19 8:30 – 5:00 AGGRE tambayan
Briefing Nov. 24 4:00 – 5:30 AGGRE tambayan
Submission of Design Proposal Dec. 1 4:00 – 5:30 AGGRE tambayan
Release of Approval/Revision of
Dec. 3 4:00 – 5:30 AGGRE tambayan
Proposal
Lantern display Dec. 13 - 16 1:00 – 5:00 Engineering Lawn
Judging and Announcement of

Dec. 16 3:00 – 5:00 Engineering Lawn
Winners
RULES AND MECHANICS
1. The objective of the game is to construct a lantern in adherence to this year’s Engineering Week theme – Aveng’gers.
There will be no restrictions regarding the materials to be used for the lantern. However, emphasis should be on the use
of simple and cheap materials (preferably recycled materials).
2. The lanterns should have maximum dimensions of 5 ft x 5 ft x 5 ft. Lanterns smaller than these dimensions may be
constructed. Lanterns that do not comply with the maximum dimensions required shall be disqualified (no participation
points).
3. To ensure an acceptable lantern design, the teams are required to pass a design proposal on the specified date, until 5
PM. Late submission of proposals will incur a 5% deduction per day, again until 5 PM. The UP Aggregates will be
reviewing the design proposals according to the specifications. Any revisions will be pointed out by the UP Aggregates.
The teams must comply with the modifications come contest proper.
4. Once their design has been approved, teams may start construction of their lanterns. It is important that the teams
provide the UP Aggregates Inc with supporting documentation (i.e. pictures) of them constructing their lanterns. Failure
to do so will result in a 30% deduction from the final grade. Teams may ask for the help of their fellow org members for
the construction. As well, commercial lanterns are not permitted. Doing so will disqualify the team.
5. The lanterns will have to be displayed on the Engineering Lawn of Melchor Hall from the start of the engineering
week, until the date of judging. Deduction of 20% from the final grade will be given to entries that fail to do so.
6. The participating organizations will be held responsible for their own lanterns, should there be any untoward
incidents (i.e. lantern was intentionally destroyed by another org), a formal complaint should be addressed to the other
org. UP Aggregates Inc. will not be held liable for such and may only act as a neutral body, and may function only as an
arbiter between the opposing orgs. However, we would still be checking on the lanterns from time to time. Also,
organizations identified destroying other orgs’ entries will have their entry disqualified from earning points.
7. Criteria for Judging

Aesthetics and Artistic Design 40%
Adherence to Theme 30%
Materials Used 30%
8. The UP Aggregates Inc. may alter minor regulations of the contest, but participants will be informed ahead of time
regarding these changes.
AMAZENG'G RACE REGISTRATION FORM (UP AGGREGATES INC’s COPY)
01
ORG REPS:
02
01
02
TEAM MEMBERS: 03
04
05

December ___, 2010
This is to certify that the UP AGGREGATES INC., event organizers of the LANTERN MAKENG’G, received the
COMMENTS:
_______________________________________ _______________________________________
AMAZENG'G RACE REGISTRATION FORM (ORGANIZATION’s COPY)
01
ORG REPS:
02
01
02
TEAM MEMBERS: 03
04
05

December ___, 2010
This is to certify that the UP AGGREGATES INC., event organizers of the LANTERN MAKENG’G, received the
COMMENTS:
_______________________________________ _______________________________________
FORM 1-C
Event Details
EVENT NAME: I Object!

EVENT COORDINATOR/CONTACT NUMBER: Raymund Rasco / 09153492721
SPONSORING ORGANIZATION: UP Academic League of Chemical Engineering Students (UP ALCHEMES)
PLAYERS PER ENTRY: 4 EWOC POINTS: 1st 100 2nd 83.33 3rd 66.67
Registration December 3 9:00 – 12:00 / 1:00 – 4:00 UP ALCHEMES Tambayan
Game Proper December 16 10:00 – 11:30 Yakal Residence Hall Lawn
RULES AND MECHANICS
A modified version of Eat Bulaga’s I Object!, which is a game of quick thinking, wit, and humor. I Object! requires the
participants to think of a humorous and witty “use” of a given object for a span of time. The competing teams will then
“object” and think of a new and perhaps more humorous and witty “use” of that object.
Mechanics
1. Three teams will play for each round. The teams that will play for each round will be predetermined.
2. In each round, several objects will be revealed. The teams will be given 30 seconds to prepare and think of a
new ‘use’ of the given object, after which they must act it out (using the given object) for 15 seconds. The ‘use’
of the object must not be its original purpose, so the team must think quickly in a witty and humorous way. For
example, the object is an umbrella. The team then may act using the inverted umbrella as a satellite dish (for 15
seconds).
3. After the first team’s turn, the second team will shout “I object!” and will act out a better ‘use’ of the object. For
instance, with reference to number 2, the second team would say: “I object! This umbrella is not a satellite dish,
this is a merry-go-round!” They then act using the umbrella as a merry-go-round. The third team then objects
and acts out.
4. This will continue until all three teams get to act twice. After this, a second object will be revealed, and so on.
The point goes to the team with the most creative and humorous presentation. A group of judges will
determine which team gets the point.
5. Every round is a race-to-score-three round. The winning team will advance to the final round.
6. If a team fails to act out during their turn, or if a team exceeds 15 seconds, they will not be given a score by the
judges.
7. The final round will be the same as the preliminary round. The first team to score three points gets the 1 st Place
EWOC points while the second and third team to have three points gets 2nd and 3rd Place EWOC points,
respectively.
8. Criteria for judging: 40% creativity and style, 30% humor and wit, 30% delivery. Also, judges will only come
from UP ALCHEMES members and/or alumni and not from any other org of the College to prevent biased
judgment.
Violations and Complaints
The following actions committed by any player or participants will lead to disqualification of the team and will not be
given EWOC points once found out guilty and proven.
1. Shouting and uttering words of profanity of any kind. Gestures and hand signals of that kind are also prohibited.
2. Verbally and/or physically hurting of opponents and organizers deliberately.
3. Vandalizing the equipment and/or venue being used for the event.
4. Complaints and protests will be addressed verbally to the organizers so that appropriate actions shall be made.
Decision of the organizers is final and irrevocable.
5. ALCHEMES has the right to deliberate special circumstances regarding issues that may arise from this game.
PARTICIPATING ORGANIZATION’S / UNAFFILIATED’S COPY

I OBJECT! (Php 30 / team)
December 16 (Yakal Residence Hall Lawn), 10:00am – 11:30am
ORGANIZATION :
Player 1 :
Player 2 :
Player 3 :
Player 4 :
Alternate :
Amount Received :
Received By :
Date and Time :
ORGANIZER’S COPY
I OBJECT! (Php 30 / team)
ORGANIZATION :
Player 1 :
Player 2 :
Player 3 :
Player 4 :
Alternate :
Amount Received :
Received By :
Date and Time :
FORM 1-C
Event Details
EVENT NAME: Rockbakan: The Rockband Challenge

PLAYERS PER ENTRY: 4-8 EWOC POINTS: 1st 100 2nd 83.33 3rd 66.67
Game Proper December 15 9:00 – 12:00 Engineering Theater
RULES AND MECHANICS
General Rules
1. Four players per team play per round. A team must pick their players before their song is revealed or
chosen.
2. Teams are liable for any damage that may occur to the equipment during their use.
3. Once the team has started the song, it may not be reset except in cases caused by technical problems.
Elimination Round
1. Each team will draw a song and sequence number for presentation. The difficulty is also predetermined by
the organizers.
2. Failed songs will automatically disqualify the team. A Fail System will be implemented in this round.
3. The team’s score is equal to their game score.
4. The teams with the top 5 scores will proceed to the Final Round.
Final Round
1. There will be one chosen song and one random song to be played in the Final Round.
2. Each team will draw a sequence number for presentation.
3. The team should stay in the designated holding room prior to their performance.
4. The team’s score is equal to their game scores in the Final Round.
5. Highest team to garner as many points will win 1st place.

ROCKBAKAN: THE ROCKBAND CHALLENGE (Php 750 / team)
December 15 (Engineering Theater), 9:00am – 11:30am
ORGANIZATION :
Player 1 :
Player 2 :
Player 3 :
Player 4 :
Player 5 :
Player 6 :
Player 7 :
Player 8 :
Alternate :
Amount Received :
Received By :
Date and Time :
ORGANIZER’S COPY
ROCKBAKAN: THE ROCKBAND CHALLENGE (Php 750 / team)
December 15 (Engineering Theater), 9:00am – 11:30am
ORGANIZATION :
Player 1 :
Player 2 :
Player 3 :
Player 4 :
Player 5 :
Player 6 :
OK
Player 7 :
Player 8 :
Alternate :
Amount Received :
Received By :
Date and Time :
FORM 1-C
Event Details
EVENT NAME: Singeng’g Bee

PLAYERS PER ENTRY: 4 EWOC POINTS: 1st 150 2nd 125 3rd 100
Game Proper December 15 1:00 – 4:00 MH 305 – 307
RULES AND MECHANICS
Singeng’g Bee is a modified version of ABS-CBN’s Singing Bee that requires the participants to guess the lyrics of several
songs. The objective of the game is to be the last team standing.
Mechanics:
1. The teams will be divided into two batches prior to the event. The number of teams per batch depends on the
number of teams who registered.
2. The game proper will have 4 rounds – To Bee Corrected, Singing with the Enemy, Pics Bee With You, and the
Final Countdown.
3. In the To Bee Corrected round, the host will mention the year the song was released, the performer, and title of
the song. A portion of the song will be performed; with the last line altered. The team has to attempt to correct
the altered lyrics of the song. If they get it right, the team earns a point and waits for their next turn (after all
teams have tried to answer at least once). Otherwise, they step back and the next team in line tries the same
song. The song is discarded if all the teams are not able to get the lyrics right. A new song is introduced when a
team gets a point or if a song is discarded. The first four (4) teams to get two (2) points will move on to the next
round. The order of the teams will be determined through drawing of numbers.
4. In the Singing with the Enemy round, a song will be sung with some words or phrases missing. The teams will
have to fill in the missing words or phrases with the correct lyrics of the song. The order of the teams will be
determined through drawing of numbers. Each correct answer gives the team a point. After the song is finished,
the two (2) teams with the highest points earned advance to the next round. In case of a tie, a song will be sung;
the host will mention the year the song was released, the performer, and title of the song. The first team to buzz
in will have the chance to choose either to Play or to Pass. If the team chooses to Play, they will attempt to
correctly sing the next line of that song. They will advance to the next round if they get the lyrics right;
otherwise, the other team will be the one advancing. If the team chooses to Pass, the other team will attempt to
correctly sing the next line of the song. They will advance to the next round if they get the lyrics right; otherwise,
the other team will be the one advancing.
5. The Pics Bee With You round is the battle of the remaining four teams that have advanced (two form the first
batch and two from the second batch). For this round, a portion of a song is sung; the teams must sing the next
line of the song using the pictures shown to them as clues. The first team to buzz in has the chance to attempt to
sing the required lyrics. The team earns a point if they get it right; otherwise, other teams may steal and they get
the point if they answer it correctly. Only one chance of stealing is allowed. If no team gets a point, another song
is played. The first two teams to score three points advance to the next round.
6. The two remaining teams will then compete in the Final Countdown round. To determine who goes first, a
tossup is started. The host gives a name of an artist, and the first player to buzz in must give a song pertaining to
the artist. They are then given the year of release, song title, and the artist. They will need to complete the lyrics
of the next line. If correct, they earn a point and they will have the right to guess the next song first. Otherwise,
the other contestant must sing the correct lyrics to win a point. If neither gets the lyric right, the song is
discarded, and another tossup takes place. Seven (7) songs are played, and the contestant with the most
number of points by the end of the round wins. In case of a tie, additional songs will have to be sung.
The participants will be awarded the following:

1st place 100 EWOC Points
nd
2 place: 83.33 EWOC Points
Others: (66.67 + 33.33*(N-2))/N EWOC Points
Where: N = number of teams

SINGENG’G BEE (Php 100 / team)
December 15 (MH 305 – 307), 1:00pm – 4:00am
ORGANIZATION :
Player 1 :
Player 2 :
Player 3 :
Alternate :
Amount Received :
Received By :
Date and Time :
ORGANIZER’S COPY
SINGENG’G BEE (Php 100/team)
December 15 (MH 305 – 307), 1:00pm – 4:00pm
ORGANIZATION :
Player 1 :
Player 2 :
Player 3 :
Alternate :
Amount Received :
Received By :
Date and Time :
FORM 1-C
Event Details
EVENT NAME: The Great Obstacle Relay

Game Proper December 16 1:00 – 4:00 Molave Residence Hall
Court
RULES AND MECHANICS
This is a series of tough obstacles and heart-pounding challenges that requires participating teams to finish it in the
shortest time possible. The obstacle course will be revealed during the event proper, which requires a lot of physical
strength, stamina and speed to win.
Mechanics:
1. Incomplete teams (i.e. less than 5 members per team) after the designated default time will be automatically
disqualified.
2. This is a time trial event. A team’s time starts when the facilitator signals “Go” and the time will be stopped
when the last player finishes the obstacle course.
3. There will be 5 fixed players and one alternate.
4. The first player of each team will start from his or her team’s base and continues the obstacle course which will
include a lot of running, crawling, and crazy challenges. At the end of the course, the flag must be retrieved by
the first player and he/she must run back to the base.
5. The second player can start only after he/she gets hold of the flag. He/she then proceeds to the obstacle like the
first player, and so on. This continues on until the last player finishes the obstacle course and gets back to the
base with the flag. The team will then immediately shout their team name as a sign that they have already
completed the course.
6. Rankings will be based on the time the teams finished the obstacle course; the fastest team wins.
PARTICIPATING ORGANIZATION’S /UNAFFILIATED’S COPY

THE GREAT OBSTACLE RELAY (Php 30/team)
December 16 (Molave Residence Hall Court), 1:00pm – 4:00 pm
ORGANIZATION :
Player 1 :
Player 2 :
Player 3 :
Player 4 :
Player 5 :
Alternate :
Amount Received :
Received By :
Date and Time :
ORGANIZER’S COPY
THE GREAT OBSTACLE RELAY (Php 30/team)
December 16 (Molave Residence Hall Court), 1:00pm – 4:00pm
ORGANIZATION :
Player 1 :
Player 2 :
Player 3 :
Player 4 :
Player 5 :
Alternate :
Amount Received :
Received By :
Date and Time :
FORM 1-C
Event Details
EVENT NAME: Web Penetrateng’g

Game Proper December 16 8:00 – 10:00 Yakal Residence Hall Lawn
RULES AND MECHANICS
Mechanics:
1. 5 players per organization are needed for the game.

2. The goal of the game is to pass through a “web” of strings.
3. 4 players from the team must pass through the web of strings without touching the strings. The member who
decides not to pass through the web can help in guiding (carrying etc.) the one who is passing.
4. Players who already passed through the web without touching the yarn can help in guiding the next players.
5. The holes that the preceding players have entered may not be used again by the succeeding players. (Hole
entrances of the web may only be entered once per team).
6. Each team has six minutes to make all their four players to pass through the web. The team that finishes the
fastest wins.
7. If in case no team gets to finish within the time given, the team with the most number of players that have
passed through in the shortest time wins.
Rules:
1. If the string is touched, the player may try again as long as the 6 minutes time allotment has not yet expired.
2. The players who already passed the web can only assist the succeeding players on the side where they already
are. They are not allowed to go back to the entering side to assist.
3. The players are not allowed to jump towards the hole.

WEB PENETRATENG’G (Php 25 / team)
ORGANIZATION :
Player 1 :
Player 2 :
Player 3 :
Player 4 :
Player 5 :
Alternate :
Amount Received :
Received By :
Date and Time :
ORGANIZER’S COPY
WEB PENETRATENG’G (Php 30 / team)
ORGANIZATION :
Player 1 :
Player 2 :
Player 3 :
Player 4 :
Player 5 :
Alternate :
Amount Received :
Received By :
Date and Time :
FORM 1-C
Event Details
EVENT NAME: Maskipaps – FEMALE SOLO

EVENT COORDINATOR/CONTACT Abel Calamlam/09272088097; Lawrence Chua/09267098803
NUMBER:
SPONSORING ORGANIZATION: Beta Epsilon
PLAYERS PER 1 EWOC POINTS: 1. 200 2. 166.67 3. 133.33
ENTRY:
MAXIMUM NO. OF 1 DEFAULT TIME: 7:15 (15 minutes)
ENTRIES PER ORG: REGISTRATION FEE PER None
ENTRY:
UNIVERSITY-WIDE (Y/N)? No WALK-INS ALLOWED? O YES O NO
Meeting with Orgs Nov. 12 18:00 – 19:00 BE Tambayan
Registration Nov. 12-19 9:00 – 17:30 BE Tambayan
Submission of Requirements Dec. 07 8:00 – 17:30 BE Tambayan
Exhibit Dec. 13-17 7:00 – 17:30 Eng’g Lobby
Event Proper Dec. 16 19:00 – 2:00 Eng’g Steps
RULES AND MECHANICS

Contest Mechanics:
Modeling Competition
1. Each participating organization is only allowed to send one entry for each category.
2. The pair category would consist of one (1) male and one (1) female participant while the group category
would consist of one (1) male and two (2) female participants.
3. All characters of the participants of each organization should be from the same universe.
For example: Batman & Batgirl (Approved)
Spiderman & Wonderwoman (Disapproved)
4. The requirements for the competition are as follows:
 A video (.avi format) presentation exactly 2 minutes long, comprising of all the models from the
participating organization only, portraying their respective characters as earlier agreed upon.
 CD containing the audio (.mp3 format)to be used in the performance of the participants of the
competition
 Photos of the participants to be used for the photo exhibit, the costumes and props to be used should
be in adherence to the characters they are portraying.
5. Each pair and group would be allowed to perform for two (2) minutes and three (3) minutes respectively.
6. The participants would be judged according to the following criteria:
 Adherence to the theme (30%)
 Creativity (20%)
 Stage presence (20%)
 Audience impact (10%)
 *Photo exhibit (10%)
 *Video presentation (10%)
*Pre-judged
7. Deductions for non-compliance are as follows:

 wrong video and/or audio format - 5%
 late submission of video and audio - 5%
 late submission of pictures – 5%
*late: from 5:30pm – 11:59pm (Engineering Time - Lobby) of December 7.
8. Failure to submit the requirements on the specified date will not earn any points.

FORM 1-C
Event Details
EVENT NAME: Maskipaps – GROUP

EVENT COORDINATOR/CONTACT NUMBER: Abel Calamlam/09272088097; Lawrence Chua/09267098803
PLAYERS PER ENTRY: 3 EWOC POINTS: 250-1st 208.33-2nd 133.33-3rd
MAXIMUM NO. OF ENTRIES 1 DEFAULT TIME: 7:15 (15 minutes)

RULES AND MECHANICS

Contest Mechanics:
competition
*Pre-judged

FORM 1-C
Event Details
EVENT NAME: Maskipaps – MALE SOLO

EVENT COORDINATOR/CONTACT NUMBER: Abel Calamlam/09272088097; Lawrence Chua/09267098803
PLAYERS PER ENTRY: 1 EWOC POINTS: 200-1st 166.67-2nd 133.33-3rd
MAXIMUM NO. OF ENTRIES 1 DEFAULT TIME: 7:15 (15 minutes)

RULES AND MECHANICS

Contest Mechanics:
competition
*Pre-judged


FORM 1-C
Event Details
EVENT NAME: Bursteng’g

EVENT COORDINATOR/CONTACT NUMBER: Jericho Lasam/ 09175780740; Thea Baltazar/ 09275052464
SPONSORING ORGANIZATION: UP CIRCLE OF INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING MAJORS
PLAYERS PER ENTRY: 3 EWOC POINTS: 1 2 3
MAXIMUM NO. OF ENTRIES DEFAULT TIME: 15 minutes 100 83.33 66.67
1
Registration Dec. 3 9am – 5pm UP CIEM Tambayan
Elimination Dec. 16 9am – 12nn Eng’g Lawn
Finals Dec. 16 1 – 5 pm Eng’g Lawn
E. ENG’G FACULTY O YES O NO
RULES AND MECHANICS
DESCRIPTION: Balloons will be tied to the left foot of each player. An opponent must burst the balloon using his/her left
leg.
OBJECTIVE: To burst the opposing teams’ balloons.

 Two teams will compete in an elimination match. All winners will compete in the succeeding rounds (random
selection of competing teams) following the same set of rules.
 Balloons will be tied to the left foot of each player. A player must burst his/her opponent’s balloon using only
his/her left leg.
 This is a one-on-one game. There will be 3 sets per match. The team who wins at least 2 sets progresses to the
next round.
 Players must be barefooted to prevent possible injuries. A player is not allowed to use his/her hand at any point
during the game. Use of hands to secure a player or a player’s balloon is considered cheating and will mean
disqualification and 0 EWOC point for the team.
 Any foot of the players of the two competing teams should not go beyond the borders of the mat once the game
has started. Failure to comply would eliminate the player from the match.
 Protests should be addressed to the coordinators. Coordinators’ decision is final.
FORM 1-C
Event Details
EVENT NAME: Commercial Makeng’g

PLAYERS PER ENTRY: N/A EWOC POINTS: 1 2 3
1
Submission of Entries Dec. 16 9am – 3pm UP CIEM Tambayan
Presentation/ Judging Dec. 16 4-5pm MH Room
RULES AND MECHANICS

Mechanics:
 The organizer will release the product/service/event to be advertised upon registration.
 Late submission of entries will not be awarded any participation points but will still be presented.
 Entries will be tested upon submission to make sure they are working properly.
 Any alteration in the packaging/physical appearance of the product is not allowed.
 There shall be three judges coming from the academe or from a private sector who are unaffiliated with any of the
participating organizations.
Video Mechanics:
 Participating organizations will not be allowed to acquire professional help during the course of production. Any participant
proven guilty of this violation will be disqualified and thus given no participation points.
 The video material should not contain nudity, profanity and any form of violence. Such video material will be considered
void thus the participating organization will not be given any participation points.
 Commercial play length should be at least 1.5 minute and at most 2.5 minutes.
 The video should be in .avi format.
 The video must be submitted in a CD/DVD. The CD should be labeled with the name of the organization and the title of the
commercial. In cases of corrupted submissions, the participants will be allowed to submit a working entry but no extension
will be given. Should a reworked version not be passed before the deadline, it will not be accepted.
 The participants are allowed to use music and other animations.
 The final presentation should contain actual footages shot by the participants.
Criteria for judging:
All entries will be judged based on the following criteria:

Creativity 45%
Production Quality 20%
Originality 35%
In case of a tie, the entry with higher creativity score will be considered the winner. If there is still a tie in creativity, then the winner
will be decided through the individual votes of the judges on who they think should win. The entry with the most votes win.

FORM 1-C
Event Details
EVENT NAME: I Heart that TV Series

2
ENG’G FACULTY O YES O NO
Elimination Dec. 16 9am – 12nn MH Room
Finals Dec. 16 1 – 5 pm MH Room
RULES AND MECHANICS

Elimination Round:
 All players will individually answer 50 questions which will be flashed in the projector. The questions will cover
various American TV Series (e.g. Gossip Girl, Grey’s Anatomy, House, Prison Break, One Tree Hill, etc).
 The question will be read twice. After which, 10 seconds will be given to the players to write their answers.
 Players are allowed to write their answers even if the question is still being read.
 The individual scores of the players of each team will be summed up. The 8 teams with the highest combined
scores will proceed to the final round.
Final Round:
 There will be three rounds (easy, average, and final round).
 10 questions will be given in each round and the corresponding points are as follows:
Easy – 5 pts
Average – 10 pts
Difficult – 15 pts
Scores are reset to zero at the start of the final round.
 The question will be read twice. After which, 10 seconds will be given to the teams to write their answers.
 No coaching from the audience. Failure to comply with the instructions means disqualification and 0 EWOC
point. A member of the audience caught coaching any org’s team will mean disqualification and 0 EWOC point
for his/her org’s team.
 Teams are allowed to write their answers even if the question is still being read.
 In case of a tie, there will be a clincher round. The team that first gets the correct answer will get the higher
place.
 The three teams with the highest scores will be the first, second, and third placers, respectively.
I Heart that TV Series
Event: I Heart that

TV Series
FORM 1-C
Event Details
EVENT NAME: NatMo (Natunugan Mo)

MAXIMUM NO. OF ENTRIES DEFAULT TIME: 15 min 100 83.33 66.67
2
Elimination Dec. 16 9am – 12nn MH Room
Finals Dec. 16 1 – 5pm MH Room
RULES AND MECHANICS

MECHANICS:
 All registered teams will compete at the same time during the eliminations. The top nine (9) teams with the most number of song titles correctly written
down on the answer sheet provided will be eligible to compete in the semifinal round. For organizations fielding more than one team, players may not
switch at any time (from eliminations to the finals). Substitutions are allowed before the game starts, but they may only field a new player who isn’t part of
the other teams registered.
 To ensure the randomness of the songs to be played, all registered teams will pick two (2) numbers from 1 to 1,500 at the start. These would correspond
to the songs that would be played for the elimination round. Since the number of teams that would be joining cannot be determined yet, a maximum of
fifty (50) songs would be played for the elimination round.
 Chosen songs will be queued and would be played on one after the other, ten (10) seconds each, with an additional five (5) seconds in between which
would be allocated for the teams to be able to write the title of the song on the provided answer sheet. The teams may start writing down the title even if
the song is not yet finished.
 Coaching from the audience is STRICTLY PROHIBITED.
 Any team caught cheating will be eliminated at once and will not be given any participation points.
 The sponsoring organization would be the one to check the answer sheets. Wrong spellings won’t be considered correct. Titles with words lacking 2 or
more articles/prepositions will be marked wrong. Titles with excess words but not more than two (2) prepositions/articles will be considered correct.
 Protests should be addressed to the coordinators. Coordinator’s decision is final.
 In case of a tie, the teams going for the 9th slot would compete. The objective is to be able to correctly name the title of the song before the opposing
team does. A song would be played for a maximum of ten (10) seconds after which an additional five (5) seconds is allocated for any team to figure out the
tune. If no team gets the correct answer, another song will be played until the 9th slot is determined.
 For any clarifications about the above-mentioned mechanics, feel free to approach the CIEM tambayan and ask for any member of the UP CIEM Executive
Board.
MECHANICS FOR THE FINAL ROUND:

 Qualified teams will draw a number from a lot consisting of numbers 1 to 9. These numbers correspond to their assigned group in the semifinal round.
 Three teams, composed of three members each, compete in a match which would last for fifteen (15) minutes.
 The objective is to be able to correctly name the title of the song/sound before the opposing team does. Every song/sound would be played for a
maximum of ten (10) seconds after which an additional five (5) seconds is allocated for either team to figure out the tune.
 At the start of the game, each team gets to pick two (2) categories that they want to bring into play. A total of six (6) categories will be used for each set of
the game. Various categories will be provided, ranging from classics (from the 70’s onwards), R&B, rock, alternative, new wave, hip-hop, song titles from
commercials and movies, etc.
 Representatives of each team will pick a paper numbered from 1 to 3. The team who picks the paper marked with the number 1 gets to pick two (2)
categories first that they want to include in the game.
 The team who picked the number 1 will have the chance to choose the first category of the match. The team who gets the correct answer will be given 10
points and gets to pick the next category. If the song identified comes from the category of songs from movies or commercials, additional 5 points will be
given if the team gets to identify from which movie or commercial it came from. Wrong answers would not merit the team any deduction. Only the songs
are important, versions are irrelevant (ie. Glee/ Lady Gaga’s versions of Bad Romance). Should there be 1 or movies/commercials pertaining to the song,
then it will be subject to deliberation before an official decision is made on whether the answer aside from what the organizers have are indeed existent.
 Competing teams are not allowed to choose the same category in succession. For every match, each category contains 5 tunes.
 If a team fails to give the correct name or title of the sound, opposing teams get the chance to answer within 5 seconds.
 If all teams fail to give the correct answer, the team who chose the previous category would select the next category.
 The team with the most number of points at the end of the game wins and will advance to the final round.
 Coaching from the audience is strictly prohibited. Anyone caught cheating will be eliminated.
 Protests should be addressed to the coordinators. The coordinators’ decision is final.
 In case of a tie, a song would be played for a maximum of 10 seconds, after which additional 5 seconds is allocated for any team to figure out the tune.
Only the teams with the same score would guess to break the tie. If no team gets the correct answer, another song will be played until the winner is
determined.

FORM 1-C
Event Details
EVENT NAME: Pakontieng’g

3
Registration Dec.16 9am – 9:30pm MH Room
Elimination Dec. 16 9:30am – 12nn MH Room
RULES AND MECHANICS

Mechanics:
 The registered participants will undergo a series of elimination rounds until a winner(s) is(are) selected.
 Every round involves the accomplishments of 1 of 2 given tasks by the organizers, one easy and one difficult. Only one is allowed to be
accomplished. After the announcement of every task pair, the participants are given 15-30 minutes to accomplish one. Time allotted is
dependent on the task given.
 Participants should be on a specified venue up until 5 minutes after the given time; otherwise, he or she will be eliminated from the
game. More so, participants who do not accomplish a task or is proven to accomplish both tasks will also be eliminated.
 Upon the evaluation of the organizers on the accomplished tasks, the participants will then be divided into 2 groups defined by the tasks
they have accomplished. The group with the least number of people will be retained, hence the minority game. If everyone accomplishes
the same task, the round shall be considered void, and play will resume.
 The eliminations end when 1- 3 people are retained from the pool of participants.
Finals Mechanics:
 For 3 remaining players, the players will be subjected to questions answerable by yes or no, with no right or wrong answer. The player
st nd nd
with the most number of minority answers will be 1 place, the player with the 2 most number of minority answers will be 2 place and
rd
the least, 3 place. Should there be ties for any place, another round of five questions will be asked. This will continue until no ties are
present.
 For 2 remaining participants, the players eliminated from the previous round will participate in answering 20 yeas or no questions
st nd
together with the remaining participants. The two remaining active players will have protected positions as 1 and 2 placers. Their ranks
rd
identified through whoever has the most number of minority answers among the two. The 3 placer will be determined by identifying
who has the most number of minority answers among the participating eliminated players. Should there be a tie between the top 2,
rd
there will be an additional 5 questions asked for everyone who voted previously, the 3 placer retains his/her position. Should there be a
rd
tie for 3 place, there will be an additional 5 questions asked for everyone who voted previously, the top 2 placers retain their positions.
st
 For 1 remaining player, the player left will automatically be 1 place. The second and third placers will be identified similar to the above
nd rd
scenario, only that the eliminated players plus the winner will participate in questioning to determine the 2 and 3 placers.
PAKONTIENG’G
Name ORG Signature

FORM 1-C
Event Details
EVENT NAME: For your Eng’gtertainment!

EVENT COORDINATOR/CONTACT NUMBER: CARL JOY DAYANDANTE / 09159807218
SPONSORING ORGANIZATION: UP CIRCUIT
PLAYERS PER ENTRY: 2 EWOC POINTS: 100 1 75 2 50
MAXIMUM NO. OF ENTRIES PER 2 DEFAULT TIME: 15 MINS
ORG: REGISTRATION FEE PER ENTRY: 100
MAXIMUM ENTRIES: 20 MUST PRE-REGISTER? √ YES O NO
UNIVERSITY-WIDE (Y/N)? N WALK-INS ALLOWED? O YES √ NO
AFF ENGG STUDENT √ YES O NO
AFF ONCE ENGG STUDENT O YES √ NO
UNAFF ENGG STUDENT O YES √ NO
ENGG FACULTY √ YES O NO
PRE REGISTRATION NOV 29 –DEC 3 1-5pm EEE Rooftop
MAIN EVENT DEC 13 1-4pm EEE LC1
RULES AND MECHANICS

EVENT DESCRIPTION:
This is a quiz bee type event which is all about actors and celebrities, both local and foreign.
RULES:
1. The quiz bee is composed of two parts: Eliminations and Finals.
a. Eliminations
i. Each team will undergo a written-type exam. They will have to identify as much celebrities as they can. A total of 50
celebrities will be shown. Each correct answer corresponds to 1 point.
ii. Every question is divided in three categories: Easy, Average and Difficult. Each category will have 15 questions each.
iii. Every tenth question will be related to an actor/celebrity who portrayed a superhero/starred in a superhero
series/film. A correct answer will garner 2 points.
iv. The 8 teams who will accumulate the highest scores in the written exam will move on to the final round.
v. In case of more than eight teams accumulating the top 8 scores ( two or more teams have the same score), the tie wil
be broken through these measures
a. Most number of correct answers in the superhero questions.
b. Most number of correct “difficult” answers
c. Most number of correct “average” answers
d. Most number of correct “easy” answers
vi. The following ways said above are written in order of priority.
b. Finals
i. The final round is composed of 3 rounds: Easy, Average and Difficult Rounds.
ii. Ten questions will be given each round.
iii. The last question per round will be a superhero-related question, same as the elimination round.
iv. Scoring system is as follows:
Round Regular question Superhero Question
Easy 2 pts. 4 pts.
Average 3 pts. 6 pts.
Difficult 5 pts. 10 pts.
v. The three teams who will garner the highest points after all three rounds will be declared the top 3 placers.
vi. In case of a tie, a tie breaker round shall be held. The teams will be given 5 questions to answer. The team who gets th
highest points throughout the round shall be declared the winner. If the tie is not yet broken, the teams would be give
another set of five questions until a winner is declared.
2. Substitutions are allowed only before the default time set. No substitutions are allowed within the event proper.
For Your Eng’gtertainment!
Name of Organization:________________
1. ____________________
2. ____________________
Registration Form
Contact Person: ____________________

Contact Number: ____________________
Received by: ____________________

Received from: ____________________
Date/Time: ____________________
FORM 1-C
Event Details
EVENT NAME: FOUR ENG’G A COUCH

EVENT COORDINATOR/CONTACT NUMBER: NEIL MARK ENRIQUEZ / 09273149930
PLAYERS PER ENTRY: 8 EWOC POINTS: 100 1 75 2 50 3
MAXIMUM NO. OF ENTRIES 2 DEFAULT TIME: 15 MINS
AFF ONCE ENGG STUDENT √ YES O NO
MAIN EVENT DEC 13 8-12nn EEE Rooftop
RULES AND MECHANICS

Starting Position: All players must occupy the seats save one. The couches are to be occupied
by two members from each division. There must be a total of 16 players, 8 from each
organization.
Starting the Game: All players must write down their names in a piece of paper, and carefully
fold them. The papers are then placed in a box. The box is then shaken; the players then pick a
paper from the box until everyone has their own paper, giving each player a new identity.
In this point each player takes the identity of the name written on the paper.
Game Proper: The person to the right of the empty seat calls the name he or she wants to
move to that empty seat. The person called moves to the empty seat, now there is a new vacant seat, the person to the
right call a new name. No name can be called twice in succession. This goes on until all the four couches have been filled
up by a people from the same team and the team will be declared the winner.
Teams compete against each other until only 4 teams remain through a bracketing system. The remaining teams enter
the semifinals then a variation will be introduce to make it challenging. The two losing teams will battle out for the third
place, while the two winning teams will battle out for the finals.
Variations: In the second round of matches, the player who called the last name will switch with the person to his left.
Making the game a little bit challenging.
Four Eng’g A Couch
1. ____________________
Registration Form
2. ____________________
3. ____________________
4. ____________________
5. ____________________
6. ____________________
7. ____________________
8. ____________________
Contact Person: ____________________

Contact Number: ____________________
Received by: ____________________

Received from: ____________________
Date/Time: ____________________
FORM 1-C
Event Details
EVENT NAME: HANAPENG’G

MAIN EVENT DEC 15 8-10am EEE Rooftop
RULES AND MECHANICS

Event Objective:
To beat the other teams by quickly finding in the given picture all the items listed.
Mechanics:
1. Participating teams must find all items in their list on a given picture, and each item found correctly will
correspond to a point for the team. All materials for this event will be provided by the event marshals.
2. The game will be played in sets of two batches, meaning 8 of the 16 teams will play first. Order will be
determined by draw-lots at the start of the event.
3. Each batch will play for 15 minutes only.
4. The picture includes a superhero item. The superhero item will correspond to two points if the teams find it.
5. After checking, teams will be ranked based on scores garnered. In the case of a tie, teams will be ranked again
based on time finished with the previous ‘score ranking’ serving as a measure of priority.
Grounds for Disqualification

1. Change arrival time rule – teams arriving past the call time (10 minutes) will be automatically disqualified and
will receive participation points.
2. Rule-breaking, game interruption, excessive profanity, violence, tampering and/or destruction of game
paraphernalia and cheating.
3. Event marshals hold the right to disqualify any team(s) that show any form of misconduct.
NOTE: The members of UP Circuit reserve the right to pass judgment on any part of the event that the members see fit.
Members' decisions will always be considered final and irrevocable.
Hanapeng’g
1. ____________________
2. ____________________
Registration Form
3. ____________________
4. ____________________
Contact Person: ____________________

Contact Number: ____________________
Received by: ____________________

Received from: ____________________
Date/Time: ____________________
FORM 1-C
Event Details
EVENT NAME: MUSIC VIDEO MAKENG’G

PLAYERS PER ENTRY: n/a EWOC POINTS: 200 1 150 2 150 3
UNIVERSITY-WIDE (Y/N)? N WALK-INS ALLOWED? √ YES O NO
AFF ONCE ENGG STUDENT O YES √ NO
PRE-REGISTRATION NOV 29 –DEC 3 1-5pm UP Circuit Tambayan
SUBMISSION OF VIDEOS DEC 10 10-4 pm UP Circuit Tambayan
PRESENTATION AND JUDGING OF DEC 14 1-4 pm EEE LC1
VIDEOS
RULES AND MECHANICS

EVENT DESCRIPTION:
This event aims to bring out the creativity in students through making a music video based on a theme using a
familiar song.
THEME:
“I NEED A HERO!: LEAD ME TO YOUR MUSIC”
1. The theme is all about a superhero saving a damsel in distress.
2. The song going to be used in the video is any song from any original soundtrack (OST) from any superhero
movie.
3. The video must include a “superhero” or heroic being.
4. The video must also include any person or a band doing a lipsync of the song.
5. The song must be in English language only.
6. Songs reservation is in a first-come, first-served basis. Song reservation will be done at the same time as the pre-
registration
7. Songs shall be confirmed by the event organizer on the day of pre-registration.
ENTRY RULES:
1. Only one song will be featured in a music video with a maximum length of 10 minutes. Medleys will be
disqualified. The song should not be modified or edited in any way.
2. The length of the video should be equal to or greater than the length of the song. Cutting the song short shall be
considered void.
3. The Music videos should be in a form of a DISC, and the video must be in *.avi or *.mp4 file format ONLY.
4. A Music Video submission shall be void if it includes ay endorsements or so-called “commercial tie-ins”.
5. If the Music Video contains any material which UP Circuit, in its sole discretion, deems patently offensive or with
profanity, violence or nudity shall be considered void.
6. Video submitted must have SUBSTANTIAL CONTENT and, as much as possible, a storytelling element. Submitted
videos which fall under the category of random clips joined together without any cohesive theme or anything
similar will be deemed VOID.
7. The Music Video should be wholly original , not previously published. It should not incorporate or include
anything that is owned be any third party or would require the consent of any third part and your entry should
not violate any copyright, trademark, publicity right, privacy right or any other right of any third party.
8. The entries will be screened and judged prior the event. Should it violate any of the rules contained herein, it
will automatically be disqualified and not shown during the main event.
9. All personnel who participated in the video should be an active member of the representing organization and a
College of Engineering Student. Such personnel include: Directors, Actors, Editors, Camera men, etc. Proof of the
members’ status must be provided by the organization.
Contest Judging:
UP Circuit will secure the credibility of the three judges (graduate or professionals from film, TV or music/video fields)
The participating teams will be judge according to the following criteria:
Originality - - - 50%
Production - - - 25%
Content - - - 10%
Audience Vote - - - 15%
There will be vote cards and five vote cards equals 1%. Maximum is still 15% even if the votes exceed a total of 75. Vote
cards will ONLY be given before the screening starts. In case of a tie, the entry with higher score in Originality of Concept
shall have the priority. If the Originality of Concept scores are the same, the judges will have the freedom to vote for the
better video. The video that got less priority will be pushed down the rank.
Music Video Makeng’g

Chosen Song:
Registration Form
Contact Person: ____________________

Contact Number: ____________________
Received by: ____________________

Received from: ____________________
Date/Time: ____________________
FORM 1-C
Event Details
EVENT NAME: PINOY HENG’GNYO

UNIVERSITY-WIDE (Y/N)? N WALK-INS ALLOWED? √ YES O NO
MAIN EVENT DEC 14 8-12nn EEE Rooftop
RULES AND MECHANICS

The game is basically a form of the commonly-known Pinoy Henyo game. A mystery word is given to each team. One of
the team members will guess what the word is by asking his/her teammate a series of yes-or-no questions. The fastest
team who guesses their mystery word correctly wins the game. The inclusion of a third player changes the mechanics of
this certain game.
ELMINATIONS
1. Player 1 and Player 2 will be given two (2) separate mystery words of a certain category and Player 3 must guess
both. Picking of category and mystery words will be randomly drawn by the participants one after the other
respectively.
2. Only one mystery word would be assigned to Player 1 and 2. This means that Player 1 can only answer
questions that deal with his/her mystery word. Same goes for Player 2.
3. Order of answering questions will be based from the response Player 3 receives. At the start, Player 1 will
always be the first to be asked. A NEGATIVE response (No/Hindi/Wala et.al.) will shift the asking of questions to
Player 2. A POSITIVE response (Yes/Oo/Meron et.al. including Pwede/Maybe et.al.) keeps the asking of
questions to Player 1.
4. The order of responses will continue until one of the mystery words has been guessed correctly. From this
point on, the game will proceed as a standard Pinoy Henyo game with one mystery word and two players.
5. Player 1 and 2 must NEVER be in communication with each other throughout the round, be it verbal or visual.
Failure to do so DISQUALIFIES the team from the competition and is awarded participation points.
6. Each team is given 5 minutes to guess both mystery words correctly. Teams that are successful in doing so will
proceed to the final round. Losing teams (less than 2 mystery words guessed) will be awarded participation
points.
FINALS
1. Qualifying teams will be given three (3) randomly drawn mystery words. Player 3 must again guess all mystery
words by asking questions to Player 1 and 2. Participants must swap roles before the final round starts.
2. Mystery words will be guessed in succession. Before the game starts, Player 1 and 2 has the opportunity to
arrange the order of the mystery words.
3. Player 1 and 2 can now answer questions for all mystery words, but the giving of responses will be
ALTERNATING. For example, after Player 3 asks Player 1, he/she will next ask Player 2, and then Player 1 again
afterwards regardless of a positive or negative response. There is no response order to be followed. This will
be observed for the whole round.
4. Player 1 and 2 must NEVER be in communication with each other throughout the round, be it verbal or visual.
Failure to do so DISQUALIFIES the team from the competition and is awarded participation points.
5. Each team is given 10 minutes to guess all mystery words correctly. The three fastest teams that are successful
in doing so will be the winners of the event. Losing teams (less than 3 mystery words guessed) will be awarded
participation points.
CONDITIONALS
1. No teams qualify for the finals – eliminations will be considered NULL and all teams enter the finals.
2. All finals teams unable to guess all 3 mystery words – use (elimination finish times / # of guessed words in
finals) in ranking.
3. Less than three teams finishing the finals – adjust point distribution based on EW10 handbook.
DEMERITS
A. The following are the criteria for the application of demerits:
1. Invalid response or maling pagsagot sa tanong
2. Double response or dalawang sagot sa isang tanong (Oo Hindi/Oo Pwede et.al.)
3. Illegal questions or pagtanong ng hindi "yes or no" question
4. Wrong question order or maling tao ang tinanungan
B. Demerits will be counted and tallied every round. When a team finishes the round, only then will the demerits be
applied. A demerit will add 5 seconds to a team's finish time. In the case where upon adding demerits causes the
team's finish time to exceed the round's time limit, it will be considered as a loss for the team.
DISQUALIFICATIONS
A. The following are the criteria for disqualification:
1. Mouthing of words and/or hand/facial gestures between players and/or audience members
2. Audience coaching, either vocally or visually
3. Show of misconduct (subject to event handler's judgment)
4. Arriving beyond the call time (which is 10 minutes)
B. Disqualified teams will merit participation points.
NOTE: The members of UP Circuit reserve the right to pass judgment on any part of the event that the members see fit.
Members' decisions will always be considered final and irrevocable.
Pinoy Heng’gnyo
Registration Form
1. ____________________
2. ____________________
3. ____________________
Contact Person: ____________________

Contact Number: ____________________
Received by: ____________________

Received from: ____________________
Date/Time: ____________________
FORM 1-C
Event Details
EVENT NAME: CastEng’g Call

EVENT COORDINATOR/CONTACT NUMBER: Charmaine A. Sumadic / 09174133777
SPONSORING ORGANIZATION: UP Circle of Engineering Students (UP CREST)
PLAYERS PER ENTRY: 20 + EWOC POINTS: 150 1 125 2 100 3
Pre – registration Period December 1 – 3,2010 9:00am – 5:00pm UP CREST Tambayan
Distribution of Scripts and Categories December 7, 2010 5:00pm UP CREST Tambayan
Event Proper December 10 - 11, 2010 10:00am – 5:00pm Beta Way
RULES AND MECHANICS

1. Products with their corresponding amount and required number of participants will be endorsed by each
entry.
2. Representatives will be asked to introduce themselves in front of the camera same as in the VTR.
3. Participants will be informed of the category and given the script days before the event proper.
4. They will be then asked to act scenes to be given by UP CREST.
5. Each entry will be given 10 minutes in front of the camera.
6. No points will be given when an entry misses a category. Missing 50% of the total number of categories
disqualifies an entry from the event.
7. Entries will be sent to a modeling agency and will be judged according to the ff:
 Tamang itsura (40%), tamang pagdadala (25%), tamang dating (20%) and tamang porma (15%).
8. The entry with the most number of accumulated category points will win the CastEng’g Call
FORM 1-C
Event Details
EVENT NAME: Crazy Badminton

EVENT COORDINATOR/CONTACT NUMBER: Jasper E. Martija/09158177001
Registration Period December 1-3, 2010 9:00 AM – 5:00 PM UP CREST Tambayan
Elimination and Finals December 13, 2010 9:00 AM – 5:00 PM Beta Way
RULES AND MECHANICS
EVENT MECHANICS:
1. The game is played just like badminton, only it has 2 shuttlecocks in play and 4 playing members for each
team.
2. The game shall be played on a court similar to a badminton court, only with a larger width and a smaller
length. The length of the sideline shall be 10m and the back boundary line shall be 8m. The net shall be
1.52m in height.
3. There shall be 1 referee, 2 linesmen and 1 scorer, all representatives of the handling organization. The referee
shall be responsible for enforcing the rules of the game, making unbiased in-game calls, and disqualifying
when he deems it necessary to do so (ie, no shows). The decision of the referee is final.
4. The game shall consist of 3 sets. The two teams will change court after the every set.
5. Starting and restarting the game shall be done with both teams serving the shuttlecock simultaneously into
the opposing team's side of the court. Each team is given only one chance of service.
6. To play the game, the 2 shuttles are volleyed back and forth over the net without any team allowing either
shuttle to hit the ground, NO two members of the same team may hit the shuttle consecutively. After a team
player hits a shuttle, no other team member may hit it again.
7. In the event that a shuttle hits the ground and the other is still in play, then the game continues until both
shuttles hit the ground. A restart of play will then be made.
A team scores when: 1) their opponents let the shuttle hit the ground, or 2) their opponents commit a fault. A fault
occurs when a team's opponent hits the shuttle out of the play area, or serves or returns the shuttle into or under the
net. Since the game uses two shuttles, a team can score 0, 1, or 2 points in a single game.
The team who reaches 25 points first will win the particular set and will win the game if the team wins 2 out of 3 sets.
REGISTRATION FORM
FORM 1-C
Event Details
EVENT NAME: Hilo Hoops

EVENT COORDINATOR/CONTACT NUMBER: Alejandrino Dagdag/09151751085
Pre-registration Period December 1-3, 2009 9:00am – 5:00pm UP CREST Tambayan
Game Proper December 14, 2009 9:00pm – 12:00nn 49ers Court
RULES AND MECHANICS

EVENT MECHANICS:
a. Each team shall have 3 players, the shooter, the spinner, and the rebounder.
b. The order of players will first be determined by a drawing of lots.
c. The shooter bends down and the assigned spinner spins him/her around in a circle for ten times.
d. The timer starts when the spinning of the shooter commences.
e. After 10 spins, the shooter will try his/her best to shoot the ball into the hoop from the free-throw line.
f. There would be at least 3 balls at hand so that there will be a continuous feed of balls.
g. The number of attempts is irrelevant as only the time it takes to successfully shoot the ball into the hoop is
taken into consideration.
h. The three teams with the shortest time to shoot one ball will be awarded 1 st, 2nd, and 3rd place accordingly.
REGISTRATION FORM
FORM 1-C
Event Details
EVENT NAME: Jologs Quiz Show

EVENT COORDINATOR/CONTACT NUMBER: John Joel Cabuhat/09183406089
Pre – registration Period December 1-3,2009 9:00am – 5:00 pm UP CREST Tambayan
Event Proper December 14, 2009 2:00 pm – 5:00 pm TBA
RULES AND MECHANICS
1. Each team will be composed of 3 members and 1 alternate member.

2. The game will consist of three rounds, easy, average and difficult, of questions regarding anything considered
jologs (e.g. novelty songs).
3. Each round will have ten questions worth 2 points for the easy round, 5 for the average round, and 10 for the
difficult round. For the difficult round, a deduction of 2 points shall be given for every wrong answer. In line with
this year’s Engg Week theme, questions about superheroes may be asked during the event.
4. Questions will be read by the quizmaster twice before giving the go signal. The teams will be allowed to answer
only after the go signal.
5. The teams will be given 15 seconds for the easy round, 25 seconds for the average round, and 35 seconds for
the difficult round to write their answers.
6. The three teams with the highest number of points will be awarded the 1st, 2nd, and 3rd places respectively. In
case of a tie, the teams with tied points will proceed to a sudden death clincher round where the teams will be
given 20 seconds to answer the questions. The first team to answer correctly will win the round.
REGISTRATION FORM
FORM 1-C
Event Details
EVENT NAME: Pipol Pusoy

EVENT COORDINATOR/CONTACT NUMBER: John Francis L. Mansos/ 09266371183
SPONSORING ORGANIZATION: UP Circle of Engineering Students(UP CREST)
PER ORG: REGISTRATION FEE PER ENTRY: Php 20 per team
Pre- registration Period December 1 – 3, 2010 9:00am – 5:00pm UP CREST Tambayan
Elimination December 15, 2010 1:00pm – 5:00pm Beta Way
Semi – Finals and Finals December 16, 2010 1:00pm – 5:00pm Beta Way
RULES AND MECHANICS

EVENT MECHANICS:
2. The deck of cards will be dealt into 4 sets face down. 2 teams shall go face-to-face for each deck. The captains
shall choose which set to be played while the remaining 2 sets will be set aside and not put into play.
3. The 13 remaining players shall fall in line, he/she will be shown the card they'll represent. He/she should be
able to remember the card that was shown to him/her by a CREST member. After all the participants have
seen their respective cards, they will then be arranged by the captain in a manner consistent to the rules of
card arranging in PUSOY (ie, good, better, best) and the rules in playing PUSOY will be applied.
4. After the cards are shown to the players, the competing teams are given 2 minutes to arrange their hands.
Members are strictly not allowed to talk. A warning will be given for the first violation. A second violation
means forfeiture of the set and the point goes to the opposing team. They can only use symbols and sign
languages.
5. After the time is up, the teams should stay in their places with/without the proper pusoy arrangement. They
should contend right away to the opponent. Failure to have the proper pusoy arrangement will be counted a
loss to the team for the particular round.
6. The teams will face off and declare their arrangements and cards audibly.
7. If the team proceeds to the semis and finals, only the team captain is not allowed to be replaced.
8. First team to score 3 points goes to the next round.
RULES IN PLAYING PUSOY:

The aim is to arrange your 13 cards into 3 hands – 2 of five cards and 1 of three cards – which will beat the
corresponding hands made by the opposing team.
A player's goal is to form 2 or 3 winning hands from the 13 cards that are dealt. There is a hand of 5 cards, called
the “back” hand (or best hand), another hand of 5 cards called the “middle” hand (or better hand) and a hand of 3
cards called the “front” hand (or good hand). To win, 2 out of 3 of the player's hand must beat the opposing player's
hand.
FORM 1-C
Event Details
EVENT NAME: COSTUME FANTASY DISPLAY (COSPLAY) 2010

EVENT COORDINATOR/CONTACT NUMBER: MARIE JULIENNE CAMILLE SAPUAY / 09266102062
SPONSORING ORGANIZATION: UP Association of Computer Science Majors (UP CURSOR)
PLAYERS PER ENTRY: 2-6 EWOC POINTS: 1ST – 150.00 2ND – 125 3RD – 100
MAXIMUM ENTRIES: 40 MUST PRE-REGISTER? ● YES O NO
UNIVERSITY-WIDE (Y/N)? Y WALK-INS ALLOWED? O YES ● NO
AFF ENGG STUDENT ● YES O NO
AFF ONCE ENGG STUDENT ● YES O NO
UNAFF ENGG STUDENT ● YES O NO
ENGG FACULTY ● YES O NO
Registration Nov. 16-19 11AM-5:30PM UP CURSOR Tambayan
Briefing Dec. 8 5:30PM UP CURSOR Tambayan
Contest Proper Dec. 16 2-5PM 3RD Floor Lobby
RULES AND MECHANICS

1. Only characters from any Magical Student-themed anime series will be allowed to be cosplayed. UP CURSOR
reserves sole discretion in determining if your cosplay character does or does not follow this rule. Upon
registration, a UP CURSOR representative will confirm if the characters chosen by the participating group are
valid by checking the official list. In case that one (or some) of the group’s chosen character(s) is/are invalid, the
group can change the invalid character(s) until the given deadline.
2. Only the first 40 entries accepted are chosen to participate; registration is on a first-come, first-served basis.
3. The number of players per group must not be subject to change upon registration. The same rule applies to their
chosen characters. Change of players, however, will be accepted until five (5) days before the event proper.
4. UP CURSOR reserves the right to choose three (3) members of the board of judges.
5. Each group is required to submit three (3) copies of full color full body pictures of each of the characters they
will be cosplaying. All individual pictures of the characters of the group must have labels and must be compiled
in one page per copy. These pictures will be attached to the judging forms and will be permanently kept as part
of UP CURSOR’s archives. These should be submitted upon registration of the participants.
6. A character may be cosplayed by more than 1 participant from different groups. However, participants from the
same organization must not cosplay the same character.
7. Each group may only cosplay characters from their chosen series. Crossovers are not allowed unless it is the
nature of the series.
8. Absolutely no real and/or dangerous weapons for props. Fire props and messy props (i.e. fake blood) are also
not allowed. UP CURSOR reserves the right to decide whether a prop belongs to the categories just mentioned.
9. Each participating team is allowed to use a maximum of two (2) human props for their skit(s) in order to assist
for animation/effects purposes or to be used as a minor character. Minor characters are defined as either
human (i.e. minor characters of the series or bystanders crucial to the skit) or non-human (i.e. creatures)
restricted to actions only; talking is not allowed. Human props for effects must be distinguished by an all-black
outfit. Each human prop must take only one role.
10. Nudity and/or skimpy outfits are not disallowed, but not encouraged either.
11. There will be an elimination and final round, which will be held on the same day. The groups will be asked to
perform a 3-5-minute skit in front of the judges and the judges will determine their score based on the criteria
below. The top 5 groups advance to the final round. A 3-minute sequel to the previous skit must be presented in
the final round, along with a 1-minute recap of the previous skit.
12. The criteria for judging will be as follows:
Costume Similarity………………………………………………40%
Group Creativity……………………………………………….. 25%
Group Characterization……………………………………… 30%
Overall impact………………………………………………….… 5%
Total………………………………………………………………….100%
13. Groups that arrive late to the competition will incur a 2% deduction from their total score in the elimination
round for every 5 minutes they are late. If a group has already been late for more than 10 minutes, each
succeeding minute will incur a 2% deduction from their total elimination round score. But once a group has
already been late for exactly 15 minutes or more, the group will already be disqualified. Incomplete groups
would incur 10% deduction per missing group member from their total score in the elimination round.
14. All participants are responsible for their own safety. UP CURSOR will not be responsible for any injuries and/or
inconveniences resulting from participating in this competition.
15. UP CURSOR’s decision in any matter regarding the Cosplay Competition is final.
REGISTRATION FORM
COSTUME FANTASY DISPLAY 2010 ENTRY #
Organization:
Group Name:
Series:
Group Members Cosplay Character Names Contact Numbers
1 1 1
2 2 2
3 3 3
4 4 4
5 5 5
6 6 6
Human Props Purpose (be specific) Contact Numbers

1 1 1
2 2 2
By correctly filling in and signing this form, we have officially registered our group to take part in
Costume Fantasy Display 2010.
We have read, understood, and promise to fully abide by all the rules of the competition. We also understand that if
we have broken any rules or have failed to follow instructions in any way, it may result in our group’s immediate
disqualification from the contest, without opportunity for appeal.
We also take full responsibility for our own personal safety, and will not hold the staff and organizers responsible for
any injury or inconvenience that may occur as a result of joining the competition.
_______________________________________
Representative’s Signature over Printed Name
Costume Fantasy Display 2010
FORM 1-C
Event Details
EVENT NAME: FINGER OLYMPICS (FINGER-O) 2010

EVENT COORDINATOR/CONTACT NUMBER: MARTIN LEANDRO TABLANG / 09162888370
PLAYERS PER ENTRY: 2 EWOC POINTS: 1st – 100.00 2nd – 83.33 3rd – 66.67
PER ORG: REGISTRATION FEE PER ENTRY: Php75
MAXIMUM ENTRIES: 20 MUST PRE-REGISTER?  YES O NO
UNIVERSITY-WIDE (Y/N)? Y WALK-INS ALLOWED? O YES  NO
AFF ENGG STUDENT  YES O NO
AFF ONCE ENGG STUDENT  YES O NO
UNAFF ENGG STUDENT O YES  NO
ENGG FACULTY  YES O NO
Registration Nov. 16 – 19 9:00 AM – 5:30 PM UP CURSOR Tambayan
Eliminations Dec. 10 8:00 AM – 5:00 PM UP CURSOR Tambayan
Semi-Finals Dec. 11 8:00 AM – 2:00 PM UP CURSOR Tambayan
Finals Dec. 13 2:00 – 3:00 PM UP CURSOR Tambayan
RULES AND MECHANICS

8. Each team will be composed of two players.
10. Finger-O is divided into three rounds: eliminations, semifinals, and grand finals.
11. The elimination round will consist of sessions. Each session is composed of three games. One PlaystationTM game
from each of the three Finger-O categories (sports, racing, fighting) will be chosen by a designated UP CURSOR
representative. The games would be Crash Team Racing, Marvel vs. Capcom and Hockey. UP CURSOR reserves
the right to change the games indicated to other similar games as long as it is under the said categories.
12. Each session in the elimination round is allotted 45 minutes (10 minutes default time, 35 minutes playing time).
In each game, the winning team merits ten (10) points, otherwise five (5). Only the top 8 or 4 teams will enter
the semifinal round. A team wins if the player wins two of the three games per session.
13. The semi-final round will be for 1 day. Again, each session in the semifinal round is allotted 45 minutes (10
minutes default time, 35 minutes playing time). In each game, the winning team merits ten (10) points,
otherwise five (5). Only the top two teams will enter the finals.
14. In finals, the players will face off in a best-of-five competition.
If ever there are protests to be aired by the participating teams, a UP CURSOR representative will be assigned for
such matters. UP CURSOR’s decision in any matter regarding the Finger Olympics (Finger-O) 2010 is final.
REGISTRATION FORM
UP CURSOR – FINGER OLYMICS (FINGER-O) 2010
Team 1: Name of Participants
1.
2.
Team 1: Name of Alternates
1.
2.

1.
2.
1.
2.

1.
2
1.
2.
Team 1: Name of Unaff Participants

1.
2.
1.
2.
Contact Person:
Contact Number:
Registration Fee:
Received by:
Date:
FORM 1-C
Event Details
HABULENG’G MO, PATATAGENG’G TO.

EVENT NAME:
EVENT COORDINATOR/CONTACT NUMBER: AARON CAPARAZ / 09083977856
PLAYERS PER ENTRY: 5-8 EWOC POINTS: 1st - 100 2nd -83.33 3rd – 66.67
PER ORG: REGISTRATION FEE PER ENTRY: 50 pesos
UNIVERSITY-WIDE (Y/N)? N WALK-INS ALLOWED?  YES O NO
UNAFF ENGG STUDENT  YES O NO
Registration Nov. 16 -19 9:00am – 5:00pm UP CURSOR Tambayan
Briefing and assigning of game Dec. 10 5:30pm UP CURSOR Tambayan
schedules.
Event Proper Dec. 13 9:00am – 5:30pm TBA
RULES AND MECHANICS

Preparations
1. The players will be connected to each other forming a line. The first person in front shall be the ‘head’ while
the last person shall be the ‘tail’.
2. Each player will be given an equal amount of weights that they should carry throughout the game.
The game
1. The two opposing teams shall be situated on starting points that is on opposite sides of the playing course
with the head facing in clockwise direction.
Tail Head
Approx 10 m Approx. 25 m
Head Tale
2. The objective of the game is for the ‘Head’ of the team to be able to touch the ‘Tail’ of the opposing team by
running around the perimeter of the course.
3. Any player can opt out of the game anytime after the game starts, the player will be considered a ‘dropped
player’. Dropped players will have to pass his/her weights to any of his/her teammates.
4. No timeouts shall be called whenever a player decides to opt out of the challenge.
5. If the player who drops out of the game is in between the head and the tail, the person behind the dropped
player shall connect himself to the person in front of him/her.
6. If ever the head or the tail decides to drop out, the next person behind (if it’s the tail) or in front (if it’s the
head) shall be the new ‘head’ or ‘tail’.
7. If in case only one player is left on the team. He/she shall be the ‘Head’ and the ‘tail’.
8. Dropped players cannot go back in the challenge.
9. If in case the line accidentally breaks, the organizers can call a time out, where the organizers shall connect
the disconnected players. Upon fixing the disconnection, the game should resume.
10. The game shall run for 15 minutes in regulation.
Winning the game
1. The team that first touches the opponent’s ‘tail’ will be declared the winner.
2. If the regulation time has elapsed and no team has touched the ‘tail’ of the opponent, then the team with the
most number of active players in the course wins.
3. If in case the two teams have an equal number of players after the regulation, the game will go into overtime.
4. In the overtime, the two teams will be forced to drop 1 player from the team. An extra 3 minutes of game
time will be given to continue the game with the same objectives. After the 3 minutes, the team with the
most number or players will win. If in case of a tie, another overtime round starts all over again. If there is
only one remaining player left in each team, the one-on-one round will begin.
5. The one-on-one round will have no time limit and will only end until one finally catches his/her opponent.
REGISTRATION FORM
Organization name: _______________

Team Captain: ___________________
Contact Number: _________________
Players:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Reserves:
1.
2.
3.
FORM 1-C
Event Details
EVENT NAME: UP SIGAW, UP HATAW CHEERING COMPETITION

PLAYERS PER ENTRY: 15-20 EWOC POINTS: 1st – 200.00 2nd – 166.67 3rd – 133.33
PER ORG: REGISTRATION FEE PER ENTRY: Php1,000
UNIVERSITY-WIDE (Y/N)? Y WALK-INS ALLOWED? O YES  NO
UNAFF ENGG STUDENT  YES O NO
Selling of Tickets Nov. 19 – Dec. 9 9:00 AM – 5:30 PM UP CURSOR Tambayan
Setup/Equipment Checking/Blocking Dec. 15 9:00 AM – 12:00 NN Park 9 Katipunan
Contest Proper Dec. 15 1:00 – 5:00 PM Park 9 Katipunan
RULES AND MECHANICS

A. Standard Guidelines:
1. Upon registration, each team should submit the registration form together with PhP 1,900.00 (inclusive of Php 1000.00
registration fee plus 30 tickets) to the UP Sigaw, UP Hataw Cheering Competition Event Coordinator or Event Heads at
the UP Cursor Tambayan.
3. Tickets will be sold at P30.00 each. The no ticket, no entry policy shall be strictly implemented.
4. Only cheerdancers, lifters and marshals shall be provided with free entrance passes. No pass, no entry.
5. The team should be composed of 15-20 cheerdancers. The team also has the option to have up to 5 additional lifters.
6. Cheerdancers, lifters and marshals should be enrolled during the second semester of AY 2010-2011 and must be bona
fide members of the participating organization.
7. The lifters may NOT join in the dancing part of the routine. They may only enter the dancing area when they are to
assist in the formations or pyramids. Lifters shall wear white t-shirts to distinguish them from the dancers.
8. There should be 3 to 5 safety marshals; these people should ONLY spot the dancers while executing the stunts of the
team to ensure their safety. The safety marshals are not allowed to have any physical contact with the dancers except
in the event of falling. They are to wear black t-shirts to distinguish them from the performers. Teams that don’t have
safety marshals may not perform.
9. There is no limit to the number of boosters (people assigned to cheer for the team). Their execution of cheers will also
be judged at the competition. The areas at the venue where the boosters can cheer will be discussed by and be agreed
upon by the UP Sigaw, UP Hataw Heads and the representatives of each team.
B. Submissions:
1. Each participating team must submit a soft copy of all their cheers (lyrics) and a write-up about their
organization/cheering group (maximum of 25 words), through email (upsigawuphataw@upcursor.org) unless specified
otherwise by the heads of UP Sigaw, UP Hataw, at least 24 hours before the event. Failure to submit these
requirements on the deadline will merit a 1 point deduction from the final score.
2. Any changes in the roster of the cheerdancers and the lifters must be made on or before December 9, 2010, 5:30pm.
Only people in the final roster may participate in the performance.
3. All cheerdancers of the participating organization should provide and present their waivers and UP ID’s to the
registration personnel of UP Cursor upon entering the venue of the event. The arrival time of the org will be
determined only when all the cheerdancers have been checked of their requirements.
4. Lifters would also need to present their UP IDs and waivers upon entrance of the venue where the event is held.
* UP CURSOR would not be responsible for any injuries or accidents that may happen to the participants of UP Sigaw, UP
Hataw Cheering Competition. Hence, participating members must sign and pass a waiver form. Cheerdancers who have
incomplete requirements MAY NOT perform; hence, they will not be included in the actual number of cheerdancers of the
team.
C. Time and Deductions:

1. UP Sigaw, UP Hataw Cheering Competition will follow Internet Standard Time for convenient standard referencing.
2. There is a call time (or registration time) of 30 minutes before the start time of the event for the cheerdancers. Only
cheerdancers who have registered during the call time may dance, excluding those who have filed for permission to be
late (Refer to Rules and Mechanics E). Teams who fail to have the minimum number of cheerdancers by the end of the
call time are disqualified from the competition.
3. Lifters and marshals shall follow the same call time but may still register until 10 minutes after the call time of the
cheerdancers. (e.g. until 1:10 if event starts at 1:00) Only lifters who have registered by this time may join the
performance.
4. Each team should perform for 8 to 10 minutes (including setup and clean up time) starting from the moment they are
called to present until the last cheerdancer/lifter/marshal is outside the dance area. If a team fails to finish within the
given time period, they will be given a 1 point deduction from the total score for every minute overtime or undertime.
* Note that the deductions would take effect right before the 8 minute minimum execution time or right after 10 minute
maximum execution time has elapsed.
5. Dancers are to stay inside dance area (on the mat or within indicated bounds) during their entire performance. A 1
point deduction will be given for every instance of the violation of this rule.
6. All teams must allot 1-1.5 minutes of their routine for the theme cheer. There will be a 1 point deduction from the
total score if the theme cheer is less than the 1 minute minimum time or if it exceeds the 1.5 minute maximum time.
7. The pyramid stunts and lifts performed by the team must have a minimum hold of 3 seconds; otherwise, there will be a
1 point deduction from the total score for each stunt that holds for less than 3 seconds.
8. The team must allot at least 2 minutes of their routine for the uninterrupted “cheering part” (live music). There will be
a 1 point deduction if this has not been satisfied. Team may have a live band for this portion.
9. Minimum stunts requirements shall be as follows:
i. Pyramids – minimum of 2 successful pyramid

ii. Jumps – minimum of 3 successful jumps
iii. Tosses – Minimum of 1 successful toss
iv. Variety of formations – minimum of 5
Please refer to definition of terms below these rules. Failure to complete these requirements shall merit a 3 point
deduction from the total score.
10. The safety marshals are not allowed to have any physical contact with the dancers except in the event of falling. A 1
point deduction from total score will be implemented for every incident of contact not necessary.
11. Timer will be stopped in the case of any technical difficulty in a team’s performance and will resume as soon as
everything is back in order.
D. The team may use canned or live music (from drums and other instruments) for dancing parts.
E. Cheer dancers may be excused from the call time for reasons that are academic related (such as exams and thesis
presentations, etc.), provided that they inform and wait for the approval of the UP Sigaw, UP Hataw heads at least 3
school days before the event. Note that they can only be excused from the call time or registration time. At the time of
the participating organization’s turn to perform and the excused cheerdancer/s is/are not yet present, UP Cursor will not
allow the organization to wait any longer. Thus, they would need to perform without their late cheerdancer/s.
F. If a cheering team fails to have the minimum of 15 cheerdancers upon their time of performance, for any reason, the
team will be disqualified.
G. The subject for the Theme Cheer will be announced by the UP Sigaw, UP Hataw heads at least a week before the actual
competition.
H. Hand props, big props and confetti are allowed but teams who wish to use them must clear out the dance area for the
next team or event.
REGISTRATION FORM
UP CURSOR – UP SIGAW UP HATAW
Name of Cheerdancers
1. 11.
2. 12.
3. 13.
4. 14.
5. 15.
6. 16.
7. 17.
8. 18.
9. 19.
10. 20.
Lifters
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Marshalls
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Contact Person:
Contact Number:
Registration Fee:
Received by:
Date:
FORM 1-C
Event Details
EVENT NAME: TUGGENG’G

PLAYERS PER ENTRY: 10 EWOC POINTS: 1st – 100.00 2nd – 83.33 3rd – 66.67
PER ORG: REGISTRATION FEE PER ENTRY: Php75
UNIVERSITY-WIDE (Y/N)? N WALK-INS ALLOWED? O YES  NO
UNAFF ENGG STUDENT O YES  NO
Contest Proper Dec. 11 8:00 AM – 2:00 PM Eng’g Parking Lot (rear)
RULES AND MECHANICS

1. An organization’s team of ten (10) members may have a maximum of five (5) men members only. Only members
of participating organizations enrolled in the current semester may join the game.
3. Two teams will face off at a time. They will pull at opposite ends of the rope. The first team to get the center of
the rope past their marker wins.
4. A best-of-three format will be implemented in each game.
5. Bracketing will depend on the number of entries. Drawing of lots will be implemented to find out which team
will be in which bracket.
6. Each game will be timed for the purpose of breaking ties. In case of ties, the team with the lowest total time will
move on.
7. Default time is 15 minutes. Teams arriving late in their scheduled game immediately lose that game.
8. Wearing of gloves is optional. Any type of gloves is accepted to use in the game to protect the players’ hands
from injuries.
9. By joining, the organization agrees that UP CURSOR will not be liable for any injuries or accidents that may occur
to their members during the duration of the event.
10. If ever there are protests to be aired by the participating teams, a UP CURSOR representative will be assigned for
such matters. UP CURSOR’s decision in any matter regarding Tuggeng’g is final.
REGISTRATION FORM
UP CURSOR – TUGGENG’G
Name of Participants
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Contact Person:
Contact Number:
Registration Fee:
Received by:
Date:
FORM 1-C
Event Details
EVENT NAME: Kanalan

EVENT COORDINATOR/CONTACT NUMBER: Maki/+639267194042 | Jason//+639158480661
SPONSORING ORGANIZATION: EMC2 Fraternity
PLAYERS PER ENTRY: 4 (2 reg, 2 alt) EWOC POINTS: 150 1 125 2 100 3
MAXIMUM NO. OF ENTRIES 2 teams DEFAULT TIME: 30 min
PER ORG: REGISTRATION FEE PER ENTRY: P450.00
Y. AFF ENGG STUDENT O YES O NO
Z. AFF ONCE ENGG STUDENT O YES O NO
AA. UNAFF ENGG STUDENT O YES O NO
Registration December 1-3, 2010 10:00 – 5:00 EMC2 Tambayan
Elimination Dec.13, 2010 10:00am-12:00nn SM North Bowling Alley
Finals Dec. 13, 2010 1:00pm-3:00pm SM North Bowling Alley
RULES AND MECHANICS
KANALAN 2010
a. TOURNAMENT RULES AND REGULATIONS
(1) Qualifications:
i. Any bonafide member of a duly recognized university/college-based organization. He/She must be enrolled
in any of the undergraduate or graduate courses.
j. Any student enrolled in any of the undergraduate or graduate courses in the University of the Philippines
Diliman.
To facilitate identification, photocopy of student ID and Form 5 must be presented to the Organizers upon registration
which starts on Dec. 1, 2010. The participants must also bring their student ID during the event proper.
(2) Team Competition:
A team shall be composed of 4 players – 2 regulars and 2 alternates (could be all male, all female, or combination) –
shall be permitted in only one team. An organization can send a maximum of 2 teams.
In the event that a team lacks participants, change of player (either alternate or regular) between the two teams is
permitted as long as the participant only plays for a single team for the duration of the event proper and is listed in the
registration form of either of the two teams.
All players listed in the registration form shall be declared official.

(3) Lane Assignments:
Lane assignments shall be drawn by lots at least fifteen minutes before the start of the tournament.
Lane pairing shall be 1 & 2, 3 & 4, 5 & 6, 7 & 8, 9 & 10.
Each paired team shall automatically switch lanes after each player in each team plays one game.
(4) Defaulting:
Defaulting time shall be 30 minutes after the tournament has officially been declared open which will start at exactly
8am. The Engineering 2nd floor lobby clock shall be used as basis for time uniformity.
A participating team that does not satisfy the required 2-person team shall not be allowed to play after the 30 minute
defaulting time has elapsed.
(5) Violations:
All players must strictly observe foul lines. Lofting of bowling balls is not allowed.
A player is allowed only up to a maximum of two non-consecutive violations each (lofting and crossing foul line). A
penalty of one ball per violation shall be imposed – in the frame where it was incurred – if the player exceeds in one
limit.
(6) Protests:
Only the team captains are entitled to air protests regarding tournament procedure, anomalies, and the like.
All protests should be brought to the attention of the Chairman of the Organizing Committee before the event ends.
(7) Elimination Rounds:
All three players of a team shall play two games each. However, only those players listed as regulars or alternates in the
registration forms may be allowed to play.
All competing teams shall begin playing simultaneously.
Changing of players within a game is strictly not allowed.
The total score for the team shall be the sum of the scores for the 4 games (2 games for each team member) the team
has played.
The TOP 4 teams with the highest total scores shall advance to the FINAL ROUND.
(8) Final Round:
The Final Round of 4 will then follow the DOUBLE ELIMINATION FORMAT.
The score for a team will be the sum of the scores of the 2 games each of its members has played.
In the final match, the team from the winner’s bracket should be beaten twice by the team from the loser’s bracket in
order for the team from the loser’s bracket to bag the championship. The team from the winner’s bracket must only win
once to emerge as the KANALAN 2010 CHAMPION TEAM.

Kanalan 2010 Registration form
Name of Organization: _______________________
Team 1 □ Team 2 □ Only Team □
Regular Players:
Name: ________________________________________ Contact Number:____________
________________________________________ ____________
Alternates:
Name: ________________________________________ Contact Number:_____________
_________________________________________ ____________
Checked by: ___________________________________ Submitted by __________________________
*(must submit 2 copies of this Reg form)

FORM 1-C
Event Details
EVENT NAME: Pautakan

EVENT COORDINATOR/CONTACT NUMBER: Victor/+639303160765 | Jason//+639158480661
2
SPONSORING ORGANIZATION: EMC Fraternity
PLAYERS PER ENTRY: 5 EWOC POINTS: 150 1st 125 2nd 100 3rd
MAXIMUM NO. OF ENTRIES 2 DEFAULT TIME: 10 mins
A. AFF ENGG STUDENT O YES O NO
B. AFF ONCE ENGG STUDENT O YES O NO
C. UNAFF ENGG STUDENT O YES O NO
2
Registration December 1-3, 2010 10:00 – 5:00 EMC Tambayan
2
Eliminations December 14, 2010 9:00 – 12:00 EMC Tambayan
1:00 – 5:30
2
Semi-finals and Finals December 15, 2010 9:00 – 12:00 EMC Tambayan
1:00 – 5:30
RULES AND MECHANICS

PAUTAKAN 2010
RULES AND REGULATIONS
(1) Qualifications:
a. Any bonafide member of a duly recognized university/college-based organization. He/She must be enrolled
in any of the undergraduate or graduate courses.
b. Any student currently or once enrolled in any of the undergraduate or graduate Engineering courses in the
University of the Philippines Diliman.
To facilitate identification, photocopy of student ID and Form 5 must be presented to the Organizers upon registration which
starts on Dec. 1, 2010. The participants must also bring their student ID during the event proper.
(2) Team Competition
A team must be composed of 5 members (3 regulars and 2 alternates).
The participating organization may send up to a MAXIMUM OF TWO teams provided that a student can only be a
member of one team.
THIRTY (30) teams shall be the maximum number of teams that will be allowed to play in the PAUTAKAN. Reservations shall be accepted
upon payment of registration fee on a first-come, first-serve basis. Reservation starts on Dec. 1.
(3) Mechanics of a Game
Five Computers, connected to each other, will be utilized, which will facilitate the game. Each team will be viewing from
three separate monitors, one for each, and a large-screen TV/projector will be placed within the perimeter of the
venue for the viewers to keep track of the game.
The questions to be asked may belong to any subject or category (for this year, questions are related to
Engineering Subjects, Student Life, College and Country’s history and Superheroes.)
For the duration of the game, three teams will play against each other using the official and standard PAUTAKAN
game board. The board is composed of a triangle with 7 blocks on each side. These 7 blocks correspond to the
questions answered by a team.
Each game will only have one round with 15 minutes playing time. The team with most number of answered questions will be
st nd rd
declared the 1 place. The two remaining teams will still compete to determine the 2 and 3 placer.
The game will start with a letter or category chosen by the quizmaster. The first letter of the answer (if answer is a word)
or a “#” (if answer is a number) will be projected on the monitors of each team. The question shall be read twice and any
member of a team may answer by pressing the buzzer regardless of whether the quizmaster has finished reading the
question or not.
If the given answer is correct, the block of the chosen letter shall be lighted with the color assigned to that team (either RED,
YELLOW, or BLUE). If the answer is incorrect, the question shall be read again once for the other team and shall be given TEN
seconds, after the question is read, to buzz in and give the correct answer in order for that team to gain the particular block. If all
teams fail to answer the question, the quizmaster shall proceed to the next question.
A team can win a set if it has covered the 7 blocks of a side of the official PAUTAKAN game board.
Each team is given 2 “bawas powers” in a game. A team who answers a question correctly may use one of this “bawas
powers” to deduct a point from another team.
(4) Protests
All protests and clarification regarding the answers must be done BEFORE the next question is asked. It shall then
be discussed and decided upon by the Research Committee.
(5) Elimination Round
In the Elimination round, the teams will be divided into groups of three thru draw lots. Each team will play two games. After each
st nd
game, the teams will be rewarded with points corresponding to their ranks. The 1 place will get 10 points, 2 place with 8
rd
points, and 3 place with 6 points. The accumulated points of each team in the elimination round will determine if the team will
advance to the next round. The TOP 9 teams will advance to the semi-final round.
(6) Semifinal Round
The TOP 9 teams from the elimination round will advance to the semifinal round. Points from the elimination round shall no
longer be credited in the semifinal round. The 9 teams will be divided into 3 groups thru draw lots. Each team in the same
group will play a match. The first placer from each match will advance to the final round.
(7) Final Round

The final match will determine the winners of PAUTAKAN 2010. The first team to win a set shall be declared the PAUTAKAN 2010
nd rd
CHAMPION TEAM and the remaining teams shall compete to determine the 2 and 3 place.
(8) Default
The schedule of games will be posted after the groupings for the elimination and semifinal round have been
nd
decided. Defaulting time shall be TEN MINUTES after the designated starting time of each game. The Eng’g 2
floor lobby clock shall be used as basis for Time uniformity.
Pautakan 2010 Registration form

Name of Organization: _______________________
Team 1 □ Team 2 □ Only Team □
Regular Players:
Name: ________________________________________ Contact Number:____________
________________________________________ ____________
________________________________________ ____________
Alternates:
Name: ________________________________________ Contact Number:_____________
_________________________________________ ____________

FORM 1-C
Event Details
EVENT NAME: PROJECT ENG’GEL TREE: Donation

EVENT COORDINATOR/CONTACT NUMBER: Ting / +639275309583 | Jason//+639158480661
SPONSORING ORGANIZATION: EMC2 FRATERNITY
PLAYERS PER ENTRY: n/a EWOC POINTS: 150 1st 125 2nd 100 3rd
MAXIMUM NO. OF ENTRIES 1 DEFAULT TIME: 15 min
PER ORG: REGISTRATION FEE PER ENTRY: FREE REGESTRATION
MAXIMUM ENTRIES: NO MUST PRE-REGISTER? O YES O NO
LIMITATION
BB. AFF ENGG STUDENT O YES O NO
CC. AFF ONCE ENGG STUDENT O YES O NO
DD. UNAFF ENGG STUDENT O YES O NO
Registration Dec. 1, 2010 10:00am – 5:00pm EMC2 Fraternity
Tambayan
Submission Dec. 16, 2010 8:00am – 4:00pm EMC2 Fraternity
Tambayan
Awarding of Winners Dec. 17, 2010 9:00am – 11:00am 2nd floor Eng’g Lobby
RULES AND MECHANICS
PROJECT ENG’GEL TREE: DONATION

“Project Eng'gel Tree”, Project Eng’gel Tree is a revival of the Fraternity’s annual outreach project done a few years
back. The event aims to promote awareness among students and to give aid to the less fortunate members of the
society. To realize this goal, a large Christmas Tree will be set-up at the building’s lobby which would serve as a tool to
solicit donations from organizations which will be given to the beneficiary of the project ,and secondly, to add a special
spirit to the holiday. Organizations who have donated shall be given EWOC points as set by the project’s standards. As
culmination, the fraternity will hold a short program at the Eng’g lobby. The program would include distribution of
accumulated goods, and awarding of winners in our respective Eng’g Week Events. Registration is Free.
Beneficiary (2010):
Every organization in the College of Engineering may participate in this event.
Qualifications:
 The participating organization must be from the College of Engineering.
 Organizations who wish to participate may start to pre-register on Dec. 1, 2010 at the EMC2 Tambayan or by
sending a text message to the event coordinator/s for a pre-registration appointment on the said date.
RULES
 Donation Boxes must be delivered at the EMC2 Fraternity Tambayan on Dec. 16, 2010, 12nn.
 Donations will then be counted and given corresponding points (refer to the table below). The organization with
the most number of Eng’gel Points will be awarded 150 EWOC points; 2nd with 125 EWOC points; and 3rd with
100 EWOC points. In the event that the organization reaches 50 Eng’gel points or more, they would be given
party points equivalent to 75 EWOC points. Failure to reach the required Eng’gel points shall not be given any
credit.
 Representative/s from the participating organizations is asked to attend the culminating program on Dec. 17,
2010, 9:00am – 11:00am to personally give their donations to the beneficiary. Absence shall nullify the EWOC
point gained through the Donation sub-event.
Breakdown of points
Item Specifications Eng’gel Points

Clothes (shirt, polo, blouse, skirt, 3 EP/ITEM
shorts, pants) o for ages 4 to 12 years old
o for male and/or female
o MUST BE IN GOOD
CONDITION (washed, no
tears and is still wearable,
etc)
o Brand new and/or used
Books 7 EP/ITEM
o For ages 4 to 12 years old
o Illustrated (colored)
o STORY BOOKS / BOOKS
THAT ENCOURAGE READING
AMONG CHILDREN
o Textbooks shall not be
given any credit but may be
donated to the event
o MUST BE IN GOOD
CONDITION (complete
number of pages, absence of
major damages, etc)
o Must be more than or equal
to 20 numbered pages.
o Brand new/secondhand
Rice (Bigas) 1 sack (50kg) = 50 EP

oNon-NFA rice (show receipt ½ sack (25kg) = 25 EP
for proof) 1 kilo = 1 EP
*More item donation options and adjustments will follow during registration.

PROJECT ENG’GEL TREE: DONATIONS
Name of Organization: _________________________________
Contact Person: __________________________________ Contact Number: ___________________________________
Donations:

(submit 2 copies)
FORM 1-C
Event Details
EVENT NAME: Eng’gSoccer

EVENT COORDINATOR/CONTACT NUMBER: Thomas Tingson / 09279652566 Noelyn Morales / 09053026592
SPONSORING ORGANIZATION: UP ENGINEERING SOCIETY
PER ORG: REGISTRATION FEE PER ENTRY: 400 PhP
AFF ONCE ENGG STUDENT X YES O NO
ENGG FACULTY X YES O NO
Registration December 1-3 10 am – 5:30 pm UP Eng'gSoc Tambayan
Briefing and Bracketing December 4 5:30 pm UP Eng'gSoc Tambayan
1st round eliminations December 11 9 am – 4 pm TBA
Tiebreakers, Quarter Finals December 14 9 am – 4 pm TBA
Semi-Finals, Battle for 3rd, Finals December 15 9 am – 4 pm TBA
RULES AND MECHANICS

a. Before any match, a team must register their members who will be playing for the match. Only registered
players may play. All players must bring their UP ID for verification purposes. A player should not be a
member of the Football Varsity Team on the current academic year. Philippine team members are also
prohibited in playing. Disqualification will be given for the teams who will violate.
b. Each team must be in their proper attire (light-colored or dark-colored jersey or shirt, shorts and rubber
shoes). A player not in proper attire will not be allowed to play. The teams will be notified beforehand, what
their color should be (light or dark).
c. A minimum of 4 players present is required to register and begin the match. The typical match will involve 5
players on each side with 2 substitutes. Multiple substitutions may be made throughout the course of the
game. 1 female player is required every time on the field.
d. Each team will have at least one contact person. We will be in charge of notifying him/her of the upcoming
matches of the team and the designated time that the team should arrive in the playing area. He/she will
then be in charge of disseminating the information to the other team members.
e. Once it is time to begin the match, teams who are not present will be notified once more. Teams are then
given 15 minutes to arrive at the playing area. In the event that a team fails to register after 15 minutes, the
game is automatically forfeited.
f. The game will not be postponed unless the organizer decides to postpone the game. If rainfall occurs while on
play, the game continues. If it occurs before, game will be cancelled an the teams will be notified on the new
schedule.
g. There will be one goal keeper per team. He/she will be the only one allowed to handle the ball. In no occasion
may any other player use his hands, even during direct free kicks or penalty kicks. The ball must go
completely over the line for it to be ruled out of play, and the ball must go entirely into the goal to count as a
goal.
h. Matches will be made up of two 15-minute halves. Halftime will be 5 minutes. Time will only stop during
time-outs (two 1-minute-time-outs per half for each team), assessment of an injury, removal of an injured
player, time-wasting* and any other causes that the referee thinks warrants a pause. When the referee stops
the clock during play, the time will be added at the end of the half.
i. There will be one referee on the field who is given total control over everything having to do with the match.
He can stop play, call off the match; dismiss players, coaches and fans.
j. There will be no offside. You are offside when your team is on offense and you are closer to your opponent’s
goal line compared to both the ball and the last defender.
k. Offenses:
1. Direst Free Kick Offenses:
. Tackling an opponent to gain possession of the ball
a. Holding an opponent
b. Spitting at an opponent
c. Handling the ball deliberately (except by the goal keeper)
d. Kicking an opponent
e. Tripping an opponent
f. Jumping at an opponent
g. Charging at an opponent
h. Striking an opponent
i. Pushing an opponent
2. Indirect Free Kick Offenses
. Playing in a dangerous manner (this will be determined by the referee when he deems a player guilty
of deliberately trying to commit any direct free kick offenses)
a. Impeding the progress of an opponent
3. Sending-off
. Guilty of serious foul play
a. Guilty of violent conduct
b. Spitting at an opponent
c. Denies an obvious goal-scoring opportunity by deliberately handling the ball (except by the goal
keeper).
d. Denies an obvious goal-scoring opportunity to an opponent moving towards the player’s goal by an
offense punishable by a free kick or penalty kick
e. Receives a second caution in the same match (caution is given when a player is guilty of unsporting
behavior, talking-back, time-wasting* and not following the proper procedure, i.e. entering without
permission.)
l. Kicks
a. Both direct free kicks and indirect free kicks will be taken from the spot in which the infraction was
committed. A direct kick may go directly into the opponent’s goal while an indirect kick must touch somebody
other than the kicker before it can count as a goal. All opposing players must stand five feet away from the
ball in all directions during a free kick.
b. A direct kick is awarded against a team in its own penalty boxes leads to a penalty kick. An indirect kick in the
opponent’s box is treated like a normal direct kick except the defending players do not have to be five feet
away from the ball if it means being behind their own goal line. The defender can jump about on his line.
c. The goal kick is when the ball is put back into play after it has gone over the goal line last touched by the team
attacking in the direction of that goal line. The ball must be kicked from anywhere inside the goal area. At this
time, no opponents may be in the penalty area. The ball must travel out of the penalty area before either side
can touch it.
d. If the ball is kicked over the goal line by the team defending, a corner kick is awarded. The ball must be kicked
from the corner arc on the side of the goal where the ball went out of play.
e. In both corner and goal kicks, the kicker is not allowed to touch the ball again until another player touches it.
Teams may score directly from a corner kick, but not from a goal kick. To avoid any one-kick wonders, teams
may not score if the kick is taken from within their own penalty box.
f. There will be no throw-ins. When the ball goes out of play anywhere other than the goal line, it will be treated
like an indirect free kick taken from the area of the playing field that the ball went out of play.
m. All complaints must be immediately addressed to the referee before the next game starts. The referee’s
decision is final.
n. The officiating would be obtained from Laya football club of the University of the Philippines.
o. Tiebreakers:
a. When a tie in number of goals occur within the game and time runs out, an overtime of 5 minutes will be
added to gametime.
b. If overtime runs out, a shootout will proceed. A representative of a team would kick with the goal keeper of
the other team guarding the goal. 5 kicks are given, which are alternately taken by each team. Only one player
per team would do the shootout.
b. When a tie occurs in the number of wins per round, the winner is determined by the number of goals won
by either team over the course of the round.
*Time wasting is defined as taking more than 30 seconds to put the ball into play after the whistle has been blown for
the beginning of the match, after a time-out, a penalty kick, direct and indirect goal kicks, corner kicks or any other
time that the ball should be put into play.
*All complaints must be addressed to the head of the event within 30 mins after the event ends, after which, the
contest organizers’ decision is final and irrevocable.
*ENGGSOC has the right to impose special actions regarding issues that may arise from this game.

Eng’gSoccer Game Registration Form
Organization’s Copy
Organization’s Name:
Participant 1: _______________________________
2: _______________________________
3: _______________________________
4: _______________________________
5: _______________________________
Alternate 1: _______________________________
2: _______________________________
ORG REPRESENTATIVE (signature over printed name)
Received by: _______________________________

Eng’gSoccer Game Registration Form
Enggsoc’s Copy
Participant 1: _______________________________
2: _______________________________
3: _______________________________
4: _______________________________
5: _______________________________
Alternate 1: _______________________________
2: _______________________________
Received by: _______________________________

FORM 1-C
Event Details
EVENT NAME: GUESSENG’G GAME

EVENT COORDINATOR/CONTACT NUMBER: Christine Zabanal / 09159939400
SPONSORING ORGANIZATION: UP Engineering Society
PER ORG: REGISTRATION FEE PER ENTRY: 25 Php
ENGG FACULTY O YES x NO
Registration Dec. 1-3 10 am – 5:30 pm UP Eng'gSoc Tambayan
Event Proper Dec. 13 9 pm – 3 pm TBA
RULES AND MECHANICS

There will be no eliminations for this game. All participating teams will play in the Easy, Average, and Difficult Rounds.
1. If after the default time, the players are not in the venue or they are incomplete, the organization is
automatically disqualified.
2. The players line up, all facing one direction except the front players.
3. An item will be picked from the category which will be given to the front player. Fifteen (15) seconds will be
given to the front player to think of how he/she will act out the item.
4. For fifteen (15) seconds, the front player will act out the item to the next player in line. The same thing must
be done until the message is relayed to the sixth player of the team. After the player has relayed the message,
he/she must turn around or return to their original position. The sixth player will be given ten seconds to
write his/her answer on the illustration board provided. All answers will only be checked after each round. An
answer will be considered correct if the words exactly (letter per letter) match with the item.
5. There will be three(3) rounds, namely Easy, Average, and Difficult round. The following table provides the
number of items and point system for each round.
Number of items Points per item
Easy 8 1
Average 6 3
Difficult 6 5
6. After an item, the front player will then proceed to the end of the line; the second player will be the next
player to act out the item.
7. In case of a tie, the involved organizations will compete in a tie-breaking round. Each group will choose a
representative who will pick a category. There will be ten (10) categories. He/she will act the items under
these category in front his/her team mates. The team with more correct answers wins the game.
8. The following situations may serve as grounds for disqualification of a participating team
a. A player has spoken out an item, whether accidentally or intentionally.
b. A player faces his/her team mates that have not yet act out after he/she has relayed the item.
Non-participating members of the organization are coaching the players.
*Acting out letters and using sign language is prohibited and would result to the disqualification of the team.

Guesseng’g Game Registration Form
Participant 1: _______________________________
2: _______________________________
3: _______________________________
4: _______________________________
5: _______________________________
6: _______________________________
Alternate 1: _______________________________
2: _______________________________
Received by: _______________________________

Guesseng’g Game Registration Form
Enggsoc’s Copy
Participant 1: _______________________________
2: _______________________________
3: _______________________________
4: _______________________________
5: _______________________________
6: _______________________________
Alternate 1: _______________________________
2: _______________________________
Received by: _______________________________

FORM 1-C
Event Details
EVENT NAME: PIKABALLENG’G

EVENT COORDINATOR/CONTACT NUMBER: Kenneth Francis Bondoc/09266979984
SPONSORING ORGANIZATION: UP Engineering Society
PLAYERS PER ENTRY: 1 EWOC POINTS: 1st – 100 2nd – 83.33 3rd – 66.67
MAXIMUM NO. OF ENTRIES 2 DEFAULT TIME: 15mins
Registration December 1-3 10 am – 5:30 pm UP Eng'gSoc Tambayan
Briefing and Bracketing December 7 5:30 pm UP Eng'gSoc Tambayan
Playoffs December 15 1 am – 4 pm TBA
RULES AND MECHANICS

Event Mechanics: The event follows a tournament format with the following rules and guidelines.
1. The official game to be used is Pikaball Volleyball Game version 1.2 by Dan "Dexor" Grekov.
2. Only players who have pre-registered will be allowed to participate in the tournament.
3. All necessary equipments and gadgets will be provided by the organizers.
4. Game specifications and details will be as follows:
 Each set will be a race to 15pts and each match will be a best of three sets.
 Exploitation of any known bugs within the game will lead to an automatic disqualification.
 A game speed of medium will be used for all matches.
 Window size will be determined by a the toss coin winner
5. Players will use only one pc for each match. There will be a coin toss before each match to determine in which side
of the keyboard the players will be.
6. A player can only be substituted by the registered alternate.
7. Four matches will be held simultaneously, one of the pc’s will be displayed in a projector for the audience’s comfort.
8. First stage of the tournament will be a single elimination phase – single elimination will apply until there are only 4
participants remaining. Then the tournament will proceed to the playoff stage.
9. Each playoff match will be a best of five sets. And all playoff matches will be displayed in the pc with the projector.
10. All complaints must be addressed to the head of the event within 30 minutes after the event end, after which, the
organizers’ decision is final and irrevocable.
11. In the case of a power interruption, unfinished games will be continued at another date.
Pikaballeng’g Game Registration Form
Participant 1: _______________________________
Alternate 1: _______________________________
2: _______________________________
Received by: _______________________________

Pikaballeng’g Game Registration Form
Enggsoc’s Copy
Participant 1: _______________________________
Alternate 1: _______________________________
2: _______________________________
Received by: _______________________________

FORM 1-C
Event Details
EVENT NAME: Start Stuffeng’g

EVENT COORDINATOR/CONTACT NUMBER: Nasiari Madulid / 09273703738
PLAYERS PER ENTRY: 3 EWOC POINTS: 150 125 2 100 3
Registration Dec 1-3 10am-3pm ES Tambayan
Event Proper Dec 14 11am-1pm ES Tambayan
RULES AND MECHANICS

Mechanics: The event is composed of two rounds, the elimination and the final round.
Elimination Round:
1. Each team (consisting of three players) will be given an equal amount of food/beverages, which will be
revealed during the contest proper.
2. The players will not be allowed to use their hands throughout the round in consuming the given food. A go
signal will be given to signify the start of each eating/drinking session.
3. Those teams who started ahead of the signal will be given 20 seconds penalty each.
4. A guard will be assigned per team to see to it that the players are abiding by the instructions and an official
timer will be assigned. Failure to abide by the rules will automatically disqualify the players.
5. The team is considered finished with its food/beverages if players in each team have consumed everything,
no amount has been discarded, and no trace of the food/beverage has been left out in his or her mouth. The
guard will be responsible for checking if the team is finished and raises a red banner.
6. The goal of each team is to eat/drink the given food/beverages in the shortest possible time. Four teams
would eat their given food simultaneously. The first six teams to finish with the fastest time will qualify for
the next round.
7. A bottle of water is given from the start to be used for the whole game.
Final Round:
1. The final round will be done by group, with each player having two stations in a relay fashion. The second
player cannot advance unless the first player is finished in his/her stations.
2. The final round will be done by batch and there are two teams per batch. A guard and a timer will be assigned
to each player.
3. Each team will be given equal amounts of food and beverages.
4. The player is allowed to use his or her hands.
5. A go signal will be given at the end and start of the session. Those who started early will be given 20 second
deductions.
6. The team who consumes their food/beverages in the shortest time possible during the final round wins.

Start Stuffeng’g Game Registration Form
Participant 1: _______________________________
Participant 2: _______________________________
Participant 3: _______________________________
Alternate 1: _______________________________
2: _______________________________
Received by: _______________________________

Start Stuffeng’g Game Registration Form
Enggsoc’s Copy
Participant 1: _______________________________
Participant 2: _______________________________
Participant 3: _______________________________
Alternate 1: _______________________________
2: _______________________________
Received by: _______________________________

FORM 1-C
Event Details
EVENT NAME: TABLE TENG’GNIS (MIXED)

EVENT COORDINATOR/CONTACT NUMBER: MOLAVE MACAPAGAL / 09163362943
PER ORG: REGISTRATION FEE PER ENTRY: 65 Pesos
Registration Dec.1-3 10-5:30 pm Enggsoc Tambayan
Briefing and Bracketing Dec.9 5:30 pm Enggsoc Tambayan
Elimination Dec.14 8-12 pm TBA
Quarter, Semi and Final round Dec.15 8-1 pm TBA
RULES AND MECHANICS

1. Before any match, players must first register. Only registered players may play. All players must bring their UP
ID for verification purposes.
2. Only two (1 male and 1 female) players are required to register and play the match. No player substitution is
allowed.
3. Each team will have at least one contact person. We will be in charge of notifying him/her of the upcoming
matches of the team and the designated time that the team should arrive in the playing area. She/he will then
be in charge of disseminating the information to the other team members.
4. Default time is 15 minutes. In the event that a team fails to arrive after 15 minutes, the game is automatically
forfeited.
5. The game will not be postponed unless the organizers decide to postpone the event.
ORDER OF THE PLAY
The server shall first make a service, the receiver shall then make a return, the partner of the server shall then make a
return, the partner of the receiver shall then make a return and thereafter each player in turn in that sequence shall
make a return. The right to choose the initial order of serving, receiving and ends shall be decided by lot and the
winner may choose so serve or to receive first or to start at a particular end.
ORDER OF SERVING, RECEIVING AND ENDS

6. When one player or pair has chosen to serve or to receive first or to start at a particular end, the other player
or pair shall have the other choice.
7. After each 2 points have been scored the receiving player or pair shall become the serving player or pair and
so on until the end of the game, unless both pairs score 10 points.
8. In each game of a doubles match, the pair having the right to serve first shall choose which of them will do so
and in the first game of a match, the receiving pair shall decide which of them will receive first.
9. At each change of service, the previous receiver shall become the partner and the partner of the previous
server shall become the receiver.
10. The player or pair serving first in a game shall receive first in the next game of the match then serve again in
the next game and so on.
11. The pair starting at one end in game shall start at the other end of the table in the next match.
OUT OF ORDER OF SERVING, RECEIVING OR ENDS
12. If a player serves or receives out of turn, play shall be interrupted by the umpire as soon as the error is
discovered and shall resume with those players serving and receiving who should be server and receiver
respectively at the score has been reached according to the sequence established at the beginning of the
match and in doubles, to the order of serving chosen by the pair having the right to serve first in the game
during which error was discovered.
13. If the players have not changed ends when they should have done so, play shall be interrupted by the umpire
as soon as the error is discovered and shall resume with the players at the ends at which they should be at the
score that has been reached, according to the sequence established at the beginning of the match.
14. In any circumstances, all points scored before the discovery of the error shall be reckoned.
*In order to win a match, the pair should win two out of three matches. Each match is a race to 11 points.
*Single elimination applies in the elimination round
*Round robin applies for the succeeding rounds.

TABLE TENG’GNIS Game Registration Form
Participant 1: _______________________________
2: _______________________________
Received by: _______________________________

TABLE TENG’GNIS Registration Form
Enggsoc’s Copy
Participant 1: _______________________________
2: _______________________________
Received by: _______________________________

FORM 1-C
Event Details
EVENT NAME: Blind Volleyball

EVENT COORDINATOR/CONTACT NUMBER: Francis Ebio / 0915 282 6071
SPONSORING ORGANIZATION: UP Epsilon Chi Fraternity
PLAYERS PER ENTRY: 15 EWOC POINTS: 1 - 150 2 – 125 3 – 100
PER ORG: REGISTRATION FEE PER ENTRY: P100
MAXIMUM ENTRIES: 16 MUST PRE-REGISTER? • YES O NO
UNIVERSITY-WIDE (Y/N)? n WALK-INS ALLOWED? O YES • NO
EE. AFF ENGG STUDENT • YES O NO
FF. AFF ONCE ENGG STUDENT • YES O NO
GG. UNAFF ENGG STUDENT O YES • NO
HH. ENGG FACULTY • YES O NO
Registration December 1-10, 2010 11:30 to 1 Epsilon Chi Tambayan
Game Proper December 13, 2010 9am – 2pm TBA
RULES AND MECHANICS

Registration:
1. All teams must submit their registration form during the registration period. Maximum of 16 teams may
register and maximum of 2 teams per organization may register. 15 players and 5 alternates may register per
team. A player cannot play for two teams.
2. A fee of P100 per team should be paid immediately or the team will be not be registered until payment has
been done.
Mechanics:
1. This will be a mixed volleyball game. 3 male players and 3 female players must be on the playing court at any
given moment. The catch in this game is that you cannot see your opposing team. Black cloth will cover the
entire net from top to ground.
2. Standard volleyball rules will apply.
3. Three sets are allotted for each game. To win a set, a team must earn 15 points. In case of a deuce, a team
must lead 2 points to win the set.
4. Losing a game will eliminate the team.
REGISTRATION FORM (Organization’s Copy)
Name of Players: 15. _____________________________
1. _____________________________ Alternates:
2. _____________________________
3. _____________________________ 1. _____________________________
4. _____________________________ 2. _____________________________
5. _____________________________ 3. _____________________________
6. _____________________________ 4. _____________________________
7. _____________________________ 5. _____________________________
8. _____________________________
9. _____________________________
10. _____________________________ Org Representative’s Name and Signature:
11. _____________________________
Received by:
12. _____________________________
13. _____________________________ Paid (yes/no):
14. _____________________________
REGISTRATION FORM (Epsilon Chi’s Copy)
Name of Players: 15. _____________________________
1. _____________________________ Alternates:
2. _____________________________
3. _____________________________ 1. _____________________________
4. _____________________________ 2. _____________________________
3. _____________________________
5. _____________________________
6. _____________________________ 4. _____________________________
7. _____________________________ 5. _____________________________
8. _____________________________
9. _____________________________
10. _____________________________ Org Representative’s Name and Signature:
11. _____________________________
Received by:
12. _____________________________
13. _____________________________ Paid (yes/no):
14. _____________________________
FORM 1-C
Event Details
EVENT NAME: IRON WOMAN

EVENT COORDINATOR/CONTACT NUMBER: Grey Agno / 09159036850
SPONSORING ORGANIZATION: UP EPSILON CHI FRATERNITY
UNIVERSITY-WIDE (Y/N)? Y WALK-INS ALLOWED? O YES • NO
AFF ENGG STUDENT • YES O NO
AFF ONCE ENGG STUDENT • YES O NO
UNAFF ENGG STUDENT • YES O NO
ENGG FACULTY • YES O NO
Registration December 1-10, 2010 11:30 – 1 Epsilon Chi Tambayan
Game Proper December 14, 2010 10am-12pm Melchor Hall Front Bike
Lane
RULES AND MECHANICS

1. The teams composed of five women will only push the vehicle back and forth over the whole length of Melchor
Hall. The car will be in its neutral state. The organizer will provide the driver of the car whose function is to steer
the wheel.
2. There is no restriction as to what strategy will the team implement as long as they don’t defeat the purpose of
enjoying the game without breaking any rules.
3. The team will push the car forward starting at line A (on one end of Melchor Hall) after the organizer says the
word “GO!” Once the rear wheels of the car meet line B (on the other end of Melchor Hall), they will have to
switch position in order to push the car back towards line A. The timer will stop once the rear wheels of the car
meet line A.
4. All teams will have 2 trials. The second trial will be given after all the teams are done with their first trials. The
team with the fastest average time wins.
5. Time scores will be disclosed to other teams at the end of the event.
Name of Players: 2. _____________________________

3. _____________________________
1. _____________________________ 4. _____________________________
2. _____________________________ 5. _____________________________
3. _____________________________
4. _____________________________
5. _____________________________
Org Representative’s Name and Signature:
Alternates:
Received by:
1. _____________________________
Paid (yes/no):
Name of Players:
1. _____________________________
2. _____________________________
3. _____________________________
4. _____________________________
5. _____________________________
Alternates:
1. _____________________________
2. _____________________________
3. _____________________________
4. _____________________________
5. _____________________________
Received by:
Paid (yes/no):
FORM 1-C
Event Details
EVENT NAME: Pokengg

EVENT COORDINATOR/CONTACT NUMBER: Hector James Aliado / 0927-851-4323
SPONSORING ORGANIZATION: UP Epsilon Chi Fraternity
MAXIMUM ENTRIES: 16 MUST PRE-REGISTER?  O YES O NO
UNIVERSITY-WIDE (Y/N)? N WALK-INS ALLOWED?  O YES O NO
UNAFF ENGG STUDENT O YES • NO
Registration December 1-10, 2010 11:30 – 1 Epsilon Chi Tambayan
Game Proper December 15, 2010 10am – 6pm NEC
RULES AND MECHANICS

1. Five kinds of chips will be used valued at 10, 20, 50, 100, 500.
2. Upon registration, each contestant will be given 500 worth of chips.
3. There will be a maximum of 8 players per table. Table assignment will be random.
4. Dealers for each table will be provided. The dealer’s decision will be final and absolute.
Elimination Phase:
1. This phase will be composed of three rounds. Each round will last for 1 hour. Blinds will double every after 3
rotation. Starting blinds: Small=10 Big= 20
2. Additional buy-ins will be allowed in this phase. 1st round= 150Php; 2nd round= 200Php; 3rd round= 250Php.
3. After the end of round 3, the top two players in each table will proceed the next phase. Total chips will be carried
over to the next phase.
Semi Finals
1. Time limit on this phase is 2 hours.
2. Table assignments will be done randomly.
3. Additional buy-ins is still allowed in this phase.
4. The blinds will double after every 2 rotation. Starting blinds: Small= 50 Big= 100.
5. After the time limit, the top 2 players on each table will proceed to the final phase. Total chips will be carried over
to the next phase.
Finals
1. All qualified players will be on the one championship table.
2. Additional buy-ins will no longer be allowed in this phase.
3. There is no time limit for this phase. The championship phase shall be a win-all-chip round.
4. The last player left will be declared as the tournament champion.
5. If the game is not yet finished by 6pm, the player with the most number of chips will be declared winner.
Name of Players: 2. _____________________________
1. _____________________________
2. _____________________________
Alternates:
Received by:
1. _____________________________
Paid (yes/no):
Name of Players:
1. _____________________________
2. _____________________________
Alternates:
1. _____________________________
2. _____________________________
Received by:
Paid (yes/no)
FORM 1-C
Event Details
EVENT NAME: Bato Bato Peak

EVENT COORDINATOR/CONTACT NUMBER: Karen Banzon – 09178115536, Daryl Yanga – 09276783283,
Paolo Derpo – 09178268549
SPONSORING ORGANIZATION: UP Engineering Radio Guild (UP ERG)
PLAYERS PER ENTRY: 3 – 5 EWOC POINTS: 1 2 3
200 183.33 166.67
MAXIMUM NO. OF ENTRIES 2 DEFAULT TIME: 9:00am
PER ORG: REGISTRATION FEE PER ENTRY: Php1,000/team
UNIVERSITY-WIDE (Y/N)? N WALK-INS ALLOWED? X YES O NO
UNAFF ENGG STUDENT X YES O NO
Pre – registration Nov. 22 – Dec. 10, 2010 8:30am – 5:00pm UP ERG Tambayan
Registration Dec. 11, 2010 8:00am – 9:00am Power Up
Competition Proper Dec. 11, 2010 9:00am – 11:30am Power Up
Awarding Dec. 11, 2010 11:30am – 12:00nn Power Up
RULES AND MECHANICS

1. There shall be 3 – 5 players per team.
2. The competition shall be composed of 2 rounds, Eliminations and Finals.
3. Each team shall be given 4 minutes per round to climb. Players of the team climb simultaneously on different walls.
There will be a marshal/belayer (UP ERG member) assigned per wall.
4. Prior to the start of the competition, teams will draw lots to determine their order.
5. Scoring shall be cumulative. The highest hold reached corresponds to an individual score. Individual scores will be
added up to make up the team score.
6. The top 6 teams from the Eliminations shall advance to the Final round.
7. Mechanics for the Final round will be the same, except that players cannot climb the walls that they have already
climbed in the previous round.
*Minimum number of players per team is 3. For teams with less than 5 players, one player may climb two walls (max)
per round, provided he/she does not repeat walls.
Organization: __________________________________________________________
Team Name: __________________________________________________________
Player 1: ______________________________________________________ Student Number: _____________
FORM 1-C
Event Details
EVENT NAME: Catch

EVENT COORDINATOR/CONTACT NUMBER: PeeJay Saracho – 09053305693, Ian Catamora – 09154621979
SPONSORING ORGANIZATION: UP Engineering Radio Guild
PLAYERS PER ENTRY: EWOC POINTS: 1 2 3
12
150 125 100
MAXIMUM NO. OF ENTRIES DEFAULT TIME: 15 minutes after scheduled game
PER ORG: 1 time
REGISTRATION FEE PER ENTRY: 500Php
Pre-Registration Dec. 1-8, 2010 9AM - 4PM ERG Tambayan
Sunken Garden
Registration Dec. 11, 2010 8AM - 9AM
Grandstand
Game Proper Dec. 11, 2010 9AM onwards Sunken Garden
RULES AND MECHANICS
g. Start of the game: Representatives of the two teams will fairly determine which team chooses to
h. Receive or throw the initial pull; or
i. Which end zone they initially wish to defend.
The other team gets the remaining choice. The second half begins with a reversal of the initial choices.
j. Players must only throw the flying disc to teammates to advance the flying disc towards their goal.
k. The period of time within which a thrower must release a throw may be timed by the stall count. The
stall count consists of announcing “stalling” and counting from one to ten loudly enough for the
thrower to hear. The interval between the first utterance of each number in the stall count must be at
least one second.
l. Marker must give the thrower at least one disk diameter to throw the flying disc.
m. The thrower must establish a pivot at the appropriate spot on the field and keep all or part of the pivot in
contact with that spot until the throw is released. Failure to do so is a travel and results in a stoppage of
play and a check. The team does not lose possession of the disc. The thrower returns to where he
traveled and the game resumes. Please see the 11th edition of the Ultimate Handbook for the
updated rules on the travelling violation.
n. A team loses possession of the flying disc if:
o. The flying disc touches ground. Take note that the grass is considered as part of the ground.
p. The flying disc goes out of bounds.
q. The flying disc is intercepted by the opposing team.
f. A goal is scored when a player catches the flying disc in their opponent’s end zone.
g. A goal counts 1 point.
h. Player substitutions can be completed only:
9. after a goal and before the substituting team has signaled readiness; or
10. to replace injured players, or players with illegal equipment. In this case, the opposing
team may substitute a like number of, or fewer, players.
i. The halftime break occurs when one team reaches 6 points or 25 minutes into the game. Players will be
given 5 minutes to prepare for the remaining half. The first team to score 11 points wins the game.
However, each game will be limited only to a 45-minute playing-time period. If neither team scores 11
points at the end of this time limit, the team with the most number of points will be declared as the
winner.
j. Each team has two team time-outs per half during the game. A team time-out lasts 70 seconds.
k. In the event of a tie after regulation play, there will be a final play to determine the winner. The first
team to score wins.
l. Ultimate is a self-refereeing sport. Players are responsible for their own foul and line calls. Players
resolve their own disputes. There are no referees. Please refer to the 11th edition of Ultimate
Handbook (http://www.upa.org/ultimate/rules/11th_links) of the Ultimate Players Association for the
updated rules and regulation of the sport.
m. The decision of the committee is final.
n. The type of game elimination(round-robin, double elimination, and single elimination) and number of
bracket/s will be base on the number of teams to participate.
o. Spirit of the game: Competitive play is always encouraged but never at the expense of respect between
players, adherence to the rules, and the basic joy of play.
Team Name: ____________________
Bracket: ____________
Team Captain: ________________________________________
Contact Number: ____________________
Team Lieutenant: ________________________________________
Contact Number: ____________________
Members:
p. ________________________________________
q. ________________________________________
r. ________________________________________
s. ________________________________________
t. ________________________________________
u. ________________________________________
v. ________________________________________
w. ________________________________________
x. ________________________________________
y. ________________________________________
z. ________________________________________
aa. ________________________________________
FORM 1-C
Event Details
EVENT NAME: Photosprinteng'g

EVENT COORDINATOR/CONTACT NUMBER: Paul Bundoc - 09064035676, Janeen Cayetano - 09279440478
200 183.33 166.67
MAXIMUM NO. OF ENTRIES DEFAULT TIME: 10:00:00 AM
3
PER ORG: REGISTRATION FEE PER ENTRY: Php0.00
MAXIMUM ENTRIES: - MUST PRE-REGISTER? O YES X NO
Registration Dec 14, 2010 9AM-10AM Engineering Lawn
Game Proper Dec 14, 2010 10AM onwards Engineering Lawn
RULES AND MECHANICS
c. Photosprinteng'g is a race similar to Amazing Race.

d. Teams will be given a list of things/places/challenges wherein the entire team must be photographed with the
item/on the location/doing the challenge.
e. Items may be acquired through any means.
f. If the race involves moving to different locations, all means of transportation are allowed.
g. All photos must be taken inside UP Diliman, on the race day.
h. A photo is considered invalid if:
i. A team member is not included in the photo.
j. The photo was shot outside UP Diliman.
k. The photo was edited.
l. The photo was not taken on the race day.
m. The team was not able to perform the challenge.
n. The item that should be on the photo is undistinguishable.
o. The location where the photo was taken is undistinguishable.
p. The panel decides a photo is invalid.
q. Start and endpoint is the Engineering Lawn. A team must have their photos validated before their total time
can be recorded. If a team has an invalid photo or still lacks the required photos, they will be advised to
continue with the race. However, if a photo was found to be edited or not taken on the race day, the
team will be defaulted.
r. The decision of the panel is final.

Participating Organization: ____________________ Contact No:_______________________
Cameraman: ________________________________
List of Participants:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
FORM 1-C
Event Details
EVENT NAME: Trashtalkeng'g

EVENT COORDINATOR/CONTACT NUMBER: Paul Bundoc – 09064035676, Karl Pacolor – 09166068428
1
100 83.33 66.67
MAXIMUM NO. OF ENTRIES DEFAULT TIME: 10:00:00 AM
1
PER ORG: REGISTRATION FEE PER ENTRY: Php50.00
ENGG FACULTY O YES X NO
Pre-registration Dec 1-8, 2010 9AM-4PM ERG Tambayan
Registration Dec 14, 2010 9AM-10AM MH 517
Game Proper Dec 14, 2010 10AM-12PM MH 517
RULES AND MECHANICS
s. Trashtalkeng'g is a freestyle rap battle based on Fliptop Rap Battles (as seen in Youtube).
t. Tournament format (single elimination, double elimination, single round robin, etc) will depend on the number
of participants.
u. Battles are composed of 3 1-on-1 rounds, each round having 1 minute allotted for competing participants.
Lead participant will be determined with a coin toss. Whoever wins the coin toss selects who begins the
battle.
v. After each battle, we shall conduct a secret balloting among participants to see who wins the battle.
w. In the event a tie occurs, an OT(overtime) occurs. OT's are composed of one 1-on-1 round, each round
having 1 minute allotted for both participants. Lead participant will be the one who did not begin the battle on
the first round.
x. After an overtime, an odd number of participants (that is more than 1) who did not compete will be selected
randomly to participate in another secret balloting. By having an odd number of total votes, we will be sure
that only 1 OT can occur per battle.
y. Participants are not allowed to leave until the tournament is over, since participants are the judge of the
tournament. If a participant leaves, it will be counted as a default.
z. Competitiveness is encouraged but never at the expense of respect between participants, adherence to
rules, and fun.
Participating Organization: ____________________
Participant: ________________________________ Contact No:_______________________
Alternate: __________________________________ Contact No:______________________

FORM 1-C
Event Details
EVENT NAME: BATTLE OF THE HEADS: Heads to the EXTREME!

EVENT COORDINATOR/CONTACT NUMBER: Mark Louis Lagura (09266200682)
SPONSORING ORGANIZATION: UP FRONTRUNNERS FOR A RESPONSIVE AND RESPONSIBLE
COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING
MAXIMUM NO. OF ENTRIES 1 DEFAULT TIME: 11:45 AM
UNIVERSITY-WIDE (Y/N)? NO WALK-INS ALLOWED? O YES O NO
Pre-registration/Orientation December 1, 2010 5:30-6:30 PM 4th Floor Quiet Zone
Game Proper December 14, 2010 11:30 AM – 1:30 PM Engineering Theater
RULES AND MECHANICS
1. Each participating organization must send their HIGHEST ranking officer to join the Battle of the Heads. If the org
head Is unable to join, the head can be replaced by any two other pre-registered executive officers. Also, each
organization shall send 3 members (walk-ins) that is composed of at least 1 executive officer and 2 regular
members. The required set of members plays a role during the whole event.
2. The BatHeads will be composed of 5 ROUNDS of challenges.
3. The 1st Round is the “Make An Impression” round wherein each organization head will wear a costum, created
before the event, that must IMPRESS the audience.
The COSTUME must be:
a. any SUPERHERO costume (either patterned from a fictional superhero or an original design by the
organization)
b. as much as possible, a representation of the organization and must show the organizations best trait
(i.e. use of organization logo and colors)
The costume will be worn ONLY during this round. This round shall be scored thru ballot voting. ONLY the
required audience can vote (the 3 member group from each participating organization). Their votes, together
with the votes of the special panel (adviser, 2 FORCE EB members, incumbent ESC members from FORCE)
formed by the organizers, will determine the total score for this round.
4. From the 2nd round until the 5th round, the remaining players will secretly choose ONE category/challenge where
they want to “play” before the start of each round. The category that will be chosen by most of the players will
be the challenge for that round. After a category has been picked, it can never be picked again.
5. The categories are (1) PHYSICAL, (2) MENTAL, (3) PSYCHOLOGICAL and (4) SURPRISE. The challenges that will
be given are according to the nature of the name of the category.
6. Each round (except the 1st round) will be composed of sub-levels namely: EASY, AVERAGE and DIFFICULT. Each
sub-level challenge will be scored according to their difficulty: 5 points for EASY, 10 points for AVERAGE, 15
points for DIFFICULT. The total score for each round will be the sum of all the scores gained from all sub-levels.
7. All registered players will be allowed to participate from the start. After Round TWO, only the TOP 6 players will
be allowed to continue. After Round FOUR, only the TOP 3 players will be allowed to continue for the FINAL
ROUND (5th).
8. Each player is allowed of ONLY ONE “lifeline”: the CALL A COUNCIL MATE. This lifeline can only be used once
during the whole duration of the game. The council mate that will be called can only come from the required 3-
member group that is present inside the game venue. Before starting every round, all the players will be given
15 seconds to think if they will use the lifeline. The 15 seconds thinking time will be done after the category has
been chosen and presented.
9. Scores are cumulative from the start until the end of the game. At the FINAL ROUND (5th), the highest scorer
gets 200 points, 2nd highest scorer gets 166.67 points and the last place gets 133.33 points. All eliminated
players will receive participation points.

UP FRONTRUNNERS FOR A RESPONSIVE AND RESPONSIBLE COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING
BATTLE OF THE HEADS

ORGANIZATION
BATTLE OF THE HEADS Representative

BatHeads Rep Contact Details
(cellphone, e-mail)
Player
Organization Head
Alternates
Executive Officer 1
Executive Officer 2
FORM 1-C
Event Details
EVENT NAME: EWOC o BAYONG: The SUPERHEROES Edition

EVENT COORDINATOR/CONTACT NUMBER: Mark Louis Lagura (09266200682)
SPONSORING ORGANIZATION: UP FRONTRUNNERS FOR A RESPONSIVE AND RESPONSIBLE
COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING
PLAYERS PER ENTRY: 1 EWOC POINTS: 150 maximum points
MAXIMUM NO. OF ENTRIES 3 DEFAULT TIME: 12:00 NN
Pre-registration/Orientation December 1, 2010 5:30-6:30 PM 4th Floor Quiet Zone
Game Proper December 14, 2010 11:30 AM - 1:30 PM Engineering Theater
RULES AND MECHANICS
1. For the elimination round, there will be three choices. The answers will start with the letters, FO, R and CE.
2. Trivia questions will be given and has to be answered within 10 seconds. The questions will be anything-under-
the-sun questions which will mainly focus on SUPERHEROES (fictional or non-fictional, classical or modern-day).
3. Questions will be given until 1 player remains.
4. The person will then proceed to the finals round.
5. The final round will consist of 5 bayongs named F, O, R, C and E.
Bayong 1: 150 EWOC points + giftpack
*Giftpack: tambayan showcase
6. The person will choose one bayong.
7. The bayong contains EWOC points or any material (tambayan showcase) but there will be definitely one bayong
with 150 points (maximum points).
8. The host will start the bidding from 10 EWOC points up to 100 EWOC points only.
9. The person will have to choose EWOC or Bayong.
10. The person will be given only one chance to switch between EWOC points or Bayong during the bidding process.
11. Point system:
i. Winner --- depend on his/her choice.
ii. All others --- 50 points
UP FRONTRUNNERS FOR A RESPONSIVE AND RESPONSIBLE COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING
EWOC O BAYONG
ORGANIZATION
EWOC O BAYONG Representative

EOB Rep Contact Details
(cellphone, e-mail)
Players
3
FORM 1-C
Event Details
EVENT NAME: Volleybagan Xtreme 2010 (Men’s,Women’s,Mixed)

EVENT COORDINATOR/CONTACT NUMBER: Gerome Hipolito / 09172729161
SPONSORING ORGANIZATION: UP Geodetic Engineering Club (UP GE CLUB)
PLAYERS PER ENTRY: 25 EWOC POINTS: 1 (200) 2 (166.67) 3 (133.33)
MAXIMUM NO. OF ENTRIES DEFAULT TIME: 15 minutes
2
Registration 12 Nov 9:00 am - 6:00 pm UPGEC Tambayan
Orientation and
16 Nov 5:30 pm UPGEC Tambayan
Release of Schedule of Games
Elimination Rounds 19 Nov – 2 Dec 8:00 am – 5:00 pm UP BLISS
Semi-final Rounds 3 Dec – 4 Dec 8:00 am – 5:00 pm UP BLISS
Final Rounds 10 Dec 8:00 am – 2:00 pm UP BLISS
RULES AND MECHANICS

Participants:
1. Bonafide Engineering students and/or member/affiliate of a recognized Engineering organization are eligible to
participate in a team. A team shall be composed of a maximum 25 members.
2. Only one (1) UP varsity player is allowed to play for an organization provided he/she is a bonafide member of that
organization and is an eligible player based on the organizations basis (Either Aff/Unaff Engg, or Aff. Once Engg).
Mechanics:
1. Volleybagan is categorized into three (3) divisions: Men’s, Women’s and Mixed Divisions. Only 12 teams can be
accommodated per division, on a first come basis.
2. An organization can send a maximum of two (2) teams per division.
3. The games will be officiated using PAVA rules. Teams in each division will be grouped into two (2) brackets and will
play in single round robin elimination.
4. Pre-registration of players is required. Only those who are registered are viable for playing during games. Players
need to present their respective ID or form 5 before the game for checking on the submitted photocopies.
5. The top two teams in each bracket will then qualify to play in a cross over semi finals. The number 1 team in each
bracket will have a twice to beat advantage provided that the team does not incurred a loss game in the elimination
round. In case of a tie during the elimination round, a win over the other rule will be followed.
6. The two (2) winners in the semi finals will then play for the championship round. Losing teams in the semi finals will
then compete to determine who will be the third placer.
7. For the mixed division, a maximum of three (3) male players are allowed to play at the same time.
8. Default time is 15 minutes, Engineering lobby time. There should be at least six (6) players of the team at the court in
the duration of the default time.
9. Deadline of registration will be on November 11, 2010. Schedule of games will be available on November 16.
10. Postponement of games due to unavoidable circumstances (ie. Rain, suspension of classes) will be announced by the
Volleybagan Committee at least 15 minutes before the scheduled game.
11. The Volleybagan Committee reserves the right to change the rules of the event to ensure the success of the event.
12. Breaking the tie will be determined by “win over the other” rule. In case of a triple or more tie, averaging the total
game scores over their respective matches will apply.
13. Referee’s decision is final and corresponding penalties** shall be implemented upon player/s or team’s
misconduct*.
*Misconduct include the following:

a. Initiation of a direct physical assault to opposing team member(s) and/or game official(s).
b. Use of foul words (i.e. “putang ina”,etc) directed to an opposing team member(s) or game official(s) to provoke a physical brawl
resulting to injuries.
c. Intentional mishandling of game equipments during and after the game proper.
**Penalties:
1. In case (a) and (b): i. First warning = Player(s) involved will be suspended for one (1) game prior to the event.
ii. Second Warning = Player(s) involved will be suspended for three (3) games prior to the event.
iii. Third Warning = Player(s) involved will be disqualified to play for the whole duration of the tournament.
2. In case (c): Damage of equipments such as the ball and net shall be charged to the player(s)/team. They are
required to replace the said equipment within 24hrs of the said incident. In case the team disregards the notice
of replacement, they will be disqualified for the rest of the tournament.
3. Team(s) having more than one (1) varsity players in their rosters is disqualified to join the tournament.
4. Team(s) caught having unregistered players playing during the game proper are automatically disqualified.
FORM 1-C
Event Details
EVENT NAME: BasaENG’G

EVENT COORDINATOR/CONTACT NUMBER: Heinrich Gasacao - 09167787643 Jason Gotuato - 09158003527
SPONSORING ORGANIZATION: UP GEARS AND PINIONS
PLAYERS PER ENTRY: 6 (1male, EWOC POINTS: 1st 100.00 2nd 83.33 3rd 66.67
5 female)
MAXIMUM NO. OF ENTRIES 2 DEFAULT TIME: 10 MINUTES
UNIVERSITY-WIDE (Y/N)? N WALK-INS ALLOWED? OYES X NO

AFF NEVER ENGG STUDENT O YES X NO
START OF REGISTRATION DEC 1 - 8 10 AM-2 PM GP’s TAMBAYAN
BRIEFING DEC 9 11 AM-1 PM GP’s TAMBAYAN
BasaENG’G DEC 13 11 PM – 1 PM Beta Way
RULES AND MECHANICS

Duration : 5 minutes per team
1. A team is composed of 5 female students and 1 male student.

2. The female participants must place the cups on their heads provided by the organizers. (They are holding the cup on
their head)
3. They will remain inside a perimeter 3 meters away from the male participant. (3 x 3 meters)
4. The male participant will be given a dipper and a limited water supply of one pail.
5. A water container (1.5 Liter bottle) will be situated 5 meters from the female participants perimeter area.
6. The male participant will toss the water using the dipper to the female participants.
7. The female participants must catch the water into the cup (on their heads).
8. At any time, the female participants may transport the water from the cup to the water container.
9. In putting the water into the container, the participants are not allowed to remove the cups on their head.
10. A participant may help her teammate in putting the water into the container.
11. ONLY the water inside the cup is allowed to be placed inside thewater container.
12. Participants are prohibited from extracting water from their clothes or any medium (body, hair, etc.).
13. During the game, intentional removal of the cup from the head of the participant is not allowed. The player who is
given two (2) warnings is removed from the team and the remaining participants will pursue the game.
14. The participants are also not allowed to touch the rope bounding the perimenter.
15. FEMALE participants that will touch the rope once will suffer the same consequence as cited in NUMBER 13.
16. The MALE participant is allowed to have 3 warnings (in touching the rope) before the disqualification of the team.
The 4th warning will result to disqualification of the team.
17. The facilitators will measure the height of the water inside the container to determine the top 3 finishers.
18. The decision of the event heads is final.
Name of Org: _____________
Team Name: ________________
Participants:
1. _______________2. ________________3._________________4.________________5.________________
Waiver: We fully understand that the UP Gears and Pinions will not be held accountable for any accident incurred in
the event.
FORM 1-C
Event Details
EVENT NAME: Frisbilao

PLAYERS PER ENTRY: 2 (1male, EWOC 1st 100.00 2nd 83.33 3rd 66.67
1 female) POINTS:

START OF REGISTRATION DEC 1 - 8 10 AM-2 PM GP’s TAMBAYAN
BRIEFING DEC 9 11 AM-1 PM GP’s TAMBAYAN
Frisbilao DEC 15 3PM onwards Beta Way
RULES AND MECHANICS
1. Two participants per org are required (1 Male, 1 Female)

2. The targets (C2 bottles 500 mL) will be provided as well as the disks
3. There are three disks: frisbilito, Frisbee and frisbilao
4. The disks will also serve as score multiplier: Frisbilito – x4; Frisbee – x3; Frisbilao – x1.5
5. Only the Frisbee disks provided are to be used.
6. There will be three distances: Level One – 5 m; Level Two – 8 m; Level Three – 11 m
7. There will be 5 targets per distance
8. Points will be given for every correct target
9. The farther the distance, the higher points will be awarded
10. There will only be five trials for every level
11. A marked line will be placed and the player must not go beyond the mark when throwing the disk
12. Only the marshals during the game will be the authorized to give points
13. The two teams with the highest points will continue to the finals
14. Finals will follow the same mechanics and rules but the thrower will now be blindfolded and the teammate will be
allowed to coach/guided him/her when throwing (no physical contact)
15. Any form of cheating will result to disqualification (eg. Going beyond the marked line when throwing, distracting
other players while playing)
16. Late players will not be allowed to participate and will result to a forfeit
Name Student # Contact Info Email Address Organization
1
2
FORM 1-C
Event Details
EVENT NAME: KABAYENG’G

PLAYERS PER ENTRY: 1 EWOC POINTS: 1st 100.00 2nd 83.33 3rd 66.67


START OF REGISTRATION DEC 1-8 10 AM onwards GP’s TAMBAYAN
BRIEFING DEC 9 10 AM – 1PM GP’s TAMBAYAN
KABAYENG’G DEC 16 10AM onwards Ipil basketball court
RULES AND MECHANICS
1. Late players will not be allowed after the default time.

2. This game is a simulation of HORSE, wherein dunks and/ or shots are to be imitated by the succeeding players
3. Failure to imitate the dunk will result to a letter. Once a player completes the word HORSE, he is eliminated from the
game.
4. There are only 2 attempts to imitate a dunk. A dunk shall be considered good if and only if the GP’s marshal declare it
to be so.

KABAYENG’G- Engineering Week 2010
Organization:______________________
Player:
1. _______________________________
FORM 1-C
Event Details
EVENT NAME: STREETJAM 2K10



BRIEFING DEC 9 10 AM-11 AM GP’s TAMBAYAN
ELIMS 1 DEC 13 9 AM onwards Ipil basketball court
ELIMS 2 DEC 14 9 AM onwards Ipil basketball court
SEMI- FINALS DEC 15 9 AM onwards Ipil basketball court
FINALS DEC 16 9 AM onwards Ipil basketball court
RULES AND MECHANICS

1. Late teams will not be allowed to participate in the event.
2. The game shall be divided in two halves, each half having a time of 5 mins.
3. The game shall be running time except for the last 2 mins of the second half.
4. Toss coins shall be implemented for the initial possession.
5. There shall only be one timeout left, with 30 second- duration for such timeout.
6. Members of UP Gears and Pinions shall be the official for the event.
7. No. of act shooting fouls= No. of free throws. Free throws will only be taken at the end of a half. Free throws will
correspond to 1 pt.
8. Lay-up, dunk merits 1 point, while outside shooting(3 point arc) merit 2 points.
9. Possession changes after each basket.
10. Substitutions may only be made after a basket or any stoppage of play.
11.. Check- line is determined by the 3 pointer arc. The ball must be beyond the arc at the beginning of each half
12. The team in play should be composed of a guard (5feet two inches and below) and a forward (above 5feet 2inches.)
13. The decision of the event head is final.
14. The team with the higher score at the end of the game wins. In case of tie, there would be an overtime of 2mins.

Street Jam 2K10- Engineering Week 2010
Team Name:_______________________
Organization:______________________
Players:
1. _______________________________
2. _______________________________
3. _______________________________
FORM 1-C
Event Details
EVENT NAME: TRIATHLOKOHAN XTREME



AFF NEVER ENGG STUDENT X YES O NO
BRIEFING DEC 9 11 AM- 1PM GP’s TAMBAYAN
TRIATHLOKOHAN XTREME DEC 14 11AM – 2PM Beta way
RULES AND MECHANICS

1. There will be 6 contestants per team, 3 female and 3 males.
2. Each team will be divided into 3 pairs, 1 female and 1 male.
3. Each participants will have an eggplant hanging from their waist. (The eggplant is tied to a straw, which is tied around
the player's waist.)
4. The male player of the first pair shall roll the Philippine lemon across the finish line (5 meters from the starting point).
The Philippine lemon shall roll only through contact with the eggplant.
5. Once the Philippine lemon crosses the finish line, the male player will be blindfolded and wait for his partner.
6. The female player of the first pair shall repeat mechanics #4 (only upon the Philippine lemon of the first player
crossed the finish line).
7. Once the pair reached the finish line, they will be spun 3 times simultaneously.
8. After mechanics #7, the female player will be seated on a chair while the male player will be given a banana coated
with condensed milk.
9. The female player shall be fixed on the chair. No movement will be allowed. (The head must not move also.) However,
she could give directions to the male player.
10. The male player shall thrust the banana to the female player only once. If the banana splits, the thrusting continues.
11. Once the male player thrust the banana, he shall only be permitted to move it in a planar motion.
12. The next pairs shall perform mechanics #'s 4 - 11 only upon the female player of the preceding pair consumed
completely the banana.
13. Time stops upon the female player of the last pair completely consumed the banana.
14. The fastest team to finish wins.
TRIATHLOKOHAN- Engineering Week 2010
Team Name:_______________________
Organization:______________________
Players:
Male:
1. _______________________________
2. _______________________________
3.________________________________
Female:
1. _______________________________
2. _______________________________
3.________________________________
FORM 1-C
Event Details
EVENT NAME: Dodgeball

EVENT COORDINATOR/CONTACT NUMBER: Kathryn Sison / +639156454006
SPONSORING ORGANIZATION: UP Industrial Engineering Club
PLAYERS PER ENTRY: 8 EWOC POINTS: 150 1 133.33 2 100 3
MAXIMUM ENTRIES: N/A MUST PRE-REGISTER? O YES O NO
Pre-registration December 3, 2010 1:00-5:00 PM IE Club Tambayan
Event Proper December 16, 2010 9:00 AM-12:00 NN CHAC
RULES AND MECHANICS

GAME DURATION : 3 to 5 Minutes or as determined by the Tournament Director
OBJECTIVE : To eliminate all opponents or as many opponents possible within the
Duration of the game by

1. Hitting an opponent with a ball
2. Catching a ball thrown by an opponent
START OF MATCH:
1. Each team arbitrarily assigns 4 members to be Attackers who will stay with their foot on the baseline inside the
ATTACKERS AREA, the rest of the team shall be ball retrievers and can stay anywhere within the RETRIEVERS area of
their teams half of the court.
*The # of players and distribution of attackers and retrievers can vary depending on the assignment of the Tournament
director or agreement of teams.
2. Two Dodgeballs, evenly spaced apart, shall be placed at the centerline.
3. The OPENING RUSH: At the referees signal each team’s attackers goes to retrieve the ball on their right. They must
bring the ball back and make it touch the baseline to “Activate” the ball before they can make a valid attack. If a team
fails to retrieve their ball and the other team has already “Activated” their ball, then any team may go take possession of
the remaining ball. The remaining ball does not need to be activated anymore.
PLAY:
1. Ball is in play as soon as it is activated.
2. ATTACKERS ROLE: To try and hit their opponent’s attackers with the dodgeball or to catch dodgeballs thrown at them
by their opponent’s attackers.
3. RETRIEVERS ROLE: To give the dodgeballs back to their attackers. Nothing happens as a result of retrievers getting hit
or catching a dodgeball. Likewise nothing happens when an opponent gets hit or catches a dodgeball thrown by a
retriever
4. LINE VIOLATIONS:
a. Attackers must stay within their attacker areas. They must not cross any line. Stepping on a line shall be considered
crossing a line. If any body part of an attacker makes contact with ANY surface or object located outside the playing
area, then that will also be considered crossing a line. This includes the ball and retrievers. Players who violate this rule
will be called OUT.
b. Retrievers should avoid entering the attacker’s area. Retrievers must not cross over or
retrieve dodgeballs form their opponent’s side of the court.
5. GETTING HIT BY A BALL: When an attacker is hit, that attacker is called OUT. Play is continuous, eliminated attackers
must go out from their attacker areas and become a retriever without waiting to be called out.
6. CATCHING A BALL and RETURNING TO THE GAME:
a. When a ball thrown by an attacker is caught by their opposing team’s attackers, the player who threw the ball is called
OUT. Play is continuous, eliminated attackers must go out from their attacker areas and become a retriever without
waiting to be called out.
b. As an added bonus to catching a ball, not only is your opponent called out but one of your retrievers can come back
into the game as an attacker. Play is continuous; it is up to the team to decide who amongst their retrievers will go back
in. There may only be up to 4 attackers per team unless a different # has been previously agreed upon.
7. NO STALLING ALLOWED: See DEFINITIONS section.
8. NO AIR BALLS ALLOWED: See DEFINITIONS section.
9. WINNING A GAME: Game is won when your opponents have no more attackers or your team
has more attackers left when time is over.
BREAKING TIE’S
1. A tie happens when time runs out and both teams have the same # of attackers left.
2. A tie is broken by SUDDEN DEATH. All attackers come back into the game and take positions ANYWHERE within their
attacker areas. Each shall be in possession of one ball.
3. At the referees signal, the SUDDEN DEATH overtime begins! See DEFINITIONS section.
TIMEOUT’S AND INJURIES

1. Timeouts or substitutions are discouraged.
CLOTHING
1. Clothes shall be in good taste and shall not have any parts that may hurt a player (ex: spikes).
CONDUCT OF PLAYERS
1. Players must not make excessive judgment calls. If a player begins to interfere with the game by making unnecessary
calls, the referee will expel that player from the remainder of the MATCH.
2. The “honor system” will be in effect. Players will be expected and obligated to play fair and honestly.
3. Officials may be questioned in a respectful manner but in the end, the official’s decision is final. Disrespect is grounds
for disqualification. Human error does happen to almost every sport. Just move on and play.
4. At the start and end of the game all players must shake hands with their opponents and referees at the centerline.
5. Acts of violence at any time will be grounds for Individual disqualification. This includes gestures and verbal assaults
with obvious malicious intent. Taunting in good taste and humor is allowed.
DEFINITIONS
Air Ball: Air balls are a form of stalling where a team with more or an equal #of attackers stalls by throwing the
dodgeball as far away as possible in order to make their opponents use a lot of time and effort in retrieving the
dodgeball. This is a very serious offense and will be punished as follows:
1. For RETRIEVERS: Retrievers have no business throwing the ball far and high beyond their opponent’s side of the
court. An AIR BALL violation will be called on any retriever who commits this act for the 1st time and their team will
immediately be penalized. The penalty is that their opponents can chose to either bring one of their own retrievers
back into the game or they can chose who amongst their opponents attackers they want to be called OUT.
2. For ATTACKERS: Attackers may make mistakes from time to time and commit unintended air ball violations so
after 2 previous warnings, attackers who commit an AIR BALL violation for the 3rd time will be penalized. The penalty
is that they will be disqualified for the remainder of the match. If the AIR BALL violation was obviously intentional,
the referee will immediately disqualify the offending player for the rest of the match.
3. For the TEAM: A team who accumulates 6 air ball warnings, including the air ball violation that causes
disqualification, will be penalized. The penalty is that their opponents can chose to either bring one of their own
retrievers back into the game or they can chose who amongst their opponents attackers they want to be called OUT.
Teams and players who commit AIR BALL violations and have less attackers than their opponents will not be
penalized nor warned since their team is bound to lose from wasting game time by committing AIR BALLS.
Attacker/Active Player: the players who are responsible for hitting opposing attackers with the ball and catching the ball
thrown at them by the opposing attackers.
Attack/Attempt: the act of throwing the ball with the intent of hitting an opponent. Attacks are done by throwing the
ball. Kicking, volleying, heading e.g. anything that is not done by throwing is not considered an attack so nothing will
happen as a result of these methods.
Action: the time between the start and end of a game.
Catch: think volleyball, as long as the ball has only come into contact with an attacker, that ball may still be caught. If a
ball is caught the attacker who threw the ball is eliminated and a team mate of the attacker who caught the ball may
come back in.
If the returning player does not come back into the game within 5 seconds then the opportunity to have an eliminated
team mate come back into the game will be considered lost.
A catch is ruled a catch once an attacker shows control of the ball.
Deadball: think volleyball, if the ball touches something other than an attacker e.g. the floor, the referee, the linesman,
the roof, etc.. etc.. OR an official declares that an attack attempt has been nullified in cases like a pause in the game for
injuries or some distraction, will be called a deadball. Getting hit or catching a deadball results in nothing.
Forced Trap: occurs when a player tries to catch an attack but the ball gets trapped between the ground and the player’s
hands or body as the player tries to keep up with the balls downward motion. It could not be proven that the player had
control of the ball e.g. it could not be proven that the ball was caught. A player who Force traps a ball will be called out.
The Forced Trap is rare, even rarer is the TRAP where a low thrown ball touches the ground and the attackers hand or
body at the same time. Nothing will happen in this case, the ball will be considered dead.
Forfeit: a match forfeit occurs when a team fails to show up within 2 minutes from the beginning of their match.
Head Shot: unnecessary attempts that were deliberately and maliciously thrown to an opponent’s head. A player
charged with a headshot will be disqualified from the game.
Headshots are not really limited to the head alone. It is the referee’s discretion to rule whether the shot was not called
for or the attacker who was hit deserved it for taking their sweet time in getting out of the court.
Kamikaze: A suicide attempt wherein a player jumps across the center line to get closer to an opponent. If the ball
thrown by a kamikaze player (before the kamikaze player touches the ground) hits an opponent, that opponent is OUT.
The kamikaze player will be called OUT as soon as he makes contact with the floor.
Retriever: the players responsible for passing the ball to their attackers. They play similar roles to outfielders in baseball.
Shot Clock Violation: A predetermined period of time wherein a team must relinquish possession of the dodgeball and
put it in their opponent’s side of the court. Teams have 10 seconds to do so in professional rules. In recreational and
competitive rules teams have 5 seconds to do so upon the referees signal to make a throw.
Stalling:
In RECREATIONAL GAMES: If your team has possession of BOTH dodgeballs and have more, or an equal # of attackers
than your opponents then your team must give your opponents a fair chance to attack. Upon the referee’s instruction to
“Throw”, if your team does not put a ball within your opponent’s possession within 5 seconds then you would have
committed a SHOT CLOCK VIOLATION resulting in the turnover of both dodgeballs to the opposing team.
If the team possessing both balls has FEWER players than their opponents then it is up to them to attack or not as they
are bound to lose the game if they stall.
In PROFESSIONAL GAMES: Stalling is solved by the shot clock violation.
Sudden Death: A way of breaking a tie where the team who loses an attacker by:
1. By getting hit by a ball
2. Committing a line violation
DO NOT CATCH THE BALL. Catching a ball in sudden death will have the same result as getting hit, you will be called out
and your team will lose the game.
In all female games, catching a ball can be considered a way to take an opponent out making this the 3rd way to win in
sudden death.
Name of Organization: ____________________
Event Coordinator (Name and Contact Number): ____________________
Team: ___________________
Name of Participants:
____________________ _____________________
____________________ _____________________
____________________ _____________________
____________________ _____________________
Alternates:
____________________ _____________________
Date and Time Submitted: ____________________
Received by: ____________________

FORM 1-C
Event Details
EVENT NAME: Egg Catcheng’g

Event Proper December 16, 2010 8:00-9:00 AM Sunken Garden
RULES AND MECHANICS

Two players from each org will start out at a distance of 1 ft. from each other The players will take turns in tossing an
egg covered with a layer of oil to his/her partner. If both players are able to toss and catch the egg without breaking it,
the pair moves on to the next round. In the succeeding rounds, the distance between the two players increases by 1 ft. If
a pair’s egg breaks at any point in the game, the pair is automatically eliminated. The final three pairs that have their
eggs unbroken will define the top three placers.
The maximum distance between the pairs will be 20 ft. If there are still teams in contention after the 20th round, the
next round will start from a 1 ft. distance again.
In the case of a tie, the pairs in contention will continuously redo the round until the tie is broken. For instance, if only
four pairs remain, and two of the pairs break their eggs during the same round, the two pairs will redo the round until
one of the pairs breaks the egg and the other successfully completes the round. The pair that completed the round in
the tie-break gets third place.
Team:
____________________
____________________
Alternates:
____________________
____________________

Received by: ____________________
FORM 1-C
Event Details
EVENT NAME: Samson-Delilah-Lion

PER ORG: REGISTRATION FEE PER ENTRY: N/A
MAXIMUM ENTRIES: N/A MUST PRE-REGISTER? O YES O NO
Event Proper December 16, 2010 8:00-9:00 AM Sunken Garden
RULES AND MECHANICS

The event is based on the simple concept of Rock-Paper-Scissors. In every round, two players from different
organizations will start with their backs against each other. At the count of 3, two players shall face each other while
acting as Samson, Delilah or the Lion. Samson beats the Lion, the Lion beats Delilah, and Delilah beats Samson.
The participants will be divided into 2 brackets by draw lots. The number of participants in a bracket will not be equal if
the number of total participants is an odd number. One player must beat the opponent three times to win. Round robin
type of competition will applied to both brackets and the top 2 teams in each bracket will qualify in the semi finals. In
the semi finals, single round elimination will apply. The top participant in a bracket will face the second place in the
other bracket. The winner in the semi finals will qualify in the final round. Single round elimination will also be applied in
the finals.
In case of confusion or complaints with the winner in every round, IE Club will make the final decision.

Name of Participant:
____________________
Alternate:
____________________

Received by: ____________________
FORM 1-C
Event Details
EVENT NAME: Touch Rugby

Event Proper December 16, 2010 8:00-12:00 NN Sunken Garden
RULES AND MECHANICS

OBJECT
The object of the game of touch is for each team to score touchdowns and to prevent the opposition from scoring by fair
play.
MODE OF PLAY
The ball may be passed, knocked or handed between onside players of the attacking team who may in turn run or
otherwise move with the ball in an attempt to gain territorial advantage and score. Defending players prevent the
attacking team from gaining a territorial advantage by touching the ball carrier. Either defending players or attacking
players may initiate touches upon which play stops and is restarted with a roll ball unless other rules apply.
DURATION
A game lasts for ten (10) minutes. No half time.
SCORING
A touchdown is award when a player (without being touched and other than the dummy half) is in possession of the ball
and places the ball with pressure applied to the ball on or over the opposition try line. A touchdown is worth one (1)
point.
Explanatory Notes
A. If in attempting to score a touchdown a player either makes contact with the corner marker or crosses the
extended sideline, no touchdown is awarded and the match is recommenced by the opposition with a roll ball
five (5) meters from the sideline and five (5) meters in from the sideline.
END OF PLAY
When time expires play is to continue until the ball next becomes dead. Should a penalty be awarded during this period,
the penalty is to be taken.
NOTE: In the event of a tie after time expires, a DROP OFF* is done.
THE WINNER
At the end of play the team that has scored the most touchdowns is declared the winner. In the event of neither team
scoring, or in the event of both teams scoring the same number of touchdowns, a draw is declared.
------------------
QUICK RULES:
1. A maximum of 14 players will be allowed in the line up of each team.
2. There are 6 players on field and 8 substitutes.
3. The attacking team must start with a tap from the middle of the field.
4. The defending team must be back 10m for the start of play, and after each touchdown.
5. After a team scores the play begins again with a tap in the middle.
6. The person who takes the role of dummy half** can cross the try-line but not score.
7. If the dummy half is touched while possessing the ball it is a turnover. ROLL BALL.
8. After being touched, the player touched must roll the ball between their legs.
9. The attacking team continues play until they have had 6 touches.
10. After being touched 6 times the ball is handed over to the other side. ROLL BALL.
11. After touching the attacking player with the ball, all defending team members must retreat 5m.
12. Ball to Ground: When the ball is dropped on the ground it is a turnover.
13. Turnover: When the attacking side looses the ball to the opposition.
14. No control: When the ball is thrown, dropped, knocked on, in a touch. ROLL BALL.
15. Players may substitute at any time. There is no limit to the number of times a player may interchange.
16. When someone is penalized their team must then retreat 10m.
17. Offside: If the defending players do not retreat they are offside***. PENALTY.
18. Strong Touch: If a touch is considered to be too strong. PENALTY.
19. Forward Pass: When the ball is passed in front of the player who possessed the ball. PENALTY.
20. Touch and Pass: When the person who is touched then passes the ball. PENALTY.
21. Voluntary Rolled Ball or No Touch: When the player is not touched and rolls the ball between their legs.
PENALTY.
22. Shepherd or Obstruction: Obstructing a touch from the defending side. PENALTY.
23. Minor offenses: Bickering with refs, shouldering, leg trips etc... The referee will initiate an automatic substitute
between the offending player and another team player in the sub box.
24. Repeated offenses: For repeated offences the referee will yellow card the player and have that player move to
the sin bin for a period of five minutes without replacement (sin bin - opposition’s dead ball line).
25. Foul play of any nature: (the referee being the sole judge) will result in the offending player being sent from
the field without replacement.
NOTE - PENALTY SEQUENCE: ball on the ground - let go of the ball - touch the ball with your foot - pick up the ball.
*Drop Off
In the event of a tie after the time expires, there’ll be a two (2) minute extension and one (1) player is dropped off
from each team, leaving only five (5) players on field. The first team to score wins the match. In case of another tie,
there’ll be another two (2) minute extension and another player is dropped of from each team leaving only four (4)
players on field. A maximum of three (3) players can be dropped off (i.e. leaving three (3) players on field). If it is
still a tie after three drop offs, time is extended until a team scores a touchdown.
**Dummy half
The player who picks up the ball from the ground after the roll ball. It can be any of the players on the team in
possession. The team without the ball cannot advance until the dummy half has touched the ball. The dummy half
is not allowed to be caught whilst in possession of the ball. If the dummy half is caught with the ball, possession is
handed over to the opposition who will recommence play with a roll-ball. Should the dummy half be in possession
in the touchdown zone, they are not allowed to score and would need to pass to a team mate to score a
touchdown.
***Offside
An attacking player is offside when that player is forward of another attacking player who either has possession or who
last had possession of the ball. A defending player is offside when that player has not retreated 5 meters for a roll ball or
10 meters for a penalty or restart of play.

Team:
____________________ ____________________
_____________________ ____________________
_____________________ ____________________
_____________________ ____________________
____________________ ____________________
____________________ ____________________
____________________ ____________________
Received by: ____________________
FORM 1-C
Event Details
EVENT NAME: Vice Relay

PER ORG: REGISTRATION FEE PER ENTRY: 80php
Event Proper December 16, 2010 1:00-2:00 PM Sunken Garden
RULES AND MECHANICS

 A set of tasks will be given. The team’s objective is to finish it in the shortest time possible. The tasks will be
revealed on the day of the event.
 The teams will be given the privilege to choose who among their players will perform the different tasks.
 An official will be assigned to check if the tasks were fully accomplished. Each player should wait for the
confirmation of the official that he/she has finished the task before proceeding.
 Another official will be assigned at the base to check if the next players are tagged by the previous players.
 The team who finishes all the tasks first will be declared the winner of the game.
Rules of the Game

1. The first player of each team will start from his or her base and try to accomplish the task assigned to him/her.
After finishing the task, the first player should go back to the base and tag the next player. The distance of the
base and the station where the tasks are placed is 1.5 meters.
2. The second player can start only after he/she is tagged by the first player. He/she then run and proceeds to the
task like the first player, and so on. This continues on until the last player finished the last task and gets back to
the base.
3. The team will then immediately raise their flag as a sign that they have already completed the course. The first
team to do so will be declared the winner.

Team:
____________________
____________________
____________________
____________________
____________________
Alternates:
____________________
____________________

Received by: ____________________
FORM 1-C
Event Details
EVENT NAME: Women Can’t Jump

Eliminations and Semi-finals December 16, 2010 8:00-11:00 AM CHAC
Finals December 16, 2010 11:00-12:00 NN CHAC
RULES AND MECHANICS

A three‐on‐three, half court women’s basketball tournament.
Qualifications/Requirements
1. Open to all female undergraduate engineering students and members/applicants of duly recognized
engineering organizations/sororities of UP Diliman.
2. Players must present IDs before the start of a game
3. Only the first sixteen (16) teams to register can join the event.
4. A team is composed of three (3) women. Each organization can field only one (1) team.
5. Each team is only allowed with two (2) substitutes.
6. No current or former member of the UP basketball varsity, regional or national team can join the event.
Objective
Play basketball following 3 on 3 basketball rules.
Mechanics
1. The court is a standard half court and the ball used will also be a standard basketball.
2. Free throws will be taken from the free throw line. The three point line is still the same.
3. The ball must be inbounded beyond the half court line. Defending players are not allowed to intercept
the ball when it is being inbounded.
4. The defending team must bring the ball outside the three point area if the opposing team’s missed shots
hit the ring. During offensive rebounds, steals and interceptions, OR if the ball fails to hit the ring, the ball
need not be brought outside the three point area and the play continues.
5. After a team commits five fouls, the team will be placed in penalty. In the overtime period(s), the team
will be placed in penalty after committing two fouls.
6. A player is disqualified upon committing his fifth foul.
7. Two free throws will be awarded if a player is fouled in the act of shooting or if the opponent is in the
penalty situation.
8. Penalty shots will be awarded starting from the sixth foul in each half.
9. There will be two ten minute halves. The last two minutes of the second half will be stop time. The team with the
higher score after two halves wins the game. In case of a tied score, there will be a three minute
overtime period. The last minute will be stop time.
10. Two (2) 45‐second time outs may be called by each team per half.
11. The three second rule will be applied.
Point System
Scoring is standard.
Other Rules
1. There will only be one (1) referee in a game.
2. A grace period of fifteen (15) minutes waiting time starting from game time will be given to a team
arriving late, after which a default may be declared. The time will be based on the Engg lobby clock.
3. The system for the Elimination, Semi‐final, and Final rounds will be by Single Elimination.
4. The decision of the referee is always final.
Men’s and Women’s 3 on 3 Basketball Rules
Length of Periods
Playing time will be two 10 minute halves with a 3 minute half time. Time will run continuously except: team timeouts,
last two minutes of the second half, injuries, and officials’ discretion.
Overtime
In the event of a tie, and time permitting, there will be at least one overtime period of 3 minutes. The last minute
will be stop time. There is no limit to the number of overtime periods.
Start of Game
The game will be started with a jump ball. Possession will alternate after that. Overtime will begin with another
jump ball.
Possession Arrow
The score keepers are responsible for keeping track of the possession arrow.
Time‐outs
Each team may take 4 time‐outs per game. The amount if time consumed during each time‐out will not exceed 1
minute. Two time‐outs in each half may be taken.
Substitutions
A team may make substitutions when there is a dead ball situation and games may not be delayed by them. A
substitute may enter the game at mid‐court, after the player being substituted has left the court. They must wait
for the official to beckon for them to enter the court. Penalty for an illegal substitution = technical foul.
Hanging on the Rim

This situation will result in a technical foul and the player may be ejected from the game. Dunking is permitted, but
hanging is not! Dunking is not permitted during warm‐ups.
Foul Shots
Players around the lane may leave their position when the ball leaves the shooter’s hand. The shooter and the
players outside of the 3 point line will not leave their positions until the ball hits the rim.
Team and Individual Fouls

Foul shots are taken after the 6th team foul per half. The number of team fouls will carry out over in the event
overtime. A player is allowed 4 fouls per game and is out of the game on the 5th. Any player fouling out of the
game may not return to the game under any circumstances.
Intentional and Technical Fouls

These calls are at the discretion of the official, and will result in shots plus possession of the ball. These fouls count
as personal fouls for the offending player. Two technical fouls on any one person will result in the ejection from
the game. Three technical fouls on one team will result in a forfeit. Six technical fouls on one team, on one
reason, will result in the ejection of team from the league.
Unsportsmanlike Conduct
A player shall not use unsportsmanlike tactics such as:
1. Disrespectfully addressing or conducting an official
2. Using profanity
3. Baiting an opponent or obstructing his/her vision by waving hands
4. Climbing on a teammate to secure greater height to handle the ball
5. Object to an official’s decision by rising from the bench or using gestures
6. Incite an undesirable crowd reaction
7. Enter the court unless by permission of an official to attend to an injured player
8. Failed to replace a disqualified player in 30 seconds when a substitute is available
9. FIGHTING WILL RESULT IN THE OFFENDING PLAYER(S) BEING PROHIBITED FROM PARTICIPATING IN THE
BASKETBALL FOR THE REMAINDER OF THE SEASON. ANY TEAM INVOLVED IN A FIGHT WILL FORFEIT ALL
REMAINING GAMES.
Blood Rule
If an official observes a player is bleeding, of has an open wound, of has an excessive amount of blood on his/her
uniform, the player must leave the game. The player may not return until the situation is taken care of to the
satisfaction of the official.
Ejections
Any player that is ejected has 3 minutes to leave the building. This includes an ejection for two technical fouls.
Mercy Rule
If a team is behind in the scorebook by 30 points any time in the second half of the game, the game will be stopped
and the team ahead will be awarded the win.

Team 1:
____________________
____________________
____________________
Substitutes:
____________________
____________________
Received by: ____________________
tENGINEERING WEEK 2010
FORM 1-C
Event Details
EVENT NAME: Eng’g Eng’g Hooray!

EVENT COORDINATOR/CONTACT NUMBER: Clarence – 09062988123 / Dyna – 09286391969
SPONSORING ORGANIZATION: UP IECEP
MAXIMUM ENTRIES: - MUST PRE-REGISTER? O YES • NO
UNIVERSITY-WIDE (Y/N)? N WALK-INS ALLOWED? • YES O NO
SCHEDLE OF ACTIVITIES
Start of Registration November 15, 2010 8:00am EEEI (room 311)
End of Registration December 10, 2010 10:00am EEEI (room 311)
Eng’g Eng’g Horay! December 14, 2010 10:00am Beta way Lawn
RULES AND MECHANICS

REGISTRATION
1. The contest is open to all organizations in the College of Engineering.
2. Each engineering organization can have a maximum of one (1) team entry composed of two (2) members.
3. A participating individual is not allowed to join for more than one organization.
4. A registration fee of Php 15 per participant is required for those who are interested to participate.
5. Registration fees are non-refundable.
6. Registration will be open from November 15, 2010 (Monday), 8:00am to December 10, 2010 (Friday), 10:00am
at the EEEI bldg. IRC Laboratory (Room 311). Registration fees may be collected during this time.
7. Registration fees will be collected at the contest venue.
8. The first 12 teams to register can play the event. First come first serve.
CONTEST PROPER
1. The contest shall be held on December 14, 2010_ at the Eng’g Lawn. Contest proper will start at exactly 10am.
2. Ranking of the participants will be determined. The top three winners will be awarded EWOC points. The
corresponding EWOC points will be as follows.
1st 100 EWOC points
2nd 83.33 EWOC points
3rd 66.67 EWOC points
3. 33.33 EWOC points will also be awarded for the non-winning participants.
4. Arbiter’s decision is final and irrevocable.
5. If the organizers deem that the weather conditions on the day of the event is not good or healthy for the people
involved, then the event will be rescheduled.

1. The contest will follow single elimination rules, a single defeat eliminates the player from the game. The match
ups of the participants will be determined by means of draw lots.
2. In one round, two (2) teams will be drawn.
3. Each team composed of two (2) members should lock one member’s left arm to another member’s right arm.
4. The competing teams should alternately say “Eng’g Eng’g!” and “Hooray!” at the point of the microphone, with
corresponding actions.
5. At “Eng’g Eng’g!”, the team should clap twice, without using the locked arms.
6. At “Hooray!”, the team should raise two hands, without using the locked arms.
7. The first team who commits an error, with words or with actions, is eliminated.
8. The team who unlocks arms or uses them is eliminated.
9. The elimination rounds will continue until 3 teams are left. These three teams will compete one another until
one (1) winner is declared.
10. Participants are required to come to the venue at the start of the contest proper. A briefing time of fifteen (15)
minutes from the contest proper will be allotted. Participants who arrive after the briefing period will
automatically be disqualified.
11. One (1) arbiter from UP IECEP will be introduced during the contest proper.
12. Any changes regarding the mechanics herein deemed necessary by IECEP will be disseminated to the
participating organizations immediately upon the approval of the Engineering Student Council.
13. All inquiries and clarifications regarding this contest mechanics should be addressed to IECEP.
UP IECEP presents Eng’g Eng’g Hooray
Registration Form
Organization: __________________________________________________
Participant(s):__________________________________________________
Contact Number(s):______________________________________________
Email Address: _____________________________________________________________
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Date: ___________________
Organization: ____________________________
Received from __________________________________the amount of _______________________(P____) as

registration fee for Eng’g Eng’g Hooray 2010.
Organization Representative UP IECEP Representative
_______________________ _______________________
Signature over printed name Signature over printed name
<UP IECEP copy>
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Date: ___________________
Organization: ____________________________

registration fee for Eng’g Eng’g Hooray 2010.
_______________________ _______________________
<Organization’s copy>
FORM 1-C
Event Details
EVENT NAME: TarsierEng’g

EVENT COORDINATOR/CONTACT NUMBER: Moanna—09053628936 / Calvin – 09064826781
TarsierEng’g December 13, 2010 9:00am Beta way Lawn
RULES AND MECHANICS

REGISTRATION
2. Each engineering organization can have a maximum of one (1) entry.
7. Payment of registration fees can be made at the IRC Laboratory during the registration period or at the contest
venue.
CONTEST PROPER
1. The contest shall be held on December 13, 2010 at the Eng’g Lawn. Contest proper will start at exactly at 9am.
1st 100 EWOC points
4. Alternates are allowed only before the game starts. When injured during the game, the player is considered out
of the game.

1. The contest will follow single elimination rules, a single defeat eliminates the player from the game. The pairing
of the participants will be determined by means of draw lots.
2. In one round, two (2) teams will be drawn.
3. Each contestants are to wear laboratory goggles so that distractions such as wind or dust is avoided.
4. When the arbiter says “GO!”, each contestant will try to outlast each other from blinking. No unnecessary
distractions are allowed. Org bashing and cheering is not allowed.
5. The first contestant who blinks is eliminated.
6. Squinting is not allowed.
7. The elimination rounds will continue until one winner (1) is declared.
minutes from the contest proper will be allotted. Participants who arrive after the briefing period will be
automatically disqualified.
9. One (1) arbiter from UP-IECEP will be introduced during the contest proper.
UP IECEP presents TarsierEng’g
Registration Form
Organization: __________________________________________________
Participant(s):__________________________________________________
Contact Number(s):______________________________________________
Email Address: _____________________________________________________________
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Date: ___________________
Organization: ____________________________

registration fee for TarsierEng’g 2010.
_______________________ _______________________
<UP IECEP copy>
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Date: ___________________
Organization: ____________________________

registration fee for TarsierEng’g 2010.
_______________________ _______________________
FORM 1-C
Event Details
EVENT NAME: Ten Twenteng’g

EVENT COORDINATOR/CONTACT NUMBER: Bermie – 09273130346 / Nat – 09279542561
Ten Twenteng’g December 13, 2010 3:00pm Bike lane in front of
Melchor Hall
RULES AND MECHANICS

REGISTRATION
2. Each engineering organization can have a maximum of one (1) team entry composed of two (2) members.
8. Payment of registration fees can be made at the IRC Laboratory during the registration period or at the contest
venue.
CONTEST PROPER
1. The contest shall be held on December 13, 2010 at the Eng’g Lawn. Contest proper will start at exactly 3pm.
1st 100 EWOC points
5. If the organizers deem that the weather conditions on the day of the event is not good or healthy for the people
involved, then the event will be rescheduled.
1. The contest will follow single elimination rules, a single defeat eliminates the player from the game.
2. In each round, each participant will play “10-20” at a certain garter level. No significant stopping (more the 3
seconds human count) in between jumps.
3. While playing, the participant will hold a container holding water. The size of the cup and the volume of the
water is the same for all the participants. The water volume is measured using a graduated cylinder before
poured into the cup.
4. The participant who does not complete the round is eliminated.
5. The participant who spills all the water from the container is eliminated.
6. The participant who covers the container by hand is eliminated.
7. The elimination rounds will continue until one winner (1) is declared.
8. Same garter will be used all throughout the game. It will be held by UP –IECEP members who have the same
height.
9. Alternates are allowed before the game starts. But once the game has starting no more alternates.
10. Once injured, the player is out of the game.
minutes from the contest proper will be allotted. Participants who arrive after the briefing period will
automatically be disqualified.
12. One (1) arbiter will be introduced during the contest proper.
UP IECEP presents Ten Twenteng’g
Registration Form
Organization: __________________________________________________
Participant(s):__________________________________________________
Contact Number(s):______________________________________________
Email Address: _____________________________________________________________
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Date: ___________________
Organization: ____________________________

registration fee for Ten Twenteng’g 2010.
_______________________ _______________________
<UP IECEP copy>
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Date: ___________________
Organization: ____________________________

registration fee for Ten Twenteng’g 2010.
_______________________ _______________________
FORM 1-C
Event Details
EVENT NAME: AWITAN 2010

EVENT COORDINATOR/CONTACT NUMBER: Anthon Repollo / 09177711768
SPONSORING ORGANIZATION: UP Chemical Engineering Society, Inc.
PLAYERS PER ENTRY: 8-24 EWOC POINTS: 200.00 1 166.67 2 133.33 3
MAXIMUM NO. OF ENTRIES 1 DEFAULT TIME: N/A
PER ORG: REGISTRATION FEE PER ENTRY: P 1000
MAXIMUM ENTRIES: 16 MUST PRE-REGISTER? YES O NO
UNIVERSITY-WIDE (Y/N)? Y WALK-INS ALLOWED? O YES NO
AFF ENGG STUDENT YES O NO
AFF ONCE ENGG STUDENT YES O NO
UNAFF ENGG STUDENT YES O NO
ENGG FACULTY YES O NO
Briefing September 30 5:30-7:00 pm MH 321, College of
Engineering
Reservation of Song* October 4-15 8:30-6:00 pm UP KEM Tambayan
November 8-10
Submission of Requirements/ November 8-12 8:30-6:00 pm UP KEM Tambayan
Registration Period
Drawing of lots November 12 6:00 pm UP KEM Tambayan
AWITAN 2010 December 11 6:30 pm Cinema 6, SM North
EDSA
*Exclusive of Saturdays and Sundays
RULES AND MECHANICS

AWITAN 2010 RULES
A. P A R T I C I P A N T S
1.) The contest is open to all bona fide students, undergraduate and graduate, and engineering faculty of the
University of the Philippines Diliman. Interested individuals must form groups then register. Duly recognized
organizations of the university (engineering and non-engineering) may field only one (1) participating group.
2.) A maximum of sixteen (16) organizations/groups, twelve (12) engineering, three (3) non-engineering and
one (1) engineering faculty, may compete. If slots in other categories are not filled by the end of the
registration period, waitlisted groups will be accepted. (A group is classified as “engineering faculty” if all of
its singers are engineering faculty members.)
3.) Each singer in the group must be an affiliate of the participating organization presently and duly recognized
by the university. Alumni of the organizations are allowed to join provided they are currently enrolled in a
graduate course and have reaffirmed/renewed their membership in the participating organization.
Engineering faculty members who would like to be part of an engineering organization’s chorale must be
part of the organization’s roster. Engineering faculty members who want to form a faculty-only group are
welcome to join the event. However, all faculty members must be currently teaching at the college and need
not be from the same department.
4.) A person belonging to multiple organizations/groups may only sing for one (1) organization/group.
5.) Professional singers and current applicants/trainees/members of professional singing groups are disqualified
from participating in the competition.
6.) Each group must be composed of at least eight (8) members and one (1) conductor and each group has the
option of having a maximum of 2 alternates. Only the alternates submitted in the registration form are
allowed to replace the members of the chorale. The group may be all-male, all-female or mixed.
7.) Each group is allowed only one (1) technical personnel (lighting crew, etc.) and two (2) backstage assistants.
8.) Each group has the sole responsibility for all fees/expenses, passing of requirements and redemption of
prizes associated with this contest.
9.) The participating groups and their associates/organizations are strictly prohibited from contacting judges
before and during the competition. If proven guilty, the group is then immediately disqualified from the
competition
B. R E G I S T R A T I O N
1.) A group/organization is considered registered once the following requirements are completed and passed:
 a completely accomplished registration form
 a softcopy of the group/organization logo (if any) and of a group picture (.jpg)
 a softcopy of a 150-200 word group description or write-up (.doc or .docx)
 a 30-40 second audio-visual presentation (AVP) of the group (.avi, .mpeg or .wmv)
 six (6) clear, hardcopies of the chosen piece
 P1,000 registration fee
*AVP and softcopies should be submitted in a CD
2.) Registration and song reservation will be done via scheduled appointments on weekdays set by the
groups/organizations on a first-come, first-serve basis. The assigned contact person of each group must
inform the organizers/technical staff at least 24 hours before the desired appointment time. Overlapping
requested times may be accommodated but first-come, first-serve basis still applies. The contact person
assigned shall receive announcements and updates (regarding briefing, registration, etc.) and is responsible
for informing his/her group/organization. Changes on the contact person’s details must be informed to any
member of the Awitan Technical committee.
3.) A pre-approved list of songs is released on the first briefing session. The groups are required to pay a down
payment of P500 before reserving their chosen song. Should the group choose a song (in adherence to the
theme) not included in the list, the Awitan Technical Committee must first approve the piece. The status of
approval/disproval of the proposed piece will be available within 24 hours after the submission. The groups
are allowed only 2 changes of their chosen piece during the reservation period. By the end of the
reservation period, all groups must have a chosen piece and no further changes are allowed.
4.) The groups should also look for a choral piece of the chosen song. At the end of the registration period, no
alterations can be made to their submitted choral piece. *The song must be sung in acapella
5.) No refund of registration fees will be honored in case the withdrawal of registration is done after the set
registration period. However, if the group decides to cancel their registration within the properly set
registration period, a full refund will be granted.
6.) Unaccepted, waitlisted groups/organizations will have their registration requirements returned after the
registration period has ended.
7.) The contest piece will be given once the group/organization is registered. *The song must be sung in
acapella
8.) There will be a drawing of lots after the registration period to determine the order of performances during
the event proper.
C. C O N T E S T P R O P E R
1.) Validation of the members and assigned personnel of the participating groups/organizations will be done
prior to the start of the program. Each member is required to present his/her UP ID and Form 5 to the
assigned checkers. Any member who fails to do so will not be allowed to perform. If in case an alternate will
perform, he/she must also present his/her UP ID and form 5. Only members and the conductor validated
and checked by the staff will be allowed to perform on stage.
2.) In the event that a member is not yet present before the checking and start of the program (i.e. conflict in
exam), a valid excuse must be presented at least 3 days before the date of the event. Any participant who
fails to do so will not be allowed to perform.
3.) The performance of each group consists of two (2) songs – the contest piece and the chosen piece.
Alteration (of lyrics, arrangement, flow direction, time signature and rhythm) of the songs during the contest
proper is prohibited.
4.) Each group is given ten (10) minutes of stage time which starts with the AVP and ends when the last
member leaves the stage. The stage time includes the AVP, setting up of props, entrance, performance,
clean-up and exit.
5.) Exceeding the allotted time limit will merit a deduction of 0.1% from the total score per second overtime.
Likewise, any part of the performance exceeding the time limit will not be subjected to judging.
6.) The total score is composed of 60% for the contest piece and 40% for the chosen piece. The two songs will
be judged separately using the following criteria:
CRITERION CONTEST PIECE (60%) CHOSEN PIECE (40%)

Musicianship
 Interpretation 50% 35%
 Dynamics
Technique
 Mastery of Piece
 Projection
40% 45%
 Diction
 Tonal Quality
 Pitch Balance
Chosen Piece
 Quality --- 10%
 Level of Difficulty
Stage Presence
 Performance
 Choreography 10% 10%
 Costume/Grooming
 Creativity
TOTAL 100% 100%
7.) In the event of a tie in score, the group with the higher total score minus stage presence will be announced
as the winner. Should another tie occur for this (total score minus stage presence), the judges will break the
tie at their sole discretion.
8.) The judges’ decision during the competition proper is final.
9.) Complaints will be entertained up to 24 hours after the announcement of winners. The technical committee
reserves the right to change the winners when the matter has sufficiently and fairly been deliberated upon.
In case of a change in the winners, awards will be given to respective groups/organizations. Other concerns
will be dealt with by respective committees/bodies. After the event proper, decisions regarding all
complaints, etc. will be done by the Awitan committee and will be binding.
10.) Contestants are not allowed to leave the stage area in any way during the 10 minutes of stage time.
Entrance will be done only from the backstage and exit at the opposite side of the stage.
11.) Use of musical instruments and audience participation (i.e. singing and clapping along) are not allowed.
Performances containing profanities and obscene, vulgar and sexually explicit lyrics and/or gestures are also
prohibited.
12.) Practicing on the venue before and during the event is strictly not allowed. Leaving the premises after the
program has started is discouraged. Performers in waiting must stay within the venue with the next three (3)
groups ready at the backstage. Tardiness will lead to disqualification.
13.) Contestants and their associates/organizations (including audience members) who exhibit foul behavior (i.e.
making unnecessary noise during performances, nudity) during any part of the performances or contest will
cause their group to be disqualified. The Awitan Technical Committee will decide whether an act is
considered foul.
D. P R I Z E S
1.) The prizes, in the form of cash or both in cash and in kind will be
 1st place P10,000
 2 place P7,000
nd
 3rd place P5,000
E. OTHER RULES
1.) Participating groups/organizations are required to sell tickets for the event. Those who fail to remit any
ticket they obtained before the event proper will be disqualified.
Engineering Faculty Only Group 15 tickets
Groups not representing an organization 30 tickets
Groups representing an organization with…
50 (or less) members 30 tickets
51-100 members 45 tickets
More than 200 members 90 tickets
2.) Participating groups/organizations must comply with the provided rules, schedules and deadlines. Failure to
comply and violation of the rules may result to the automatic disqualification of the group/organization.
3.) The University of the Philippines Chemical Engineering Society, Inc. reserves the right to document the event
and make use of the recordings for commercial and promotional purposes in all forms of media without
compensation to the contestants.
4.) In case of situations not mentioned in the rules/guidelines stated above, the Awitan committee has the sole
and final decision over all proceedings.
*For inquiries, contact any member of the Awitan2010 committee or proceed to the UP KEM tambayan located at the
3rd floor lobby of Melchor Hall.
AWITAN 2010
REGISTRATION FORM
GROUP INFORMATION
ORG/GROUP NAME
DOMICILE ADDRESS
CONTACT PERSON
CONTACT NUMBER
EMAIL ADDRESS
ORG/GROUP NAME
CHOIR INFORMATION
CHOIR NAME
CONDUCTOR
MEMBERS
ALTERNATES
TECHNICAL PERSONNEL
BACKSTAGE ASSISTANTS
ENTRY REQUIREMENTS (Do not write inside this box. For AWITAN Representative only.)
CHOSEN PIECE
REQUIREMENTS STATUS RECEIVED BY
WRITE-UP
LOGO
HARD COPIES OF CHOSEN PIECE
GROUP PRESENTATION
GROUP PICTURE
FEES AND TICKETS AMOUNT RECEIVED BY
RESERVATION FEE
REGISTRATION FEE
TICKET REQUIREMENTS
DATE AND TIME OF SUBMISSION: RECEIVED BY:

FORM 1-C
Event Details
EVENT NAME: DICE GAMEN’GG

EVENT COORDINATOR/CONTACT NUMBER: Kanlouise Tejada/09266670901
100 pts 83.33 pts 66.67 pts
Pre-Registration 3 December 2010 8:00 AM – 5:00 PM UP KEM Tambayan
Event Proper 15 December 2010 11:00 AM – 1:00 PM MH 310
RULES AND MECHANICS

Registration Guidelines:
1. Only the first 10 teams to register and pass all the requirements shall be recognized as participants for the
event.
2. Requirements:
a. Registration Form, 2 official players and 2 alternates
b. Registration Fee
c. 1 photocopy of UP ID for each player and substitute
Game Rules and Mechanics:
1. The goal of the game is to have the most number of points at the end of 10 rounds through betting.
2. Each team will have to draw lots first to determine their team number. The team number indicates their order in
rolling in the dice.
3. Each team is given 100 points initially.
4. For each round, 3 color dice will be thrown. Also, a different team will roll the dice, team 1 on the 1st round,
team 2 on the 2nd round and so on.
5. Teams are required to put their bets on any of the given 6 colors: blue, yellow, red, purple, orange and green.
6. Teams can place bets on a minimum of 1 color and a maximum of 2 colors. Bets should be a multiple of 10. For
every color, a maximum of 5 teams can place their bets.
7. The order of betting will start from the team who will roll the dice and to the next (for example, round 1: team 1
bets 1st, then team 2 until team 10. Round 2: team 2 bets 1st then team 3 until team 1.
8. After every throw, the colors appearing on top of each die will be declared as the winning colors.
9. In case a certain color wins on more than one die, points will be multiplied for every die that bears the winning
color.
Example of Pointing System:
ROUND 1
Player A Bets Winning colors Total points
nd
1st 2 Dice 1 Dice 2 Dice 3 Player A
10 pts, yellow 30 pts, blue Blue Blue yellow 30 pts on blue
X 2 = 60 pts
+
10 pts on
yellow X 1 = 10
pts
total 70 pts
10. A team can no longer play if it has no more points before the end of the 10th round.
11. The top 3 teams with the most number of points at the end of ten rounds will be declared as the 1 st, 2nd and 3rd
placers.
12. In case of a tie, the teams will have to bet for a color combination, using up all the points they have at the end of
the 10th round and the dice will be rolled by the organizer. The team with the highest (or higher total points) will
get the place in contest. This will be repeated until the tie is broken.
13. UP KEM reserves the right to deliberate issues that may arise in the event (i.e. complaints on technicalities,
implementation of rules, etc)
14. The decision of UP KEM is final.
ORGANIZATION’s COPY
REGISTRATION FORM
UP CHEMICAL ENGINEERING SOCIETY, INC.
DICE GAMEN’GG
GROUP INFORMATION
ORGANIZATION
DOMICILE ADDRESS
CONTACT PERSON
CONTACT NUMBER
EMAIL ADDRESS
PLAYERS ALTERNATE
1 1
2 2
FEES AMOUNT RECEIVED BY
REGISTRATION FEE 60
DATE/TIME OF SUBMISSION RECEIVED BY
UP KEM’s COPY
REGISTRATION FORM
DICE GAMEN’GG
GROUP INFORMATION
ORGANIZATION
DOMICILE ADDRESS
CONTACT PERSON
CONTACT NUMBER
EMAIL ADDRESS
PLAYERS ALTERNATE
1 1
2 2
REGISTRATION FEE 60

FORM 1-C
Event Details
EVENT NAME: HUMAN CHESS

150 pts 125 pts 100 pts
Pre-Registration 3 December 2010 8:00 AM – 5:00 PM UP KEM Tambayan
Briefing 3 December 2010 5: 00 PM UP KEM Tambayan
Event Proper 14 December 2010 8:00 AM – 4:00 PM Eng’g Lawn
RULES AND MECHANICS

1. Only the first eight (8) teams to register and pass all the requirements shall be recognized as participants for the
event.
2. Requirements:
a. Registration Form with list of 17 players plus 5 alternates
b. Registration Fee
Briefing:
1. Each org representative will draw lots to assign the bracket they will belong to.
2. There will be four brackets, Bracket A, Bracket B, Bracket C and Bracket D. Each bracket will have two (2) teams.
3. Absence or late arrival (5:30PM onwards) of a pre-registered org during the briefing will mean disqualification of
the org from the competition (this will merit zero (0) EWOC points).
1. The game is like a normal chess game.

2. There will be one commander that will order the sixteen human pieces to move across the board.
3. A team wins upon “eating” the king of the opposing team.
4. If after 40 minutes, no team has “eaten” the king of the opposing team, the team with the most number of
points with the pieces left on the board will be declared the winner.
5. The two who will lose to the teams entering the final game will have a battle-for-third game.
6. In case of a tie (i.e. 40 minutes elapsed and both has the same number of pieces), the teams will have to duel
again in a new game. The time limit for tie-breaking game will be 10 minutes. It will be reset every 10 minutes
until the tie is broken (one team having greater number of pieces at the end of 10 minutes or one team has
“eaten” the king of the other.)
REGISTRATION FORM
HUMAN CHESS
GROUP INFORMATION
ORGANIZATION
DOMICILE ADDRESS
CONTACT PERSON
CONTACT NUMBER
EMAIL ADDRESS
PLAYERS ALTERNATE
1 1
2 2
3 3
4 4
5 5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
F9EES AMOUNT RECEIVED BY
REGISTRATION FEE 150

UP KEM’s COPY
REGISTRATION FORM
HUMAN CHESS
GROUP INFORMATION
ORGANIZATION
DOMICILE ADDRESS
CONTACT PERSON
CONTACT NUMBER
EMAIL ADDRESS
PLAYERS ALTERNATE
1 1
2 2
3 3
4 4
5 5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
F9EES AMOUNT RECEIVED BY

FORM 1-C
Event Details
EVENT NAME: Reversed Pinoy Henyo

SPONSORING ORGANIZATION: UP Chemical Engineering Society Inc. (UP KEM)
100 83.33 66.67
Pre-Registration 6 December 2010 8:00 AM – 5:00 PM KEM Tambayan
Event Proper 15 December 2010 2:00 PM – 4:00 PM MH 509-511-513
RULES AND MECHANICS

event.
4. Requirements:
a. Registration Form with list of 6 players plus 3 substitute players
b. Registration Fee
1. Each member of the team will randomly be assigned a number from one to six.
2. The words will be drawn at random by the team.
3. For the first word, Players 3,4,5 and 6 will be the guessees – the ones who know the word and answers “OO,”
“HINDI” and “PWEDE.” Player 1 will be the guesser – the one who asks the questions. Player 2 will assist the
guesser in performing a baby freeze.
4. The game requires that the guesser be in baby freeze position before he/she can ask questions.
5. A baby freeze is defined as the person having his/her cheek touching the floor while maintaining the hips and
knee balanced by the elbows.
6. The legality of the baby freeze will be determined by the game officials assigned by the organizers.
7. A team will be given a warning only once for violations such as improper baby freeze position, non-yes or no
questions asked, guessee’s answers not included in the three allowable answers.
8. A violation will incur a penalty of 10 seconds.
9. Upon guessing a word or saying “PASS,” Player 1 will now be a guessee, along with players 3,4 and 5. Player 6
will now assist the new guesser, Player 2.
10. A team has at most 10 minutes to guess as many words as they can.
11. The team with the most number of words guessed in 10 minutes wins the game.
12. In case of a tie, the teams in contest will play another round until the tie is broken.
implementation of rules)
REGISTRATION FORM
REVERSED PINOY HENYO
GROUP INFORMATION
ORGANIZATION
DOMICILE ADDRESS
CONTACT PERSON
CONTACT NUMBER
EMAIL ADDRESS
PLAYERS ALTERNATE
1 1
2 2
3 3
4
5
6
UP KEM’s COPY
REGISTRATION FORM
REVERSED PINOY HENYO
GROUP INFORMATION
ORGANIZATION
DOMICILE ADDRESS
CONTACT PERSON
CONTACT NUMBER
EMAIL ADDRESS
PLAYERS ALTERNATE
1 1
2 2
3 3
4
5
6

FORM 1-C
Event Details
EVENT NAME: Unlockeng’g

SPONSORING ORGANIZATION: UP Chemical Engineering Society Inc. (UP KEM)
100 83.33 66.67
II. AFF ENGG STUDENT O YES O NO
JJ. AFF ONCE ENGG STUDENT O YES O NO
KK. UNAFF ENGG STUDENT O YES O NO
LL. ENGG FACULTY O YES O NO
Pre-Registration 6 December 2010 8:00 AM – 5:00 PM KEM Tambayan
Event Proper 15 December 2010 8:00 AM - 10:00 AM MH 310
RULES AND MECHANICS

event.
6. Requirements:
a. Registration Form with list of 3 players plus 2 substitute players
b. Registration Fee
15. The goal is to unlock three special padlocks in the shortest time possible.
16. The degree of difficulty of unlocking a padlock increases as a team progresses from one lock to another (e.g.
the first will be opened by a key, the next by a code, etc)
17. Once a team unlocks a padlock, a special task shall be performed.
18. A team can opt not to perform the special task but will be penalized with 5 minutes.
19. If a team finishes the special task, a clue will be given for the next padlock.
20. A team has at most 20 minutes to finish the whole game.
21. The team with the fastest time to unlock three locks wins the game.
22. If the team fails to unlock the three locks in 20 minutes, participation points will automatically be awarded to
them.
23. In case of a tie, a coded padlock will be given to be unlocked by the competing teams. The first team/s to
unlock the padlock gets the place in contest.
implementation of rules)
REGISTRATION FORM
UNLOCKENG’G
GROUP INFORMATION
ORGANIZATION
DOMICILE ADDRESS
CONTACT PERSON
CONTACT NUMBER
EMAIL ADDRESS
PLAYERS ALTERNATE
1 1
2 2
3
REGISTRATION FEE 70
UP KEM’s COPY
REGISTRATION FORM
UNLOCKENG’G
GROUP INFORMATION
ORGANIZATION
DOMICILE ADDRESS
CONTACT PERSON
CONTACT NUMBER
EMAIL ADDRESS
PLAYERS ALTERNATE
1 1
2 2
3
REGISTRATION FEE 70

FORM 1-C
Event Details
EVENT NAME: EATENG’G CONTEST

EVENT COORDINATOR/CONTACT NUMBER: ERWIN BAUTISTA (09179341571)/ ALLAN RAY RESTAURO (09272078219)
SPONSORING ORGANIZATION: UP MINING ENGINEERING SOCIETY
PLAYERS PER ENTRY: 5 EWOC POINTS: 1ST 100 2ND 83.33 3RD 66.67
REGISTRATION 12/10/2010 09:00-16:00 NEC 409
EVENT PROPER 12/13/2010 09:00-12:00 ENG’G. LAWN
RULES AND MECHANICS

EATENG’G CONTEST
1. EACH TEAM WILL LINE UP AT THE STARTING POINT.
2. A POST WILL MARK THE FIVE (5) METER MARK, WHICH WILL BE THE DESIGNATED EATING AREA.
3. PLAYERS WILL RUN TO THE EATING AREA ONCE THE TIME HAS STARTED.
4. PLAYERS ARE REQUIRED TO EAT THE FOOD ASSIGNED TO THEM.
5. PLAYERS ARE REQUIRED TO FINISH THE FOOD ASSIGNED. A MARSHALL WILL CHECK TO SEE IF THEY HAVE
FINISHED EATING THE RQUIRED FOOD.
6. TEAM MEMBER WILL BE CONSIDERED FINISHED EATING THE FOOD AFTER SHOWING HIS/HER MOUTH EMPTY
7. THE PLAYER THEN RUNS BACK TO THE STARTING POINT TAGGING THE NEXT TEAM MEMBER BEFORE HE/SHE
PROCEEDS.
8. THE TEAM MUST BE COMPOSED OF AT LEAST 2 FEMALE PARTICIPANTS.
9. IF THE FOOD IS THROWN UP, A WARNING WILL BE GIVEN TO THE TEAM AND WILL BE DISQUALIFIED IF THE
TEAM MEMBER REFUSES TO EAT THE FOOD AGAIN.
10. EACH TEAM MEMBER WILL BE ALLOWED TO DRINK WATER PROVIDED BY THE SPONSORED ORGANIZATION
ONLY AFTER HIS/HER TURN.
11. THE TEAM WITH THE LEAST TIME WILL BE THE WINNER.
EATENG'G CONTEST
NAME OF ORGANIZATION
CONTACT PERSON
NAME OF PARTICIPANTS
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
ALTERNATES:
1)
2)
REG. FEE PAID:
NAME:
SIGNATURE:
FORM 1-C
Event Details
EVENT NAME: MINERS RELAY

PLAYERS PER ENTRY: 6 EWOC POINTS: 1ST 100 2ND 83.33 3RD 66.67
ELIMINATION 12/15/2010 08:00-09:30 ENG’G. LAWN
FINALS 12/15/2010 09:30-11:00 ENG’G. LAWN
RULES AND MECHANICS

MINERS RELAY
1. THERE SHOULD BE THREE (3) FEMALE AND THREE (3) MALE MEMBERS IN EACH TEAM.
2. THE LENGTH OF THE TRACK TO BE TRAVERSED IS FIFTY (50) METERS.
3. EACH TEAM WILL LINE UP ONE (1) METER AWAY FROM THE STARTING LINE. ONLY ONE (1) TEAM MEMBER IS
ALLOWED TO WAIT AT THE STARTING LINE. PENALTIES WILL BE GIVEN TO TEAMS THAT DO NOT FOLLOW.
4. PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT (PPE’s) WILL BE PLACED AT EVERY TEN (10) METERS OF THE TRACK.
5. THE ASSIGNED PPE AT DIFFERENT POINTS IN THE TRACK WILL BE WORN AND SHOULD BE WORN PROPERLY. A
DEMO WILL BE DONE AT THE START OF THE ELIMINATION ROUND TO SHOW PROPER WEARING OF THE
EQUIPMENT.
6. EACH MEMBER SHOULD FINISH THE RELAY CARRYING 10KG OF ROCKS PLACED INSIDE A SACK.
7. UPON FINISHING THE RELAY, TEAM MEMBER MUST PASS THE SACK OF ROCKS TO THE NEXT TEAM MEMBER
THAT WILL GO THROUGH THE RELAY.
8. A POST WILL MARK THE FIFTY (50) METER MARK OF THE TRACK. THIS WILL MARK THE POINT WHERE THE
PLAYER WILL TURN BACK.
9. ON THE WAY BACK, THE PLAYER SHOULD RETURN THE PPE THE WAY IT WAS ARRANGED FROM THE START OF
THE GAME. PENALTIES WILL ALSO BE GIVEN TO TEAMS WHO WILL NOT FOLLOW.
10. THE TEAM MEMBER THAT IS TRAVERSING THE TRACK SHOULD DO ALL TASKS REQUIRED ON HIS/HER OWN,
ANY HELP FROM THE TEAMMATES OR FROM ORGMATES PRESENT WOULD RESULT TO AUTOMATIC
DISQUALIFICATION.
11. MARSHALLS WILL BE PRESENT IN THE ENTIRE GAME TO FACILITATE PROPER IMPLEMENTATION OF THE RULES.
12. THE TEAM WHO COMPLETES THE RACE WITH THE SHORTEST TIME WINS.
PENALTIES ARE AS FOLLOWS:
 MORE THAN ONE TEAM MEMBER IS AT THE STARTING LINE:
 1ST OFFENSE – WARNING
 2ND OFFENSE – ADD’L. 10 SECONDS TO TEAM’S TOTAL TIME.
 3RD OFFENSE – DISQUALIFICATION OF THE TEAM
 PPE NOT PROPERLY RETURNED
 ADDITIONAL 10 SECONDS TO TEAM’S TOTAL TIME EVERY INSTANT THE PPE IS NOT RETURNED
PROPERLY.
MINERS RELAY
CONTACT PERSON
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
ALTERNATES:
1)
2)
REG. FEE PAID:
NAME:
SIGNATURE:
FORM 1-C
Event Details
EVENT NAME: PICTURE GUESSENG’G GAME

PLAYERS PER ENTRY: 3 EWOC POINTS: 1ST 150 2ND 125 3RD 100
EVENT PROPER 12/13/2010 13:00-16:00 MH 321
RULES AND MECHANICS

PICTURE GEUSSENG’G GAME
1. A PICTURE WILL BE SHOWN TO THE TEAMS IN WHICH THE FIRST TEAM TO BUZZ WILL HAVE A CHANCE TO
GUESS THE HIDDEN PICTURE. CLUES WILL BE GIVEN EVERY TIME PIECES OF THE PUZZLE ARE ADDED.
2. THE PICTURE PUZZLE QUIZ WILL BE BASED ON SUPERHEROES.
3. THERE WILL BE THREE ROUNDS, NO BRAINER, SEMI BRAINER AND ENG’G. BRAINER ROUNDS.
4. EACH PICTURE PUZZLE WILL HAVE THREE CLUES, WITH EACH CLUE AMOUNTING TO CERTAIN POINTS.
5. EACH CLUE WILL BE READ TWICE AND TEN SECONDS WILL BE GIVEN FOR THE TEAMS TO ANSWER RIGHT
AFTER THEY BUZZ FIRST.
6. A JUDGE WILL BE PRESENT TO ADDRESS COMPLAINTS.
7. THE TEAM WITH THE MOST POINTS WILL BE DECLARED THE WINNER.
FORM 1-C
Event Details
EVENT NAME: SWIMMENG’G

REGISTRATION 12/9/2010– 12/10/2010 13:00-16:00 NEC 409
ELIMINATION 12/11/2010 11:00-12:30 CHK POOL
FINALS 12/11/2010 12:30-15:00 CHK POOL
RULES AND MECHANICS

SWIMMENG’G
1. EACH TEAM WILL BE GIVEN 15 MINUTES TO TRAVERSE THE GIVEN LENGTH OF THE POOL AND FILL AS MANY
WATER CONTAINERS THEY CAN USING WATER THEY HAVE COLLECTED USING THEIR REGISTERED CLOTHING.
2. EACH TEAM MEMBER MUST REGISTER ONLY ONE GARMENT OTHER THAN THEIR PROPER SWIMMING ATTIRE.
3. EACH MEMBER WILL BE WEARING THE REGISTERED GARMENTS DURING THE WHOLE COMPETTITION.
4. BORROWING GARMENTS FROM OTHER TEAM AND OTHER MEMBERS OF THEIR TEAM IS ALSO PROHIBITED, A
WARNING WILL BE GIVEN ON THE FIRST OFFENSE AND WILL BE DISQUALIFIED ON THE SECOND OFFENSE.
5. EACH MEMBER WILL SWIM THROUGH THE OPPOSITE SIDE OF THE POOL WHERE THE ASSIGNED WATER
CONTAINERS ARE LOCATED.
6. EACH MEMBER WILL SQUEEZE THE WATER COLLECTED FROM THE GARMENTS AND THEIR HAIR
7. USING MOUTH TO STORE WATER IS PROHIBITED; A WARNING WILL BE GIVEN ON THE FIRST OFFENSE AND WILL
BE DISQUALIFIED ON THE SECOND OFFENSE.
8. AFTER SQUEEZING, THE MEMBER WILL DIVE BACK TO THE POOL AND SWIM TO THE OPPOSITE SIDE OF THE POOL
WHERE THE NEXT TEAM MEMBER IS WAITING.
9. THE NEXT MEMBER OF THE TEAM WILL WAIT UNTIL HIS TEAMMATE TOUCHES THE GUTTER BEFORE HE DIVES IN.
10. A MARSHALL SHALL BE ASSIGNED TO EACH TEAM TO CHECK IF THEY ARE FOLLOWING THE RULES GIVEN.
11. THE TEAM WITH THE MOST WATER COLLECTED FROM SQUEEZING WILL BE DECLARED THE WINNER.
SWIMMENG'G
CONTACT PERSON
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
ALTERNATES:
1)
2)
REG. FEE PAID:
NAME:
SIGNATURE:
FORM 1-C
Event Details
EVENT NAME: VIDEOKENG’G

ELIMINATION 12/17/2010 09:00-14:00 4TH FLOOR LOBBY
FINALS 12/17/2010 14:00-17:30 4TH FLOOR LOBBY
RULES AND MECHANICS

VIDEOKENG’G
1. EACH PARTICIPANT WILL PICK A NUMBER THAT WILL BE PRE-SELECTED BY THE SPONSORING ORGANIZATION.
2. EACH NUMBER WILL CORRESPOND TO A SONG.
3. THE PARTICIPANT IS REQUIRED TO FINISH THE SONG.
4. THE CRITERIA FOR JUDGING WILL BE 20% FROM THE SCORE THAT THE VIDEOKE MACHINE ISSUES, AND THE
80% FROM THE JUDGE, CHOSEN BY THE ORGANIZER.
5. THE PARTICIPANT WITH THE HIGHEST COMBINED SCORE WILL BE DECLARED THE WINNER.
CRITERIA FOR JUDGING:

10% AUDIENCE IMPACT
10% FAMILIARITY WITH THE SONG
40% VOICE QUALITY
40% STAGE PRESENCE
VIDEOKENG'G
CONTACT PERSON
1)
2)
ALTERNATES:
1)
2)
REG. FEE PAID:
NAME:
SIGNATURE:
FORM 1-C
Event Details
EVENT NAME: Agaweng’g mo ang Buko ko

EVENT COORDINATOR/CONTACT NUMBER: Roy Carreon/09156102713
SPONSORING ORGANIZATION: UP MSS
MAXIMUM NO. OF ENTRIES PER 1 DEFAULT TIME: 15 mins
UNIVERSITY-WIDE (Y/N)? WALK-INS ALLOWED? NO
AFF ENGG STUDENT YES
AFF ONCE ENGG STUDENT YES
AFF NEVER ENGG STUDENT NO
UNAFF ENGG STUDENT YES
Registration December 10, 2010 11:00 am – 5:00 pm MSS tambayan
Event Proper December 15, 2010 2:00 – 4:00 pm Sunken Garden
RULES AND MECHANICS

1. Only male players are allowed to participate in this event.
2. The goal is to get the greased coconut to the opponent’s end line and touch it to the ground.
3. There will be three rounds: eliminations, semis, and finals. The game type is two-bracket single eliminations. Bracketing will
be randomly arranged by the host organization.
4. Registration is first come first serve, maximum of 16 teams, one team per org, 4 players per team.
5. The greased coconut is placed in the middle of the playing area, with the opposing teams in the opposite ends.
6. The referee would signify the start of the game by placing the coconut in its place; afterwards, the teams will make the run
for it at the sound of the referee’s whistle.
7. The players may only touch the coconut; deductions will be imposed if any player tackles/pushes an opponent or if anyone
steps out of the boundaries. One point per violation. Any decision from the referee is final.
8. The coconut can NOT be passed by throwing it, by rolling it on the ground, or kicking it. Doing so will make a player earn
violation points. During a fumble, any player can take possession of the coconut. If the coconut lands out of bounds, the
round/play will be restarted, but the violations garnered (if there are any) in the round will still be counted.
9. A successful goal will be granted 5 points.
10. The game will consist of as many rounds as possible within the time limit of 10 minutes. A round is decided when a
successful goal is made, afterwards a next round will take place.
11. The team with the most points made, minus the deductions from violations (if there are any) after the time limit, wins. In
case of a tie, a tie-breaker round will be started and the first team to score a goal wins. In this case, point system will be
disregarded.
12. The event will still push through regardless of slight unwanted weather (i.e., rain).
13. Red Cross volunteers will be watching out throughout the game in case of emergencies.

UP MSS REGISTRATION FORM (MSS’ copy)
EVENT NAME: AGAWENG’G MO BUKO KO
NAME OF THE ORGANIZATION___________________________________________
NAME OF REPRESENTATIVE:_____________________________________________
CONTACT NUMBER:____________________________________________________
Registration Fee: Php 20/TEAM

Amount received from: _____________________ Signature: __________________________
Amount received by:________________________ Signature:__________________________
UP MSS REGISTRATION FORM (Participant’s copy)

EVENT NAME: AGAWENG’G MO BUKO KO
CONTACT NUMBER:____________________________________________________
Registration Fee: Php 20/TEAM

Amount received by:________________________ Signature:___________________________
FORM 1-C
Event Details
EVENT NAME: Basketball Hotseat

EVENT COORDINATOR/CONTACT NUMBER: Rap Abenido/09064127451
SPONSORING ORGANIZATION: UP Materials Science Society
PLAYERS PER ENTRY: 1 EWOC POINTS: 100 66.67 33.33
MAXIMUM NO. OF ENTRIES PER 5 DEFAULT TIME:
MAXIMUM ENTRIES: none MUST PRE-REGISTER? No
UNIVERSITY-WIDE (Y/N)? N WALK-INS ALLOWED? Yes
Registration December 13, 2010 9:00 – 9:15 am CHAC
Briefing of Participants December 13, 2010 9:15 – 9:30 am CHAC
Event Proper December 13, 2010 9:30 – 11:00 am CHAC
RULES AND MECHANICS

1. All participants line up behind the free throw line. The order of the participants will be random.
2. The first person in the line will shoot first. Only one hand will be used in shooting the ball. The non-shooting hand will be holding a
cup of water preventing the water from spilling. If he/she makes the shot and prevented the water from spilling, they join the back
of the line. If he/she misses the shot whether the water will be spilled or not, they will automatically be eliminated. But if he/she
makes the shot but spilled the water, he/she will sit in the hot seat.
3. The next person shoots, and if he/she makes the shot without spilling the water, the person in the hot seat will be eliminated
from the game. However, if the shooter misses the shot even if the water is not spilled or if he/she makes the shot yet spilled the
water, he/she have to sit in the hot seat and the person previously in the hot seat rejoins the back of the line.
4. Players have 20 seconds to make their attempt. Time starts when the player receives the ball. If they do not take the shot within
20 seconds, they will automatically be eliminated.
5. When there are only 3 players left, participants must shoot from the 3‐point line of the basketball court. Same rules apply.
6. The first to be eliminated among the 3 finalists will take 3rd place, the second to be eliminated will take 2nd, and the last player
remaining will be declared the winner. The last player will shoot first before being declared winner.
7. If more than one contestant from the same organization enters the top 3, the organization will receive the EWOC points
corresponding to their contestant with the higher/highest rank. The other rankings garnered by the same organization will not merit
EWOC points for that certain organization.
a. If for example, the 1st placer and 2nd placer come from the same organization, the block will receive the EWOC points
corresponding to 1st place, and no block will receive points for 2nd place.
b. If the top 3 contestants come from the same organization, the organization will receive EWOC points corresponding to 1st place
and no block will receive points for 2nd and 3rd place.
EVENT NAME: BASKETBALL HOTSEAT
CONTACT NUMBER:____________________________________________________
Registration Fee: Php 15/ENTRY


EVENT NAME: BASKETBALL HOTSEAT
CONTACT NUMBER:____________________________________________________
Registration Fee: Php 15/ENTRY

FORM 1-C
Event Details
EVENT NAME: Dresseng’g Game

EVENT COORDINATOR/CONTACT NUMBER: Sam Mena/09177266362
PLAYERS PER ENTRY: - EWOC POINTS: 100 66.67 33.33
MAXIMUM NO. OF ENTRIES PER - DEFAULT TIME: 20 mins
ORG: REGISTRATION FEE PER ENTRY: -
MAXIMUM ENTRIES: - MUST PRE-REGISTER? NO
UNIVERSITY-WIDE (Y/N)? N WALK-INS ALLOWED? YES
AFF NEVER ENGG STUDENT YES
Registration December 6, 2010 11 am – 5pm MSS Tambayan
Event Proper December 13 -15, 2010 12:00 – 1:00 pm MSS Tambayan
RULES AND MECHANICS

1. For each day, a dress code will be implemented for members of participating orgs to follow. The org with the most number
of members wearing the dress code wins the highest number of points for the day.
2. Each participating organization should provide at least 10 participants per dress code. If an organization fails to provide 10
participants that will meet the dress code for that day, the organization will be disqualified from the game.
3. The dress code for the day will be available at the MSS tambayan at 4 pm on the day before the code is imposed. Dress
codes will be implemented for 3 consecutive days as scheduled. The difficulty of dress codes will be worth of the maximum
EWOC points to be given.
4. Orgs will only be allowed to present their members who followed the dress code to the MSS tambayan together for
verification. The names of the org’s members will be verified and checked. Only those whose names appear on the official
roster of the orgs will be counted. This will be done by checking the ID’s of the participating members.
5. They only have to follow the dress code during the checking at the MSS tambayan.
6. Dress codes that will be released will follow the theme of this year’s Engineering Week. Hence, codes will be about
superheroes with some modifications.
7. Points will be awarded as follows (per day):
st
1 place – 10 points
nd
rd
all other participating orgs – 3 points
8. The org with the most number of points at the end of the week wins.
9. A best dressed award will be given to the participant that best represents the dress code for that day. The organization of
the awardee will be given additional 2 points for that day.

EVENT NAME: DRESSENG’G GAME
CONTACT NUMBER:____________________________________________________
Registration Fee: NONE


EVENT NAME: DRESSENG’G GAME
CONTACT NUMBER:____________________________________________________
Registration Fee: NONE

FORM 1-C
Event Details
EVENT NAME: Mattress Stuffeng’g

EVENT COORDINATOR/CONTACT NUMBER: Ludee Licup/09159609464
PLAYERS PER ENTRY: - EWOC POINTS: 200 166.67 133.33
MAXIMUM NO. OF ENTRIES PER 1 DEFAULT TIME:-
MAXIMUM ENTRIES: - MUST PRE-REGISTER? NO
Registration December 9, 2010 11 am – 5 pm MSS Tambayan
Event Proper December 16,2010 2:00 – 5:00 pm Beta Way
RULES AND MECHANICS
1. The goal is to “stuff” the mattress with as many people as possible. Teams will be only given 5 minutes to fit the people on
the mattress.
2. There will be three rounds: eliminations, semis, and finals.
3. The participating organization will make a bid on how many people they can stuff in the mattress prior to each round.
4. Teams that are able to match their bid will be eligible to advance to the next round. However, there will be no additional
points if a team will exceed their bid.
5. The top three teams that have matched their bids will be able to advance to the finals.
6. In the final round, teams must match their bids to be eligible for the first, second or third place. Rank will be determined by
the number of people “stuffed” into the mattress.
7. Teams should hold the position for 30 seconds in the elimination round and for 1 minute in the final round.
8. Judges will check if all participating members are inside the mattress during the time wherein the position of the team is
being held. Carrying is allowed, as long as the people in the base do not step outside of the mattress. Participants may let
their hands and feet hang outside the mattress as long as nobody STEPS outside the mattress.
9. A designated member from the host org (i.e. timer) will only be authorized to say “Go” or “Stop” before and after the 30-
second hold.
10. A participating member that steps outside the mattress during the hold position disqualifies his/her team.
11. In case of ties for the finals slots, all teams in the tie advance. In the final round, there will be a tie-breaker round. The team
with the most number of people in the mattress after 1 minute 30 seconds wins.
\
EVENT NAME: MATTRESS STUFFENG’G
CONTACT NUMBER:____________________________________________________
Registration Fee: Php 100/ORG


EVENT NAME: MATTRESS STUFFENG’G
CONTACT NUMBER:____________________________________________________
Registration Fee: Php 100/ORG

FORM 1-C
Event Details
EVENT NAME: Picture Perfect

EVENT COORDINATOR/CONTACT NUMBER: Dave Galang/09176494193
MAXIMUM NO. OF ENTRIES PER 1 DEFAULT TIME: 15 mins
ORG: REGISTRATION FEE PER ENTRY: none
MAXIMUM ENTRIES: none MUST PRE-REGISTER? NO
Event Proper December 10-16,2010 8:00 am – 12:00 nn MSS Tambayan
RULES AND MECHANICS

1. At each day of Eng’g Week, a photo will be posted at the MSS tambayan at 8:00am. This will be a photo of any scene or
image seen within and around the College of Engineering
2. Participants must be able to find and take a picture of the image shown in the photo and present it to any member of UP
MSS present in the tambayan before 12:00nn. The photos submitted must accurately show the image depicted in the
posted photo.
3. The first one to give the photo will be given ten points, with a one point deduction for each team who passes later.
4. Timestamps in the images will be checked to verify that the image was shot within the time limit
5. Images may be zoomed to increase the difficulty. In this case, both the zoomed or original image must be presented.
st nd rd
6. The three teams with the highest accumulated points will be awarded 1 , 2 and 3 place, respectively.

FORM 1-C
Event Details
EVENT NAME: DULAANG ENG’G 2010

EVENT COORDINATOR/CONTACT NUMBER: Jean Paula Parami / 09179300591
SPONSORING ORGANIZATION: UP Progressive Responsive Innovative Movement in Engineering (PRIME)
PLAYERS PER ENTRY: 8 - 23 EWOC POINTS: 1st 250 2nd 200 3rd 150
PER ORG: REGISTRATION FEE PER ENTRY: PhP 800
UNIVERSITY-WIDE (Y/N)? N WALK-INS ALLOWED? NO
AFF ONCE ENGG STUDENT NO
UNAFF ENGG STUDENT NO
ENGG FACULTY YES
Briefing of Organizations September 29 5:30pm PRIME Tambayan
Registration Period (First Come First November 10 - 11 9am – 5pm PRIME Tambayan
Served Basis)
Submission of Initial Script November 23 5pm dulaangengg@gmail.com
Drawing of Lots for Performance Order December 3 5pm PRIME Tambayan
Submission of Final Script December 3 5pm dulaangengg@gmail.com
Submission of Trailers December 3 2pm – 5pm PRIME Tambayan
Submission of Play Posters December 3 2pm – 5pm PRIME Tambayan
Nomination of Best Actor and Actress December 3 2pm – 5pm PRIME Tambayan
Play Posters and Trailers Exhibit December 8-11 10 am to 5pm 3rd floor lobby
Remittance of Tickets December 10 9am – 5pm PRIME Tambayan
Dress and Technical Rehearsals December 14 TBA TBA
Event Proper December 14 6pm -10pm TBA
RULES AND MECHANICS

I. REGISTRATION
1. Any bona fide engineering student from UP Diliman who is also included in the roster of an engineering student
organization may participate in this event.
2. Student organizations may register a maximum of one team composed of
One (1) director
Two (2) technical persons
Minimum of five (5) and a maximum of twenty (20) cast members.
3. A student (member and/or applicant) belonging to more than one organization may only participate in one
organization.
4. Current members of performing arts organizations (UP Repertory, UP SAMASKOM, UP SIKAT, UP Broad Ass, Dulaang
UP), Dulaang Eng’g 2010 Steering Committee and UP PRIME Executive Committee are not allowed to join in the event.
5. A non-refundable registration fee of Php 800 would be collected from November 10-11, within 9am to 5pm, together
with fully accomplished registration forms.
6. The tickets for the event will be sold at 80php. Each participating organization is required to sell 30 tickets. Failure to
remit within the specified schedule incurs the entry 1 point deduction per day late. Failure to remit the full payment a
day before the event (6pm, December 13, 2010) will result to automatic disqualification of the participating
organization.*
II.SCRIPT
7. The theme for Dulaang Eng’g 2010 is “X-ena: Unveiling the Engineering Heroes” – unveiling the unseen heroes of the
country, the engineers. Teams are expected to come up with a short play presenting how engineers turn out to be the
country’s modern day heroes.
8. The script to be used for the event must be original and written by members of the organization. Violation of this rule
(e.g. once the Dulaang Eng’g 2010 Steering Committee has gathered supporting evidence) will result to automatic
disqualification of the organization. Only the Dulaang Engg Steering Committee can read the scripts.
9. Deductions of 1 point per day will be given to late script submissions. This includes the initial and final scripts.
10. Submission of initial scripts will be on November 23, 5pm and final scripts will be on December 3, 5 pm via e-mail to
dulaangengg@gmail.com.
11. Deviation from the scene flow of the final script is not permitted in the actual performance. (e.g. the script may be
paraphrased by the actor. The actor may shorten or lengthen his/her line without changing the scene flow in the final
script.
III. PLAY POSTERS AND TRAILER

12. Two copies of the play posters should be submitted on or before December 3. It must be of dimensions 11in x 17in
and in portrait orientation. Organization with late play poster will get 1 point deduction per day late. Non-compliance
with the specification also garners a 1 point deduction.*
13. Trailers must be submitted on or before December 3, 2pm to 5pm. A 1-minute (± 3 seconds) trailer of AVI format
must be burned in a Data CD labeled with the organization’s name. Organization with late CD will get 1 point deduction
per day late. Non-compliance with the specification also garners a 1 point deduction.*
IV. PERFORMANCE
14. The order of performances will be determined by draw lots on December 3 by 5pm. Appeals regarding the order of
performances (e.g. request for changing of order of performances) must be raised only until December 8. Results
regarding the appeal will be announced to all participating organizations not later than December 10.
15. The duration of the performances should be between 10 to 15 minutes including time for setup and cleaning of
props. The time will start as soon as the name of the organization is announced by the host and will end after the last
element of the play (cast or props) leaves the stage. Overtime performances will garner 1 point deduction for every
minute or any fraction of a minute beyond the 15 minutes. Undertime performances will garner 1 point deduction as
well for every minute or any fraction of a minute short of the 10 minutes.
Prohibited props include the following:
aa. Objects that might cause slippage or accidents
bb. Liquids, gels or other similar fluids
cc. Combustible materials
dd. Injurious/ detrimental objects (includes guns, knives, bow and arrow, and the like)
ee. Harmful chemicals
ff. Animals
16. Dress & Technical Rehearsal is scheduled on December 14 and will be held at the actual venue of the event. Specific
time schedules per organization will be based on the actual order of performance from the draw lots.
17. The event proper starts at exactly 6:00 P.M. All performers of each participating organization have to be duly
registered and present at the performer’s area by 6:00 P.M. Performers who can't make it on the 15-minute default time
(e.g. due to exams) are required to submit an excuse letter to any of Dulaang Eng’g 2010 Overall Heads (Demi Daliyong
and Jean Parami) until Dec. 10, 6pm. Participating organizations whose performers aren't complete by the default time
(6:15 P.M.) will get a two point deduction per person late unless he/she has submitted an excuse letter beforehand.
18. There will be at least three judges for the event with notable backgrounds in theatre arts. Their decision will be final
and irrevocable.
19. The criteria for judging with further quantification are as follows:
A. Technique (Total: 30%)
i. Characterization and Voice Quality (20%)
ii.Movement & Stage Presence (10%)
B. Direction (Total: 20%)
i..Flow & Pacing (10%)
ii. Composition & Picturization (10%)
C. Script (Total: 30%)
i. Relevance to Theme (15%)
ii. Content (15%)
D. Lights and Sounds - 10%
E. Audience Impact - 5%
F. Play Poster & AVP Trailer - 5%
TOTAL 100%
20. Winners shall be based on the ranking of the raw score – hereby defined as the score inclusive of all (6) main criteria
for judging including penalties incurred. The 1st place is awarded to the organization that gained the highest raw score;
the 2nd place to the second highest score and so on.
21. In case of a tie, the team with the highest score after omitting the Play Poster & AVP Trailer criterion will be declared
the highest among the tied raw scores. In case there is still a tie, the teams with the tied raw scores will be declared as
both winners and will share the allotted EWOC points as set by the Engineering Student Council in cases of a tie.
22. Apart from the Champion, 1st runner-up and 2nd runner-up awards, the best actor and best actress awards will be
given as well. Each organization shall nominate a best actor and actress from their cast and submit pictures in JPG
format of both nominees, burned in the same CD of the trailer as specified in (13). This award shall have no effect
whatsoever with the selection of the Dulaang Eng’g 2010 winners and shall only be limited to judging the nominated
individuals’ acting.
23. Full discretion is reserved to the Dulaang Eng’g Steering Committee in deciding cases of misdemeanor or other issues
that may arise during the event. Unresolved issues or complaints will be settled by the process specified by Engineering
Student Council.
24. Any changes regarding the mechanics herein deemed necessary by the Dulaang Eng’g 2010 Steering Committee will
be disseminated to the participating organizations immediately upon the approval of the Engineering Student Council.
25. All inquiries and clarifications regarding this contest mechanics should be addressed to the Dulaang Eng’g 2010
Overall Heads (Demi Daliyong and Jean Parami).
* All submissions will be done at the PRIME tambayan, from 2pm to 5pm, via assigned staff from Dulaang Eng’g 2010
Steering Committee. The official time of the Engineering Student Council will be followed in all submissions.
REGISTRATION FORM (see attached)
REGISTRATION FORM
1
ORGANIZATION DETAILS
CONTACT PERSON
CONTACT NUMBER
EVENT PARTICIPANTS
DIRECTOR
TECHNICAL PERSONS (2)
CAST MEMBERS
REQUIREMENTS
ITEM DATE TIME DE 2010 ORGANIZATION
RECEIVED RECEIVED REPRESENTATIVE REPRESENTATIVE
Registration Form
Registration Fee
Initial Script
Final Script
Trailer
Play Posters
Images of Nominees
Best Actor and Actress
Ticket Remittance
FORM 1-C
Event Details
EVENT NAME: Debateng’g

EVENT COORDINATOR/CONTACT NUMBER: Jonathan Unchuan (09176242580) / Mia Cernechez (09157978472)
SPONSORING ORGANIZATION: PRIME
PER ORG: 2 REGISTRATION FEE PER ENTRY: P150
MAXIMUM ENTRIES: No Limit MUST PRE-REGISTER?  YES O NO
UNIVERSITY-WIDE (Y/N)? N WALK-INS ALLOWED?  YES O NO
Registration November 26, 2010 10AM - 5PM PRIME Tambayan
Eliminations December 10, 2010 8AM-12NN 4th Floor Quiet Zone
Contest Proper December 13, 2010 8AM-12NN P&G Room
RULES AND MECHANICS
Mechanics
1. Two (2) teams will compete against each other and the winning team will move to the next round. Competing
teams will be selected randomly, and teams from the same organization cannot compete against each other in
the first round. In the event that there is an odd number of participating teams, the odd-one-out will compete with
a winning team in the next round.
2. There will be two parts for this event. First part will be the Eliminations then followed by the Contest Proper. Only
the top eight teams will proceed to the Contest Proper. The top eight teams will be determined by their average
score during the Eliminations. Method of Elimination will be followed until there are four teams left in the Contest
Proper. There will be a Battle for Third and a Championship round for this event. The topic for the Championship
round will be based on the theme of the event for the year.
3. The topic for each round will be given 10 minutes before the start of the scheduled round. The Toss-Coin Method
will determine which team will be for the Affirmative and Negative position. In the case that the rival team does not
arrive within the first 5 minutes after the scheduled round, the present team will be given the privilege to choose
their position, nullifying the rival team’s option to choose.
4. The Affirmative team will start the round. Each member from both the Affirmative and Negative Team will be given
1.5 minutes each to defend his/her stand, after which rebuttal will last for 1 minute. When only 30 seconds remain
of the time given, a yellow card will be raised. When the time expires, a red card will be raised.
5. Each team will be given one minute to decide who will give their closing statement. The chosen member will only
be given one minute to give the closing statement.
6. The adjudicators, composed of three (3) people, will be individuals coming from outside College of Engineering
having previous experience in debating. The criteria for judging is as follows:
Audience Impact 10%

Manner (Voice, Diction, Hand Gestures, Etc.) 20%
Content (Substantial Proof, Evidence and Quality of Arguments) 40%
Humor 30%
TOTAL 100%
7. In case of a tie, a tie-breaker round will be conducted
Rules and Regulations
1. UP Debate Society affiliates are NOT allowed to join the event.

2. Teams that do not show up 15 minutes after their scheduled round has stared will be disqualified. The present
team will move on to the next round.
3. Team members may speak in English, Tagalog or Taglish.
4. Team members are prohibited from using explicit language and derogatory remarks against the rival team. Points
will be deducted accordingly. The appropriate deductions will be specified during the event itself.
5. Any conflict will be resolved by the panel of judges. The decision is final and unappealable.
6. Any violation of the aforementioned shall automatically disqualify the contestant.
DEBATENG’G
Registration Form
EVENT COORDINATOR (Name and Contact Number):
NAME OF PARTICIPANTS:
1)
2)
3)
Date and Time Submitted:
Received by (Signature Over Printed Name):
FORM 1-C
Event Details
EVENT NAME: Editorial Cartooneng’g

EVENT COORDINATOR/CONTACT NUMBER: Jonathan Unchuan (09176242580) / Mia Cernechez (09157978472)
SPONSORING ORGANIZATION: PRIME
PER ORG: 2 REGISTRATION FEE PER ENTRY: P50
MAXIMUM ENTRIES: 25 MUST PRE-REGISTER?  YES O NO
UNIVERSITY-WIDE (Y/N)? N WALK-INS ALLOWED?  YES O NO
Registration November 26, 2010 10AM - 5PM PRIME Tambayan
Contest Proper December 14, 2010 9AM – 12 NN 4th Floor Quiet Zone
RULES AND MECHANICS
Mechanics
1. The theme for the editorial cartoon shall be announced on the event itself.
2. The editorial cartoon shall be done on a plain white A4 paper to be provided by UP PRIME. The orientation of the
drawing could be landscape or portrait.
3. The team should bring their own drawing tools. There is no restriction on the choice of drawing tools; however,
the editorial cartoon should be done in black and white only.
4. The piece shall be limited to the editorial cartoon drawing only. Glued materials such as buttons, ribbons, etc are
prohibited.
5. All materials brought by the team will be checked before the event proper. No additional materials will be allowed
to be brought it once the contest starts.
6. Members of the team are prohibited to leave the area during the contest proper.
7. The team may choose their entry before the contest proper ends. Judging shall take place on the same day at
4:30PM. At least three judges shall be invited to determine the top three designs. Winners shall be declared
shortly after.
8. The criteria for judging is as follows:
Adherence to Theme 30%

Originality 30%
Design and Artistry 40%
TOTAL 100%
EDITORIAL CARTOONENG’G
Registration Form
EVENT COORDINATOR (Name and Contact Number):
NAME OF PARTICIPANTS:
1)
2)
3)
Date and Time Submitted:
Received by (Signature Over Printed Name):

FORM 1-C
Event Details
EVENT NAME: Tugtog Mo, Sayaw Ko

EVENT COORDINATOR/CONTACT NUMBER: Marlon de Vera (09152227193) or Rajiel (09268408104)
SPONSORING ORGANIZATION: UP PRIME
MAXIMUM NO. OF ENTRIES 1 DEFAULT TIME: 15 min.
MAXIMUM ENTRIES: 20 MUST PRE-REGISTER? O YES
UNIVERSITY-WIDE (Y/N)? N WALK-INS ALLOWED? O YES
AFF ENGG STUDENT O YES
AFF ONCE ENGG STUDENT O YES
AFF NEVER ENGG STUDENT O NO
UNAFF ENGG STUDENT O YES
Registration November 26, 2010 10am – 5pm PRIME Tambayan
Event Proper (Eliminations) December 15, 2010 10am – 12nn MH 517
Event Proper (Finals) December 15, 2010 12nn – 2pm MH 517
RULES AND MECHANICS
A list of all possible songs will be given to all participating contestants upon registration.
Elimination Round
1. The order of players will be selected at random before the start of the event.
2. Each team must draw a number. Each number corresponds to a combination of songs, coming from the three
music genres, which the team will dance to. Each song will have a duration of at least 30 seconds.
3. The official will signal the start of the first song. The team will then dance fittingly with the song.
4. The panel of judges, composed of three (3) people, will be members of different dance groups in the university
having no affiliations with any of the participating engineering organizations. The criteria for judging is as
follows:
PRESENTATION & MUSICAL INTERPRETATION (35%)

Dancing with confidence and charisma, creating interest in the performance, regardless of the style.
Responding to the music by taking the dance beyond a mere combination of patterns.
TECHNIQUE (30%)
The command of the fundamental elements of dance; the evident ease and clean execution of the performance
(especially of more difficult elements).
TIMING/RHYTHM (25%)
The appropriate matching of body motions and footwork to the meters and rhythm of the music.
AUDIENCE IMPACT (10%)
TOTAL: 100%
5. The five (5) teams with the highest scores shall advance to the final round.
Final Round
1. The order of the players will be selected at random.

2. Same procedure, mechanics and criteria from the elimination round will be applied.
3. Players will not be allowed to watch the performance of the other players.
Rules and Regulations
1. Members of UP Street Dance Club, UP Dansa, UP Social Dance Club, UP PEP SQUAD and other dance
performing organizations are NOT allowed to join the event.
2. Any conflict will be resolved by the panel of judges. The decision of the judges is final and is not appealable.
3. Any violation of the aforementioned rule shall automatically disqualify the contestant.
Name of Organization: _____________________

Event Coordinator (Name and Contact Number):________________________
1. ___________________________
2. ___________________________
3.
Date and Time Submitted: ______________________

Received by: __________________________________
FORM 1-C
Event Details
EVENT NAME: CARTOONLITAN

EVENT COORDINATOR/CONTACT NUMBER: Luis Kirby Salva (09192925449) &Ryan O. Corpuz (09175210518)
SPONSORING ORGANIZATION: PSME-UPSU
PRE-REGISTRATION DEC. 3, 2010 8:30-5:00 PM PSME Tambayan
GAME PROPER DEC. 10, 2010 8:00a-12:00 PM Engineering Theater
RULES AND MECHANICS

1. Each team shall be composed of three players and will be allowed to have one alternate. Participating organizations can
send more than one team.
2. There shall be three categories from which the questions will come from:
Cartoon Trivia (any cartoon, e.g. Disney)
Anime Trivia (Japanese animation only)
Car-tunes (music connected to animated shows)
3. The event shall have four rounds: Easy, Average, Difficult and Mystery Round. The Easy round will be composed of 15
questions, 5 from each category. The Average and Difficult rounds will have 10 questions each: 4 cartoon trivia, 4 anime
trivia and 2 car-tunes. The Mystery Round will have only one question from any of the three categories.
4. The questions will be read twice. There shall be a limit of 15 seconds for each question for the second reading. When the
time expires, the contestants should show their answers using chalkboards.
5. Generally, answers will be considered if they sound practically like the original or English or Filipino dubbed versions (for the
case of animes) unless otherwise specified in the question. Selected members of the organization will decide on the car-
tunes category.
6. The point system:
Round Correct Answer No Answer Incorrect Answer
Easy 2 0 0
Average 3 0 -1
Difficult 5 0 -2
Mystery Round 20 0 0
7. The team with the most number of points after the four rounds will be declared as the winner. The second and third
highest will be ranked as second place and third place, respectively.
8. In case of a tie for the first place, clincher questions will be asked. The first team to answer correctly will be declared the
winner. The number of clinchers in this round will be infinite until a winner is declared.
9. All questions and clarifications will be directed to the judges. The judges’ decision is final.
Organization Name:
Participants: 1. _________________
2. _________________
3. _________________
Alternates: 1. _________________
Contact number: _______________
Cartoonlitan
Organization Name:
Participants: 1. _________________
2. _________________
3. _________________
Alternates: 1. _________________

PSME’s copy
FORM 1-C
Event Details
EVENT NAME: FREAK SHOW

EVENT COORDINATOR/CONTACT NUMBER: Eloisa Garcia (09064914566) & JanLynn Sy (09228239609)
PLAYERS PER ENTRY: N/A EWOC POINTS: 150 125 100
GAME PROPER DEC. 13, 2010 1:00-3:00 PM Engineering Theater
RULES AND MECHANICS

This game resembles the format of "America’s got talent" and "30 seconds of fame", only, that the performances should be
something that they believe only they can do. Rudeness and profanity in performance will be prohibited.
1. Each organization will be represented by a team, which is composed of 3 members.

2. Each team will be given just one chance to perform on stage. Their performance should be really extra-ordinary, something
that they think other teams cannot imitate.
3. 1, 2, or 3 performers in a team is allowed for the organization’s performance, depending on the level of difficulty and
number of people needed for the act.
4. Each performance should not exceed 1 minute. The time starts when the team is on stage and ends when their
performance is finished. 1-point deduction per 15 seconds exceeded time shall be imposed.
5. After each organization’s performance, the other teams will be challenged to imitate the act and will be asked to proceed in
the H-Spot. Only 1 minute shall be allotted for the teams to decide.
6. If no one participating in the event can imitate the act, 5 points will be given to the team who performed.
But, if there are team/s who can do it as well, the team who performed will not earn points; the team/s who can imitate
the act will get 3 points.
7. Those who challenge to imitate the act but failed to do so, shall get (-1) points.
8. The team with the most number of points at the end of all the teams' performance will win the game.
Name of Organization :
Contact Person & Number :
Date & Time of Submission :
Registration Fee :
Performers :
1.
2.
3.
FORM 1-C
Event Details
EVENT NAME: I-Draweng’g Mo

EVENT COORDINATOR/CONTACT NUMBER: Edward Vincent Sapina (09064709606) & Christian Alagon
(09274835398)
GAME PROPER DEC. 10, 2010 1:00-4:00 PM TBA
RULES AND MECHANICS

1. Each team will be composed of five members and will be allowed to have one alternate.
2. I-draweng’g Mo shall follow the basic rules of the board game Pictionary. The object of the game is to successfully illustrate
the word or topic at hand to other members of the team. The illustrator, as assigned by the team, is to sketch the clues
while the other members of the team will try to guess the item. Every correct answer is equivalent to 1 point.
3. Each team will be allotted 2 minutes to guess each item. If the guessing team would not be able to guess the item, the
other team will be given a chance to steal for 10 seconds. A point will then be given to that team if they guessed the item
correctly.
4. In the elimination round, each team will be given 5 items to guess. The final round will be a speed round where teams will
be given 5 minutes to accumulate as many points as they can.
5. Items will be from the following categories:
Movie titles
Name of people or movie characters
Song titles
Idioms
6. The game shall follow a Climb-Up-the-Ladder type of elimination (single elimination). The team with the most number of
points will be declared as the winner for that match and will advance to the next match until the finals.
7. The top three teams with the most number of points after the final round will occupy the first, second and third places.
8. In case of a tie, each team will be given a minute of speed round to accumulate more points until a winner could be
declared.
9. In cases where there is an odd number of competing teams, the first team to register (if it is the first round) or the team
with the highest score for the round will not compete but automatically advance to the next next round.
10. In case of having more than one top scorer for the round, an item will be given to each team and the fastest team to guess
the item correctly will automatically advance to the next next round. The team who registered earliest will play first and so
on.
11. All questions and clarifications will be directed to the judges only before the next item would be selected.
12. The judges’ decision is final.
Registration Fee :
Performers :
1.
2.
3.
FORM 1-C
Event Details
EVENT NAME: MOST AMAZENG’G VIDEOS

EVENT COORDINATOR/CONTACT NUMBER: Miguel Aljibe (09156961632) & Gem Llanes (09277715816)
SUBMISSION OF ENTRIES DEC. 7, 2010 8:30-5:30PM PSME Tambayan
GAME PROPER DEC. 13, 2010 4:30-5:30 PM Engineering Theater
RULES AND MECHANICS

p. There are two categories in this competition: Most Amazing Videos and Funniest Videos
q. By virtue of joining the competition, the participating organization automatically agrees to allow the PSME – UPSU to
keep the composition, take pictures and videos of each performance for record purposes, and promote/publish the
pictures, videos, and lyrics of the song in all its campaign materials which include but are not limited to flyers, web
media and sites, on ground events and television segments.
r. Each participating organization is required to purchase 4 tickets (35 pesos per ticket) upon submission of entry. The
ticket will allow the bearer to witness the performance for Song Writeng’g and Most Amazeng’g Videos. It will be titled
as Now Showeng’g. The ticket will also serve as the student’s rating for chosen videos, and will be the basis for mass
appeal.
s. The organization shall submit at least one (1) entry (max. 2 entries per category) on or before December 7, 2010,
8:30am-5pm.
t. Each video should not exceed 1 minute otherwise a 5% deduction will be given per 15 seconds or fraction thereof.
u. The video must be taken within UP Campus.
v. A one-paragraph description per entry shall be submitted together with the copy of the videos.
w. Videos will be shown on December 15, 2010, at the Engineering Theater.
x. Placed inside a short brown envelope (labeled with org name and event name) are the hardcopy of the description of
the videos and the softcopy in a CD. The video and description should be submitted in the following format:
Video: orgname_entrynumber.wmv (example: psmeupsu_1.wmv)
Description: orgname_entrynumber.doc (example: psmeupsu_1.doc)
y. The participating organization has an option to add animations, graphics, dubbed dialogues, etc.
z. Entries must not contain pornographic, crude, vulgar, or sexually explicit dialogues or actions.
aa. Entries must be original and must not be published or seen in any websites and television programs prior to the event.
If found and proven that the participating organization violated this rule, the entry will not be played in the event and
will automatically earn a zero score.
bb. Selection of Winners :
a. Funniest Videos will be judged on the basis of their humor and timing, musical quality, originality and uniqueness
and effects in dubbing/animation.
Judges’ Score – 25%
Mass Appeal – 25%
b. Most Amazeng’g Videos will be judged on the basis of their degree of difficulty, originality and uniqueness, timing
and execution.
Judges’ Score – 25%
Mass Appeal – 25%
If in case the participating organization submitted two (2) entries in each category, the entry that earns the higher percentage in that
category shall be added to the entry that earns a higher percentage in the other category.

Organization Name:
Entry No:
Participants: 1. _________________
2. _________________
3. _________________
4. _________________
5. _________________
6. _________________
7. _________________
8. _________________
9. _________________
10. _________________
Alternates: 1. _________________
Most Amazeng’g Videos
Organization Name:
Entry No:
Participants: 1. _________________
2. _________________
3. _________________
4. _________________
5. _________________
6. _________________
7. _________________
8. _________________
9. _________________
10. _________________
Alternates: 1. _________________
PSME’s copy
FORM 1-C
Event Details
EVENT NAME: Song Writeng’g

EVENT COORDINATOR/CONTACT NUMBER: JoyEricka Sacapano(09277024206)/Mark Francis Cheung(09272402401)
Pre-registration DEC. 3, 2010 8:30-5:00 PM PSME Tambayan
Submission of Entries DEC. 7, 2010 8:30-5:00PM PSME Tambayan
Judging and Awarding DEC. 13, 2010 3:00-4:30 PM Engineering Theater
RULES AND MECHANICS

4. There are two parts in this competition: Song Writing and Interpretation/Performance
5. By virtue of joining the competition, the participating organization automatically agrees to allow the PSME – UPSU to keep
the composition, take pictures and videos of each performance for record purposes, and promote/publish the pictures,
videos, and lyrics of the song in all its campaign materials which include but are not limited to flyers, web media and sites,
on ground events and television segments.
6. The participating organization shall submit only one song (5 mins. Long) composition of any genre. The theme will be about
the ‘Centennial Engineering Week Celebration‘.
7. Entries must not contain “bad”, pornographic, offensive, or sexual explicit words. Such things will not be tolerated during
the performance, any violation will result to disqualification.
8. A member of the participating organization or a collaboration of its members shall be allowed in composing the song (lyrics
and music). Entry must be an original composition
9. The entry (lyrics with chords) shall be submitted on or before December 7, 2010 in CD (in the following format:
songwriteng’g_orgname.doc) and three hard copies. Late submissions will not be accepted.
10. Instruments to use (as long as the participating organization can provide their own instruments). Only microphones and 2
acoustic guitars will be provided.
11. Performance and setup time must not exceed 6 minutes. Time starts when the first member enters the stage and ends
when the last member has left the stage. Any excess will be penalized with 0.50% deduction from the total score for every
30 seconds or fraction thereof.
12. Solo, duet, chorus with or without a band may be allowed.
13. Members of the participating organization who are affiliated with UP bands or singing groups are allowed to perform.
14. The competition will be judged according to:
50% Song Composition
40% Relevance to the theme
10% Style and Rhyme
50% Interpretation/Performance
20% Musicality
5% Audience Impact
25% Voice Quality
Top Three (3) teams will occupy the first, second and third places.
Registration Fee :
Performers :
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
FORM 1-C
Event Details
EVENT NAME: COMMAND & CONQUER: THE WATER BALLOON EDITION

EVENT COORDINATOR/CONTACT NUMBER: 09273217475 / 09175785538
SPONSORING ORGANIZATION: UP SAVER
ELIMINATIONS and FINALS DEC. 13, 2010 8:00AM-5:30PM BETA WAY LAWN
REGISTRATION (First come, DEC. 1 – DEC. 8 1:00 PM-4:00 PM UP SAVER TAMBAYAN
first served)
BRIEFING DEC. 9, 2010 4:00PM UP SAVER TAMBAYAN
RULES AND MECHANICS

Command & Conquer: The Water Balloon Edition
Rules and Mechanics
Players of the Game:

1 Commander – The only player without blindfolds and is responsible for guiding the members of his/her team
throughout the course of the game. The commander is the only one allowed to instruct his team. He can tell them
where to go, where to fire and when to fire. He can also make them jump, roll over and sit. However field players are
free to move and maneuver with or without instructions of their commander. It is their free will if they want to jump, roll
over and sit.
1 Reloader – He or she will carry the ammunition contained inside a pail and is NOT allowed to fire water balloons
unless he/she is the only one left in the field. The reloader is invulnerable to water balloons and can only be
eliminated once all the other field players of the team are eliminated.
4 Field Players – Blindfolded individuals who roam around the field. They are allowed to carry a maximum of two
balloons.
Officials of the Game:
1 Referee – head official. His/her decision is final.
4 Watchmen – His/her duty is to monitor the movements of the players. [peeking, friendly fires, intentional piercing of
the balloons, self-sacrifice]. Two watchmen are stationary and the other two are roaming around. [Refer to the figure
below.]
2 Linesmen – His/her duty is to watch over the lines [innermost rectangle]. They are stationary at the corners of the
rectangle. [Refer to the figure below.]
1 Records Keeper – Tallies the violations of the players.
1 Timer – His/her duty is to keep track of time.
The Field: [Refer to the figure below.]

The game will be held inside a 6x12 meter rectangle [green], wherein the reloaders and field players together with the
referee are positioned. An 8x14 meter outer rectangle [red] encloses the first one wherein the commanders with two
linesmen are situated. And finally, a 10x16 [white] meter outermost rectangle is constructed for the four watchmen. The
audience should be beyond the third rectangle. Players seen stepping or going beyond the line will be given appropriate
penalties.
W W
W W
Legend: W – watchmen
L – Linesmen
R – Referee
D – Main Water container
Note: black circles - stationary
Rules:
1. First and foremost, the referee’s decisions are final. If there are questions from the participating teams, the game
will be stopped for entertaining these questions. The referee and the members of UP SAVER should be respected
and any harm done to them will lead to disqualification of the team from the game.
2. Please keep in mind that this is a game and players are advised to enjoy it. The game’s objective is to promote
sportsmanship and friendly rivalry. Let the essence of this game be for fun and not only for EWOC points,
hopefully.
3. Observe proper conduct.
4. Each team will be provided 20 water balloons. The goal of the game is to eliminate all members of the opposing
team by hitting them with water balloons. Participating teams are advised to wear the same color of shirt,
preferably org shirts. Please be reminded to bring extra shirt(s). Avoid wearing white shirts, especially the girls. [A
player will be eliminated if the balloon (plastic and water, exploded) hits the player. Splash from explosion on the
ground or from other player will not be considered. Ammunitions left or dropped on the field can be picked up by
anyone in the field.]
5. A field player will be eliminated once a water balloon, regardless of who threw it, hits him/her. In the situation that
a balloon bounced from one player to another and exploded to the second player, the basic rule applies. The
second player will only be eliminated not the first one There is friendly fire. In case a field player is eliminated,
any ammunition that player was carrying will also be eliminated.
Friendly Fire – The player got hit by the player of the same team; the water balloon exploded on the
hands of the player; intentional piercing of the water balloon. In the situation that a player unintentionally
pierced the balloon, the jurisdiction lies to the referee and watchers,
6. Physical contacts of commanders with his/ her team or audience with field players/commanders are not allowed
once the game has started.
7. The time limit for each game will be 12 minutes.
8. Only players registered are allowed to play in the game. Teams are allowed to register 6 official players and 2
reserved players. “Never eng’g” affiliates are not allowed to play the game. Players who are not members of the
participating organization are not allowed to play. Only 2 teams per org are allowed. [Players may rotate within a
team only.]
9. Each commander has the choice to sacrifice a field player (except the re-loader) in exchange for 5 additional
water balloons in case he/she opted to have more balloons.
10. The game shall be stopped only for the following reasons:
a. All players of a team are eliminated.
b. Time expires.
c. Both teams have no more ammunition left.
d. The referee stops the game for special reasons. (such as injury of a player, clarification of complaints,
and many others)
Once the game ends and both teams still have field players, the team with the most field players left wins the
game.
11. In case of a tie, an overtime round will be played with the remaining field players. Both teams will have an
additional of 5 balloons each. The Overtime round will be 3 minutes long. There are only two overtimes allowed.
On the second overtime round, the immunity from attacks of the reloader will be withdrawn. Therefore the
reloader will be an ordinary player and same rule applies.
The Penalties:
Stepping – line touched by the reloader, the field players and the commander; lines of the two innermost rectangles
Peeking – intentional displacement of the blindfold by the players
Note: Violations are considered on a per team basis, not per player.
st nd rd
Violation 1 Offense 2 Offense 3 Offense Succeeding
st nd
Stepping 1 Warning 2 Warning Deduct 2 balloons Deduct 2 balloons
Peeking Warning Elimination of the Player
*In case the team does not have enough balloons to comply with the deductions, the team is forced to sacrifice
one player, equivalent to 5 balloons. The game will be stopped for the exchange of ammunition.
*If a player peeked then he/she attacked an opponent, the attack will not be considered.
COMMAND & CONQUER
Water Balloon Edition
REGISTRATION FORM PARTICIPANT’S COPY
Organization Name: ________________________________________________________________________________

Tambayan Location: ________________________________________________________________________________
PLAYERS
Commander: ____________________________ Commander: ____________________________
Reloader: ____________________________ Reloader: ____________________________
Player 1: ____________________________ Player 1: ____________________________
Player 2: ____________________________ Player 2: ____________________________
Player 3: ____________________________ Player 3: ____________________________
Player 4: ____________________________ Player 4: ____________________________
Reserved 1: ____________________________ Reserved 1: ____________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________________
To be filled out by UP SAVER member only:
Amount Paid: ______________________________
Received by: ______________________________ Date/Time: ____________________________
________________________________________________________________________________
COMMAND & CONQUER
Water Balloon Edition
REGISTRATION FORM UP SAVER’S COPY
Organization Name: ________________________________________________________________________________

Tambayan Location: ________________________________________________________________________________
PLAYERS
Commander: ____________________________ Commander: ____________________________
Reloader: ____________________________ Reloader: ____________________________
Player 1: ____________________________ Player 1: ____________________________
Player 2: ____________________________ Player 2: ____________________________
Player 3: ____________________________ Player 3: ____________________________
Player 4: ____________________________ Player 4: ____________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________________
To be filled out by UP SAVER member only:
Amount Paid: ______________________________
Received by: ______________________________ Date/Time: ____________________________
FORM 1-C
Event Details
EVENT NAME: Body Twisteng’g

EVENT COORDINATOR/CONTACT NUMBER: Annie Rose Bullecer/09275650478
SPONSORING ORGANIZATION: Society of Manufacturing Engineers (SME) UPD
MAXIMUM NO. OF ENTRIES DEFAULT TIME: 1:10pm
1
PER ORG: REGISTRATION FEE PER ENTRY: PHP 55.00
UNIVERSITY-WIDE (Y/N)? N WALK-INS ALLOWED? O YES • NO
Registration December 10, 2010 8:00am-5:30pm SME UPD Tambayan
Game Proper December 13, 2010 1:00pm-3:00pm MH 310
RULES AND MECHANICS
1. Each team is composed of a pair which should be either a male-male or female-female combination.
2. Each team shall be given a specific number of colored ribbons at the start of the game.
3. Each participant is free to tie each colored ribbon securely on a specific part of his/her body when the game
master announces the beginning of the ribbon-tying period. The ribbon-tying period lasts for 5 minutes. It is
strictly prohibited to let a participant see his/her partner’s ribbon placement, as well as intentionally tying the
ribbons to private parts of the body. Non-compliance with these rules shall mean disqualification of the pair.
4. After the ribbon-tying period, each participant shall face his/her pair; and the game master draws the first
combination. Body Twisteng’g resembles the game Twister; however, a color combination is given instead.
5. The pair should adjoin the body parts corresponding to the given color combination.
6. The team, who stays adjoined amid numerous color combinations for the longest period of time, wins the game.

FORM 1-C
Event Details
EVENT NAME: Dama de Numero

EVENT COORDINATOR/CONTACT NUMBER: Joy Marie Jalotjot/09159437374
1
Registration and Briefing December 10, 2010 4:00pm-5:30pm SME UPD Tambayan
Game Proper December 14, 2010 1:00pm-3:00pm MH 314-316
RULES AND MECHANICS
1. Each player will draw a number and the two players with the same number shall compete with each other.
The color of the number picked will also determine the color of the chips of the player. All pairs will play at
the same time.
2. The starting position of the chips will be set by SME. A sample Damath board is shown below.
3. A member of SME will be assigned to umpire for each pair. He/She will toss a coin to determine which player
will be granted the first move.
4. Moving a chip means sliding it diagonally in the forward direction only – except when taking an opponent’s
chip or if a ‘dama’ chip takes an opponent’s chip.
5. Each player is allowed to make a move within 20 seconds. A bell will be rang by the game master to signal
that it is the other player’s turn to ‘move’. The two players alternately make a ‘move’ unless it is not possible
to do so.
6. In taking an opponent’s ‘dama’ chip, the player’s score is quadrupled.
7. A ‘taker’ chip can take one chip or more wherein it is required to take the greater number of chips. A ‘taker’ or
‘taken dama’ chip will be identified by encircling it in the score sheet which is held by the assigned umpire.
8. Between the situations, “a ‘dama’ chip taking an opponent’s chip” and “a chip taking an opponent’s chip”, the
former prevails.
9. The game ends if: the 10-minute game period lapsed, the moves are repetitive, a player has no more chips to
move, and/or an opponent’s chip is ‘cornered’.
10. The remaining chip or chips of the players are to be added to their respective scores. If the remaining chip is a
‘dama’, its score is doubled. The assigned umpire shall compute for the players’ total scores.
11. The winners from each pair will then compete with each other undergoing the same procedure as
aforementioned to determine the opponent and the chip color.
12. The highest scorer will be declared winner. In case of a tie, their scores in the first game will be considered.
The player with the higher score in the first game will then be the winner.
13. Coaching from the audience, cheating, and any violation of the rules stated above will result in
disqualification.
FORM 1-C
Event Details
EVENT NAME: Puzzleng’g

EVENT COORDINATOR/CONTACT NUMBER: Donn Robin Revilla/09274821260
1
Registration December 10, 2010 8:00am-5:30pm SME UPD Tambayan
Assembly December 15, 2010 12:30pm-1:00pm MH 318-320
Game Proper December 15, 2010 1:00pm-4:00pm MH 318-320
RULES AND MECHANICS
1. Each team, composed of 3 players, will draw lots to determine what order of stations they will follow
throughout the game.
2. There will be 20 stations wherein each station contains a puzzle needed to be solved at the shortest period of
time as possible.
3. Each team will be assigned with an SME facilitator who holds the Puzzle Progress Card (PPC) and a timer. The
PPC will be marked by the facilitator for every finished puzzle. This mark is a prerequisite to proceed to the
next station since a team cannot proceed unless they have finished the puzzle correctly.
4. The time shall continuously run until the puzzle in the last station is solved correctly.
5. The team who finishes solving all the puzzles correctly in the shortest time wins the game. In case of a tie, a
clincher puzzle will be given and whoever finishes the puzzle first shall win the game.
disqualification.

FORM 1-C
Event Details
EVENT NAME: Runneng’g Heels

EVENT COORDINATOR/CONTACT NUMBER: Kim Katrina Rivera/09175004148
MAXIMUM NO. OF ENTRIES DEFAULT TIME: 9:10am
1
Registration and Briefing December 6, 2010 1:00pm-5:30pm SME UPD Tambayan
Props and Outfit Checking December 13, 2010 8:00am-5:30pm SME UPD Tambayan
Assembly December 14, 2010 8:30am-9:00am Eng’g Steps
Game Proper December 14, 2010 9:00am-11:00am Acad Oval
RULES AND MECHANICS
1. A team shall compose of only two (2) male participants whose statuses are qualified within the restrictions
specified above.
2. Each participant is required to prepare a 2- to 3-inch stilettos. Each team is required to prepare a ladies’ get-
up composing of a handbag/shoulder bag, dress, headband, and wig which will be checked on the specified
date.
3. The starting point of the race will be in front of the Engineering Steps. The participant of the first half of the
relay should have prepared himself with the pre-checked outfit and props at his assigned place during the
assembly. If there are differences in the supposed outfit and props, the team will be disqualified.
4. The participant of the second half of the relay shall be positioned in front of Malcolm Hall.
5. Each participant is allowed to run, walk, or jog and is advised to bring his own water or other refreshments.
6. All the outfit and props, except the shoes, should be transferred to the participant of the second half of the
relay. Failure to do so shall mean an additional 2 minutes in the team’s total time.
7. The finish line shall be in front of the Engineering Steps. The team who could finish the race with the least
time wins the game.
8. Failure of attendance in the registration and briefing of the event shall mean disqualification of the team.
Similarly, the team cannot participate to the game proper if they fail to have their props and outfits checked
on the specified date. Their registration fee is non-refundable and no participation points shall be awarded
even though they are registered.

FORM 1-C
Event Details
EVENT NAME: Teng’gram

EVENT COORDINATOR/CONTACT NUMBER: Paul Jonathan Quedi/09052762531
MAXIMUM NO. OF ENTRIES DEFAULT TIME: 9:10am
1
Registration December 10, 2010 8:00 am-5:30pm SME UPD Tambayan
Game Proper December 15, 2010 9:00am-11:00am MH 318-320
RULES AND MECHANICS
1. Each team shall be assigned a work area wherein only the team members and the assigned SME watcher shall
be allowed.
2. Each team will be given 7 tangram pieces and 3 figures (same sets of tangram pieces and figures will be
provided for each team) to form.
3. All 7 tangram pieces should be used in each figure. Tangram pieces must touch but not overlap one another.
4. Each figure will be given one at a time by the watcher who also acts as the timekeeper.
5. One member from each team should tell the watcher/timekeeper if they are finished with the figure. The
timekeeper will then stop the timer if the team is already hands-off with the figure.
6. The watcher/timekeeper will check the figure. The decision of the watcher/timekeeper shall be final.
7. In case the figure formed is wrong (includes overlapping of pieces), the team shall be given the chance to
correct it. The time will then be continued until the team accomplishes the figure correctly.
8. After forming the correct figure, the watcher/timekeeper will then give the next figure.
9. The 5 teams having the shortest accumulated time in forming the 3 figures correctly will be part of the final
round.
10. In the final round, each team will be asked to form 1 same figure. A watcher/timekeeper is still assigned for
each team.
11. The first team to form the figure correctly will be the winner. In case of a tie, another figure will be formed to
determine the winner.
disqualification.

Society of Manufacturing Engineers (SME) UPD
REGISTRATION FORM
PARTICIPANT’S COPY
Kindly complete this registration form by checking or filling in the blanks. Please provide one form per event. Deadline for completing this form is on
______________________.
Name of Event: (Put a check on the box provided.)
□ Puzzleng'g (Dec 15, 1pm-4pm) □ Runneng’g Heels (Dec 14, 9am-11am)
□ Body Twisteng’g (Dec 13, 1pm-3pm) □ Dama de Numero (Dec 14, 1pm-4pm)
□ Teng'gram (Dec 15, 9am-11am)
Name of Participating Organization: ___________________________________________________________________
Name of Participating Members/Contact Numbers:
____________________________________ ____________________________________ ____________________________________
____________________________________ ____________________________________
Alternate(s)/Contact Number(s):
____________________________________ ____________________________________
----------------------------------------------------------
THIS PART IS TO BE FILLED OUT BY THE EVENT ORGANIZERS.
Received by:
______________________________________ Date: ______________
Signature over Printed Name

FORM 1-C
Event Details
EVENT NAME: SALPAKAN

EVENT COORDINATOR/CONTACT NUMBER: Raymund Arthur C. Matias/ 09053426013
SPONSORING ORGANIZATION: Tau Alpha Fraternity
PLAYERS PER ENTRY: 3 EWOC POINTS: 1st : 100
PER ORG: REGISTRATION FEE PER ENTRY: 150php/ organization
MAXIMUM ENTRIES: 21 MUST PRE-REGISTER? (x) YES O NO
UNIVERSITY-WIDE (Y/N)? N WALK-INS ALLOWED? O YES (x) NO
AFF ENGG STUDENT (x) YES O NO
AFF ONCE ENGG STUDENT O YES (x) NO
UNAFF ENGG STUDENT O YES (x) NO
Deadline for submission of Dec.3 Whole day TA Tambayan
registration forms
Day Registration/ verification of Dec. 10,2010 10am-11:30am TA Tambayan/ TA corner
players
Eliminations Dec. 10, 2010 11:30-12:30pm TA Tambayan/ TA
corner
Preliminaries Dec. 10, 2010 12:30-1:30pm TA Tambayan/ TA
corner
Semi finals Dec.10, 2010 1:30-2:30pm TA Tambayan/ TA
corner
Finals Dec.11, 2010 11:30am-2:30pm TA Tambayan/ TA
corner
Awarding Dec.11,2010 2:30pm onwards TA tambayan/ TA corner
RULES AND MECHANICS

Each organization will have 3 player and 2 alternate players.
Registration fee will be 150php per organization, 50php for each player( alternates are free of charge)
Registration deadline is 1 week before the event(dec.3)
Late registration will not be accepted. (in order for the fight diagrams to be created and posted ahead of time)
The event will be single eliminations.
Players must be at the event area 5 minutes before the start of the event.
The event will begin on exactly on time.
The player will be given 2 minutes after his name is called to Proceed to the game table, otherwise he/she will be
disqualified.
Each game will last 15 minutes max
(If game ends with no winner the game shall be decided by points earned, if tie there will be a 5 minute extension).
EWOC points will be given to 1st(100pts)
Any player who shows improper actions (e.g. disturbing the players, foul language) and unsportsmanship like conduct
will be disqualified and will be prohibited from the event area.
Standard Game of the Generals Rules apply.

Tau Alpha Salpakan
Engineering Centennial Special
Name of Organization: _________________________________________________________
Contact Person: ______________________________________________________________
Participants:
1. _____________________________________________________________________
2. _____________________________________________________________________
3. _____________________________________________________________________
Substitutes/Proxy (incase the player is not available during the scheduled time)
1. _____________________________________________________________________
2. _____________________________________________________________________
*PLEASE ATTACH PHOTOCOPY OF CERTIFIED FORM 5 AND ID*
REMARKS/CLARIFICATIONS:
__________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT RECEIPT:
PARTICIPATING ORGANIZATION: PARTICIPATING ORGANIZATION
____________________________________ ________________________________________
DATE OF PAYMENT: DATE OF PAYMENT:
BALANCE: BALANCE:
RECEIVED FROM: RECEIVED FROM:
SIGNATURE: SIGNATURE:
RECEIVED BY: RECEIVED BY:
FORM 1-C
Event Details
EVENT NAME: TAU ALPHA BASKETBALL LEAGUE

EVENT COORDINATOR/CONTACT NUMBER: Isagani Barameda/ 09109450142
PLAYERS PER ENTRY: n EWOC POINTS: 1st : 200 150 100
MAXIMUM ENTRIES: MUST PRE-REGISTER? (x) YES O NO
AFF ONCE ENGG STUDENT (x) YES ONO
UNAFF ENGG STUDENT (x) YES O NO
TABL Eliminations Nov 22-Dec 15 8:00am-5:00pm CHAC
Finals and Battle for 3rd Dec 16 TBA CHAC
Culmination/Awarding Dec 17 10:00 am TBA
RULES AND MECHANICS
1. There will be four brackets for this tournament. Determination of brackets will be through draw lots
2. Single Round Robin per bracket.
3. Top 2 finishers per bracket will advance to Quarter Finals.
4. #1 V.S. #2 of brackets 1 and 4 (elimination game)
5. #1 V.S. #2 of brackets 2 and 3 (elimination game)
6. Winners of each match advances to Semis. Match up will be decided through another draw lots
7. Finals is a best-of-three series
8. Trophies and EWOC Points will be awarded to top 3 finishers
9. Participating orgs could only have as their members a bonafied member of the org (applicants not allowed).
Otherwise, they could still join but they are not entitled to represent their org. In effect, the org will not be
awarded with EWOC points should the participating team.
10. Conversely, a team could have mixed players from different orgs as long as they will not represent a certain
org. They could only win cash prizes but not EWOC points.
11. All players will be required to sign a health waiver signifying that they are fit to join the event.
*Each participating team is required to have a muse (for best muse competition).
Best muse will be awarded with cash prize.

Tau Alpha Basketball League

PARCTIPATING ORGANIZATION: ___________________________________
CAPTAIN BALL/ CONTACT PERSON: ________________________________
1. __________________________________________________________
2. __________________________________________________________
3. __________________________________________________________
4. __________________________________________________________
5. __________________________________________________________
6. __________________________________________________________
7. __________________________________________________________
8. __________________________________________________________
9. __________________________________________________________
10. __________________________________________________________
11. __________________________________________________________
12. __________________________________________________________
13. __________________________________________________________
14. __________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________ ________________________________________
BALANCE: BALANCE:
FORM 1-C
Event Details
EVENT NAME: TAU ALPHA BILLIARDS CHALLENGE

EVENT COORDINATOR/CONTACT NUMBER: Peter Bugayong
PLAYERS PER ENTRY: 2 EWOC POINTS: 1st : 150 100 50
PER ORG: REGISTRATION FEE PER ENTRY: P200 per player
MAXIMUM ENTRIES: 32 MUST PRE-REGISTER? (x) YES O NO
AFF ONCE ENGG STUDENT (x) YES O NO
UNAFF ENGG STUDENT O YES (x) NO
TABC
Preliminaries Dec 13 1:00-7:00pm Bahay ng Alumni
Playoffs Dec 14 1:00-7:00pm Bahay ng Alumni
RULES AND MECHANICS

9-BALL Rules:
First Round
 30 second shot clock
 First to break will be determined through a coin flip
 Alternating break after
Rules:
 Illegal break if que ball is scratch (goes into any pocket after break)
 2 chances to break. Otherwise, break goes to opponent.
 A player must target to shoot 1 to 9 in order. But any ball may go in at any shot. (Use of combo shot is allowed
as long as a player hits 1 to 9 in order)
 Shoot 9 ball to win
Play-offs to finals
 Race to 5
 30mins per match
 Break order depends on first round results.
*Pool sticks will be provided for by the venue but players may opt to bring their own pool sticks.
Tau Alpha Billiards Challenge
PARCTIPATING ORGANIZATION: ___________________________________
CAPTAIN BALL/ CONTACT PERSON: ________________________________
TEAM MEMBERS:
1.) __________________________________________________________
2.) __________________________________________________________
3.) __________________________________________________________
SUBSTITUTES/PROXY (INCASE THE PLAYER IS NOT AVAILABLE DURING SCHEDULED TIME)
1.) __________________________________________________________
2.) __________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________ ________________________________________
BALANCE: BALANCE:
FORM 1-C
Event Details
EVENT NAME: TAU ALPHA DILIMAN MARATHON

EVENT COORDINATOR/CONTACT NUMBER: Steve Gumboc/09162886349
PLAYERS PER ENTRY: n EWOC POINTS: 1st : 100 each
division (M & F)
MAXIMUM ENTRIES: MUST PRE-REGISTER? (x) YES O NO
UNIVERSITY-WIDE (Y/N)? N WALK-INS ALLOWED? (x) YES O NO
A. AFF ENGG STUDENT (x) YES O NO
B. AFF ONCE ENGG STUDENT (x) YES ONO
C. UNAFF ENGG STUDENT O YES (x) NO
TADM Dec 13, 2010 7:00 am Tau Alpha Corner
RULES AND MECHANICS
1.) Each Org can have at most 10 entries/runners. Walk-ins are also allowed as long as the run has not yet
started.
2.) At exactly 7:10am. The run will start and after that, registration is closed
3.) Male runners must take 2 turns around the academic oval while the female runners must take only 1 turn
around the academic oval.
4.) 200 EWOC points will be given to the org of the winning runners. 100 EWOC points each for male and female
category.
5.) All runners will be required to sign a health waiver form signifying that they are fit to join the event.
*For Male category, a straw lace will be given to a runner who finishes his first lap to distinguish him from other
runners.

Tau Alpha Diliman Marathon
Name Of Organization: _________________________________________________
Participants: Male and/or Female

1. _____________________________________________________________
2. _____________________________________________________________
3. _____________________________________________________________
4. _____________________________________________________________
5. _____________________________________________________________
6. _____________________________________________________________
7. _____________________________________________________________
8. _____________________________________________________________
9. _____________________________________________________________
10. _____________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________ ________________________________________
BALANCE: BALANCE:
FORM 1-A2
Event Summary Proposal
SPONSORING ORGANIZATION:
EVENT NAME:
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE EVENT

(MAX OF 5 SENTENCES)
EVENT NAME:

EVENT NAME:

EVENT NAME:

EVENT NAME:

FORM 1-C
Event Details
EVENT NAME:
EVENT COORDINATOR/CONTACT NUMBER:
MAXIMUM NO. OF ENTRIES DEFAULT TIME:
MAXIMUM ENTRIES: MUST PRE-REGISTER? O YES O NO
UNIVERSITY-WIDE (Y/N)? WALK-INS ALLOWED? O YES O NO
D. ENGG FACULTY O YES O NO
RULES AND MECHANICS
PLEASE TYPE YOUR RULES HERE. DO NOT ATTACH A SEPARATE SHEET FOR UNIFORMITY.
ALL DETAILS SPECIFIED ABOVE SHOULD NOT BE REPEATED HERE.
MAKE SURE YOUR RULES AND MECHANICS ARE COMPLETE.

FORM 2
Summary of Events
EWOC STATUS
CATEGORY PRIORITY EVENT NAME
POINTS (to be filled in by ESC)
PROTECTED 1
PROTECTED 2
REGULAR 3
REGULAR 4
REGULAR 5
REGULAR 6
REGULAR 7
REGULAR 8
REGULAR 9
REGULAR 10
ALTERNATE 11 ( )
ALTERNATE 12 ( )
ALTERNATE 13 ( )
TOTAL EWOC POINTS
FORM 3
Appeal Form
EVENT NAME:
APPEALING ORGANIZATION:
POINTS OF APPEAL REASON
--to be filled in by the ESC--

Remarks
Received by (signature over printed name): _______________________

Date submitted: _____________ Time submitted: _______________
STATUS: O PENDING O APPROVED O DISAPPROVED

FORM 4
Addendum Form
EVENT NAME:
ADDENDUM/REVISION REASON
(Please indicate if new specs or modified/revised)

Remarks


FORM 5
Complaint Form
PLAINTIFF:
DEFENDANT:
EVENT:
DATE & TIME: VENUE:
COMPLAINT

Remarks


FORM 6
Decision Form
EVENT NAME:
ORGANIZATIONS CONCERNED:
EVENT:
DESCRIPTION OF COMPLAINT
DECISION
BASIS OF DECISION
NAME SIGNATURE
MODERATOR/S:
INQUISITORS:
RECEIVED BY: (SIGNATURE OVER PRINTED NAME)

RELEASED (DATE/TIME):
FORM 7
Score sheet
EVENT NAME:
DATE & TIME FINISHED:
EWOC
ORGANIZATION EWOC POINTS REMARKS SIGNATURE
ST
1
ND
2
RD
3

Remarks


Engg Week 2010

Загружено:

Сведения о документе

Исходное описание:

Авторское право

Доступные форматы

Поделиться этим документом

Поделиться или встроить документ

Параметры публикации

Этот документ был вам полезен?

Это неприемлемый материал?

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

Engg Week 2010

Загружено:

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

Engineering Week 2010

ENGINEERING WEEK GENERAL RULES

LANTERN MAKING AND LANTERN PARADE GENERAL RULES

Appendix A. ENGINEERING WEEK STEERING COMMITTEE

9. Sponsoring organization – an engineering organization sponsoring an event.

II. ROSTER OF PLAYERS

III. TEAM CATEGORIES

1. In Engineering Week, students can be classified into 5 categories as shown in Table 1:

Table 1. Categories of students and their EWOC eligibility

Table 2. Categories of teams

IV. EWOC POINT SYSTEM

Table 3A. EWOC Points Distribution

Table 3B. Parameters for EWOC Points

Table 3C. Point Allocation

Table 3A-N. EWOC Points Distribution

Table 3B-N. Parameters for EWOC Points

Table 3C-N. Point Allocation

Number of Participants: 5 (Winner: A, Other Participants: B, C, D, and E)

For a 150-point event:

Case 1: Two-Way Tie for 3rd Place

Org A 1st Place 150.00 150.00

Case 2: Two-Way Tie for 2nd Place

Org A 1st Place 150.00 150.00

Case 3: Two-way Tie for 1st Place

Org A 1st Place 150.00 137.50

Case 1: An Org A (Aff Eng’g Team) wins 2 positions

Case 2: An org A (Aff Eng’g Team) wins 3 positions

VI. SUBMISSION GUIDELINES

No. of minutes late Deduction

Renz Sumera – Submissions Committee Head - 09273093189

VII. COMMUNICATIONS GUIDELINES

Revee Rapallo – 09166648198

a. An official Eng’g Week Coordinator

VIII. RECORDS GUIDELINES

3. Corresponding deductions also apply for late submissions.

IX. EVENT DETAILS, RESCHEDULING AND CANCELLATION

Table 4. Schedule of Complaint Submission

11:30 AM – 1:00 PM or 4:00 PM – 6:00 PM.

Table 5. Proceedings of a hearing

Table 6. Schedule of Releasing of Decisions

Table 7. Schedule of Appeals Submission

7. The steering committee reserves the right to merge identical complaints.

XI. ADDENDUM GUIDELINES

XII. CODE OF CONDUCT

As the Head of my Organization, I shall:

LANTERN PARADE GENERAL RULES

Over-all Heads1: Jerome”JEROME” Marasigan

Submissions Head2: Lawrence “RENZ” Sumera

Logistics Head: Alexander “ALEX” Luciano

Project Directors of ESC Events:

Opening Day and New Event Co-Heads

3. Communications Committee is responsible for disseminating important announcements.

FORM 1-A1 NIGHTEVENT SUMMARY PROPOSAL

(all of the abovementioned forms will be available at enggweek2010@yahoogroups.com)

EVENT NAME: 1 vs 100

RULES AND MECHANICS

REGISTRATION FORM (ATTACH 1 COPY)

EVENT NAME: Ang Huling Pantasya (The Final Fantasy)

RULES AND MECHANICS

f. The score system will be computed as follows:

g. The following awards will be given.

REGISTRATION FORM and EXCUSE FORM

ANG HULING PANTASYA